Part II PDF

ONSHORE
Process Description, scope of Volume Vol. III-B Part-II

ENGINEERING work & design basis
Section Index
SERVICES
NEW DELHI Mehsana-Ankleshwar Tanks Rev. 00
Construction Project (MATCP)
Vol. III B Part-II
Vol III Part B Part-II Functional Specification and other details

for Bechraji ETP Tanks
SPECIFICATION
FOR
CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS
Project No. Sub. Document No. Rev.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B
ONGC DOCUMENT No.

CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 x 2000 M3) AT
BECHRAJI ETP MEHSANA ASSET
PAGE 1 OF 65
REF. NO. D:\PROJECTS\ONGOING\ONGC\TECHNICAL BID PACKAGE\FINAL AS ON REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

14.08.09\CIVIL\CONCRETE.DOC
REVISION RECORD
REV. DATE ORIGINATOR REVIEWED APPROVED DESCRIPTION
0 13.07.2009 AU SS SP ISSUED FOR IDC

A 24.07.2009 AU SS SP ISSUED FOR APPROVAL
B 14.08.2009 AU SS SP ISSUED FOR SUBMISSION
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B
PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ( 2 x 2000 M3 ) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS PAGE 2 OF 65
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

INDEX
S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS 8
1.1 GENERAL 8
1.2 MATERIALS 8
1.2.1 Concrete 8
1.2.2 Reinforcement steel 8
1.3 ANALYSIS 8
1.4 DESIGN LOADS 8
1.4.1 Dead loads 8
1.4.2 Imposed loads or live loads 9
1.4.3 Wind load 9
1.4.4 Earthquake loads 9
1.4.5 Temperature loads 9
1.5 DESIGN 10
1.6 FACTOR OF SAFETY 10
1.7 FOUNDATION 10
1.8 CODES AND STANDARDS 10
2.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CIVIL / STRUCTURAL WORKS 11
2.1 EARTHWORK AND SITE LEVELLING 11
2.2 EARTHWORK IN FOUNDATION, BASEMENTS, DRAINS ETC., 12
3.0 CONCRETE AND ALLIED WORKS 14
3.1 APPLICABLE CODES 14
3.2 GENERAL 16
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
3.3 MATERIALS 17
3.3.1 Cement 17
3.3.2 Aggregates 17
3.3.3 Machine made sand 18
3.3.4 Coarse aggregate 19
3.3.5 Water 21
3.3.6 Reinforcement steel 22
3.4 FREQUENCY OF TESTS 22
3.5 MIX DESIGN 25
3.6 PRELIMINARY TEST 26
3.7 PROPORTIONING CONSISTENCY, BATCHING AND MIXING 28

OF CONCRETE
3.7.1 Proportioning 28
3.7.2 Slumps for various types of construction 29
3.7.3 Sampling and testing concrete in the field 29
3.8 ADMIXTURES 30
3.8.1 Air entraining agents 30
3.8.2 Water reducing admixtures 30
3.8.3 Retarding admixtures 31
3.8.4 Water proofing agent 31
3.9 OPTIONAL TESTS 31
3.9.1 Load test on members or any other tests 31
3.9.2 Concrete in alkali soils and alkaline water 32
3.10 TRANSPORTATION 33
3.11 PROCEDURE FOR PLACING OF CONCRETE 33
3.12 CURING, PROTECTING, REPAIRING AND FINISHING 36
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
3.13 DESIGN OF FORM WORK 39
3.13.1 Type of formwork 39
3.13.2 Formwork requirements 40
3.13.3 Formwork for slope surfaces 40
3.13.4 Formwork for curved surfaces 41
3.13.5 Formwork for exposed concrete surfaces 41
3.13.6 Bracings struts and props 42
3.13.7 Mould oil 42
3.13.8 Chamfers and fillets 42
3.13.9 Wall ties 42
3.13.10 Reuse of forms 43
3.13.11 Removal of forms 43
3.13.12 Providing and erecting for all height circular shuttering 44
3.13.13 Providing and fabricating and placing in position reinforcement 44

steel for TMT-thermo mechanically treated bars
3.14 MILD STEEL BARS 44
3.14.1 Testing standards 45
3.14.2 Sampling 45
3.14.3 Thermo mechanically treated-TMT / high yield 45

strength steel deforms / corrosion resistance
bars (Tiscon crs)
3.14.4 Bending 45
3.14.5 Fixing 46
3.14.6 Cover 46
3.14.7 Inspection 47
3.15 MASONRY WORK 47
3.15.1 Material 47
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
3.15.2 Workmanship 48
3.16 FINISHING WORK 49
3.16.1 Providing and applying 10/15mm thick cement / lime 49

neeru finished plastered on walls and ceiling
3.16.2 Providing & laying 8/10 mm thick cement plaster in 51

single coat, in c.m. 1:3 with cement mala finish
(Finished with steel trowel)
3.16.3 White washing with lime on any surfaces (3 coats with brush) 52
to give an even shade, including thoroughly brooming the
surface to remove all dirt, dust, mortar drops and other
foreign matter etc. complete
3.17. FINISHING WALL WITH WATER PROOFING CEMENT PAINT OF 53

APPROVED SHADE, ON ANY SURFACE (3 COATS) TO GIVE AN
APPROVED BRAND OR MANUFACTURE (SUPER SNOWCEM
OR EQUIVALENT) AND OF REQUIRED EVEN SHADE AFTER
THOROUGHLY BRUSHING THE SURFACE TO REMOVE
ALL DIRT AND REMAINING ALL LOOSE POWDERED MATERIALS
3.17.1 Materials 53
3.17.2 Workmanship 54
4.0 ROAD WORK 56
4.1 SCOPE 56
4.2 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 56
4.3 EXCAVATIONS FOR ROAD WORK 56
4.4 WATER BOUND MACADAM LAYER 56
4.4.1 Stone aggregate for soling layer & for WBM 56
4.4.2 Binding material murrum 57
4.4.3 Spreading coarse aggregate 57
4.4.4 Rolling road metal 57
4.4.5 Application of binding material 58
4.4.6 Sprinkling and grouting 58
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
4.5 SPECIFICATION FOR ASPHALTING 59
4.5.1 General 59
4.5.2 Materials 59
4.5.3 Construction operation 59
4.5.4 Hot mix asphaltic carpet 60
4.6 JOINTS 61
4.7 COMPACTION OF THE MIXTURE 61
4.8 TESTING 62
4.9 ROLLING 62
4.10 JOINTS 62
4.11 TOLERANCE 63
5.0 TANK PAD WORK 63
5.1 PROVIDING & LAYING 75 MM ANTI CORROSIVE LAYER 63
5.2 PROVIDING & LAYING PREMIX CARPET FOR TANK PAD 63
5.3 PROVIDING AND FIXING FIBRE REINFORCED CORRUGATED

CEMENT SHEETS 64
5.4 PROVIDING AND FIXING FIBRE REINFORCED CORRUGATED

CEMENT SHEET ACCESSORIES 64
6.0 DEMOLITION WORK 64
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.0 CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS
1.1 GENERAL
The tank farm area will be paved completely to prevent any vegetation within the dyke wall. The paving
will be grano flooring and it will be sloped from the tanks towards the dyke wall for drainage of rainwater.
The tanks will have a peripheral drain which in turn is connected to the drain sump.
The tank foundation is proposed with R.C.C ring wall for the tank shell to rest. The tank bottom plates will
rest on sand pad foundation with a bitumen top. The tank foundation apron is proposed to be covered
with P.C.C.
The dyke wall is proposed with R.C.C for a height of 1.7 meters including a free board of 0.2 metres. The
dyke walls are designed to hold any spillage from the tank. The capacity of the dyke wall is designed to
hold 100% capacity of the tank enclosed.
1.2 MATERIALS
1.2.1 Concrete
• M 30 grades concrete shall be used for all concrete works unless otherwise specified.
• M 7.5 grade concrete shall be used for all lean concrete/levelling coarse work unless otherwise
specified.
1.2.2 Reinforcement Steel
All reinforcement bars shall conform to IS: 1786-1985, TMT bars of Fe415 grade shall be used as
reinforcement in concrete works.
1.3 ANALYSIS
Analysis of the structures & all structural elements will be done using STAAD.pro software as well as
manually using elastic method of analysis.
1.4 DESIGN LOADS
1.4.1 Dead Loads
Earth : 18 KN/ m3
Water : 10 KN/ m3
Brick masonry wall with plaster / finishes on both faces
115 mm thick : 2.90 KN/m2
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Plain Cement Concrete : 24 KN/ m3
Reinforced Cement Concrete : 25 KN/ m3
Plaster : 0.2 KN/m2 for every 10mm thickness
For materials and building components which are not covered in the above list, dead load will be
considered as per IS 875, Part-I or as per manufacturer’s/ supplier’s data.
1.4.2 Imposed loads or live loads
a) Live Load on R.C.C Structure : 5 KN/m2
1.4.3 Wind load
As per IS: 875, “Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures,
Part 3, Wind Loads”, following wind loads and co-efficient are considered.
Basic wind speed Vb : 39 m /sec
Risk Coefficient K1 : 1.06
Terrain Coefficient K2 : 1.07
Topography Factor K3 : 1.0
Design wind pressure (Pz) : 1.174 KN/m²
1.4.4 Earthquake loads
As per IS: 1893 “Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures” following seismic loads and co-
efficient are considered
Seismic Zone Coefficient : 0.36 (Zone V)
Importance Factor : 2.0 (As inflammable liquid storage)
Time Period : As per analysis
Type of soil : Medium (As per Soil investigation report)
Damping : 5% for Concrete Structure
1.4.5 Temperature loads
Minimum temperature : 10 degree
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Maximum temperature : Mehsana ambient temperature goes up to 46
degree in summer.Therfore, the maximum
ambient temperature may be considered 50
degree as same is considered for
electrical.
Maximum recorded rainfall in 24 hrs/ 1hr : 270mm/94.8mm
1.5 DESIGN
Limit state method of design have been adopted for design of concrete structures complying IS: 456 &
SP: 16. Complying to SP: 34 & IS: 13920. Working stress method has been adopted for design of steel
structures.
Load combination is as below:
For RC design:-
1.5 (Dead Load + Live Load)
1.2 (Dead Load + Live Load + (Earthquake/Wind in X/Z –direction))
1.5 (Dead Load + Earthquake/Wind in X/Z -direction)
1.6 FACTOR OF SAFETY
The factor of safety against overturning and sliding and flotation will be as follows:
Against Overturning : 1.5
Against Sliding : 1.5
Against Flotation : 1.25
1.7 FOUNDATION
The safe net bearing capacity of soil is assumed as 150 KN/m2 at a depth of 2 metre from existing ground
level. It is considered from the study report by Geotechnical Investigation consultant, for design purpose.
Open isolated footings or Raft foundation shall be provided according to total loads on foundation.
1.8 CODES AND STANDARDS
All materials and workmanship shall confirm the following IS codes unless otherwise specified.
Loading
IS 875 -1 - Code of practice for design loads (Dead loads)
IS 875 – 2 - Code of practice for design loads (Imposed loads)
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

IS 875 - 3 - Code of practice for design loads (wind loads)
IS 875 - 5 - Code of practice for design loads (special loads and combinations)
Concrete Works
IS 456 - 2000 - Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.
IS 1893 - 2002 - Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures.
IS 3370-part-2 - Code of practice for concrete structure for storage liquids -

Reinforced concrete structures.
IS 13920-1983 - Code of practice for ductile detailing of reinforced concrete

structures subjected to seismic forces.
IS1904-1978 - Code of practice for structural safety of building - Shallow foundations.
IS 8009 - Part-1 - Code of practice for calculation of settlement of foundations.
IS 2950 part-1 - 1981 - Code of practice for design and construction of raft foundations.
IS 1786-reaffirmed 1990 - Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement.
SP - 24 - 2000 - Explanatory hand book on Indian standard code of practice for plain
and reinforced concrete.
SP - 16 - Design aids for reinforced concrete to IS 456.
SP – 34 -1987 - Hand book on concrete reinforcement and detailing.
SP – 36(1) - Compendium of Indian standards on soil engineering part – 1

Laboratory testing.

Field testing.
2.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CIVIL / STRUCTURAL WORKS
2.1 EARTHWORK AND SITE LEVELLING:
The entire proposed tank pad area as shown in the drawing shall be graded to the levels from vegetation.
However, trees designated by Contractor shall be protected from damage and the earth level shall not be
changed within 1m of such trees. All materials obtained from clearing and grubbing shall be dumped in
allotted areas. The levelled areas after excavation or filling shall be maintained free from vegetation,
during progress of work.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The materials required for filling shall be brought from excavating high areas as close to the point of
utilisation as possible and shall not interfere with any permanent structure or any part of work.
In case any excavation is carried out to levels deeper than specified, no payment for extra excavation
shall be admissible; the contractor shall have to make good the excess excavation at his own expenses.
In case borrow pits are excavated; they shall be regular in size and shape, as shown in drawings.
The areas to be filled shall be stripped of all materials such as organic soil, vegetation, shrubs, roots, etc.
The surface shall be stripped to a depth of 75 mm to 200 mm or as shown in drawings and stripped
material shall be dumped in specified areas. All suitable excavated materials brought from high areas
shall be used in filling to get the specified level. The filling shall be in horizontal layers of thickness not
exceeding 230mm. Each layer shall be watered to the optimum moisture content and compacted by 10T
sheep’s foot roller capable of giving bearing pressure of 25 kg per sq. cm of foot area in contact. Graders
and dozers shall be used to keep the layers uniform. In case of embankments, the finished formation
width, side slopes and grade shall be true to line and level as shown on drawings.
2.2 EARTHWORK IN FOUNDATION, BASEMENTS, DRAINS etc.,
All excavation shall be neatly cut to lines, curves, slopes and grades as shown in the drawings or as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge with plus or minus tolerance of 25 mm. Where excavations are made
in excess of the limits delineated on the drawings, either by error or accident the extra excavation shall be
made good at the cost of the contractor by refilling to the proper grade with thoroughly compacted
suitable fill or by 1:4:8 P. C. C. where it is meant for foundations.
In excavation for foundations, a bottom layer of 150 mm in thickness shall be left undisturbed and
subsequently removed only when the concrete is about to be placed in order that softening or
deterioration of the surface of the bottom of the excavation area by exposure may be avoided.
The contractor shall make allowances for the working space required to carry out the subsequent
construction portion where the excavation is carried out in reusable material. The materials recovered
may be stacked nearby for back filling purposes, as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. All excavation
work shall be properly protected against subsidence, slip or caving-in to avoid injury to workmen. The
contractor may with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge, carry out excavation without any side
protection, i.e. with sides of the excavation formed by the natural slope of the earth instead of using
timber shoring etc.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The contractor shall at his own cost provide, maintain and operate pumping equipment of required
capacity and keep the area of construction free of water during concreting. Pumping shall be controlled
and necessary care to dispose of the water through drainage, ditches without causing any inconvenience
to construction operation shall be made.
All water from any source whatsoever getting accumulated in excavated areas, trenches, etc. shall be
properly diverted in approved manner or bailed out or pumped by the contractor at his own cost so that
the areas and trenches are kept free of water.
The material obtained from excavation which is not considered suitable for filling operations shall be
disposed off within the plot at a place and in a manner indicated by the Engineer-in-charge.
The surplus suitable materials obtained from excavation shall be used for back filling and for filling as
directed by the Contractor. Filling shall be evenly laid in layers not exceeding 230 mm in thickness. Each
such layer shall be consolidated with sufficient watering and tamping. Each layer shall be watered to the
optimum moisture content to achieve a density of 95%. Whenever, required, the Contractor shall
demonstrate adequately at his own cost, by field and laboratory tests that the specified density has been
obtained. The contractor shall make good at his expense all settlements of filling that may occur up to the
end of defect liability period. The contractor, if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall remove the
excavated material from the place of construction to a storage / disposal area and bring back part or full
for back filling or for other filling.
If the filling material is to be brought from outside, it shall be good sand, free from clay and plastic
material, mud, vegetable and organic matter likely to decay. The actual filling operations shall be the
same as described above.
The contractor shall take precautions not to disturb or damage the existing permanent work while
excavating or filling. If underground utilities are met during excavation, they shall be properly supported
and slinged.
Should the bottom of any excavation appear to be unstable and unsound, the contractor shall excavate
further as per directions from Engineer-in-charge. In case of such extra excavations, the extra depth shall
be filled up with suitable materials as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Applicable Codes
The following Indian Standard Codes, unless otherwise specified herein, shall be applicable. In all cases
the latest revision of the codes shall be referred to.
IS - 4082 : Carriage of materials Recommendation of stacking and storage

of construction materials at sites
IS - 1200 : Method of measurement of building works
IS - 3764 : Safety code for excavation work
IS - 3385 : Code of practice for measurement of civil engineering works
IS - 2720 : Part II determination of moisture content
3.0 CONCRETE AND ALLIED WORKS
3.1 APPLICABLE CODES
The following codes and standards are part of this tender specification. All standards, codes of practices
referred to herein shall be the latest edition including all applicable official amendments and revisions.
In case of discrepancy between this specification and those referred to herein, this specification shall
prevail.
a) Materials
IS 8112 & 12269 : Specification for ordinary Portland cement
IS 455 : Specification for Portland blast furnace slag
IS 1489 : Specification for Portland-pozzolana cement
IS 4031 : Methods of physical tests for hydraulic cement
IS 650 : Specification for standard sand for testing of cement
IS 383 : Specification for coarse and fine

aggregates from natural sources of concrete
IS 2386 (part I to VIII) : Methods of test for aggregates for concrete
IS 516 : Methods of test for strength of concrete
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

IS 1199 : Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete
IS 5640 : Flakiness Index of aggregates
IS 3025 : Methods of sampling and test (physical and chemical

water used in industry)
IS 432 (part I&II) : Specification for mild steel and medium tensile
steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for concrete
reinforcement
IS 1139 : Specification for hot rolled mild steel and medium tensile
steel deformed bars for Concrete reinforcement
IS 1566 : Specification for plain hard drawn steel wire fabric for
concrete reinforcement
IS 1785 : Specification for plain hard drawn (Part I) steel wire for
prestressed concrete
IS 1786 : Specification for cold twisted steel bars for concrete

reinforcement
IS 2090 : Specification for high tensile steel bars used in
prestressed concrete
IS 4990 : Specification for plywood for concrete shuttering work
IS 2645 : Specification for integral cement water-proofing

Compounds
b) Equipment
IS 1791 : Specification for batch type concrete mixers
IS 2438 : Specification for roller pan mixer
IS 2505 : Specification for concrete vibrators immersion type
IS 2506 : Specification for screed board concrete vibrators
IS 2514 : Specification for concrete vibrating tables
IS 3366 : Specification for pan vibrators
IS 4656 : Specification for form vibrators for concrete
IS 2722 : Specification for portable swing weigh-batchers for

concrete (Single and double bucket type)
IS 2750 : Specification for steel scaffoldings
c) Codes of practice
IS 456 : Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

IS 1343 : Code of practice for prestressed concrete
IS 457 : Code of practice for general construction of plain and

reinforced concrete for dams and other massive
structures
IS 3370 (part I to IV) : Code of practice for concrete structures for storage of
liquids
IS 3935 : Code of practice for composite construction
IS 3201 : Criteria for design and construction of precast concrete

trusses
IS 2204 : Code of practice for construction of reinforced concrete

shell roof
IS 2210 : Criteria for the design of RC shell structures and

folded plates
IS 2751 : Code of practice for welding of mild steel bars used for
reinforced concrete construction.
IS 2502 : Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars

for concrete reinforcement
IS 3558 : Code of practice for use of immersion vibrators for

consolidating concrete
IS 3414 : Code of practice for design and installation of joints in

buildings
IS 4014 (part I&II) : Code of practice for steel tubular, scaffolding
IS 2571 : Code of practice for laying insitu cement concrete

Flooring
e) Measurement
IS 1200 : Method of measurement of building works
IS 3385 : Code of practice for measurement of civil engineering

works.
The above mode of measurements shall be applicable only if it is not given specifically in the tender
document.
3.2 GENERAL
The quality of materials, method and control of manufacture and transportation of all concrete work
irrespective of mix, whether reinforced or otherwise shall conform to the applicable portions of this
specification.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Engineer shall have the right to inspect the source/s of material/s, the layout and operation of
procurement and storage of materials, the concrete batching and mixing equipment, and the quality
control system. Such an inspection shall be arranged and engineer’s approval obtained, prior to starting
of concrete work.
3.3 MATERIALS
The ingredients to be used in the manufacture of standard concrete shall consist solely of standard type
Portland cement, clean sand, natural coarse aggregate, clean water and admixtures.
3.3.1 CEMENT
The contractor should supply cement, as per the following points
Unless otherwise specified the cement shall be ordinary Portland cement in 50 kg bags. The use of bulk
cement will be permitted only with the approval of Engineer. For this the contractor will be required to
construct proper storage facility.
A certified report attesting to the conformance of the cement to IS specifications by the cement
manufacturer's chemist shall be furnished to engineer if demanded.
Cement held in storage for a period of ninety (90) days or longer shall be tested. Should at any time
Engineer have reasons to consider that any cement is defective, then irrespective of its origin, and/or
manufacturers test certificate, such cement shall be tested immediately at contractor's cost at a
National Test Laboratory/approved laboratory and until the results of such tests are found satisfactory, it
shall not be used in any work. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim of any nature on this
account.
3.3.2 AGGREGATES
Aggregate in general designates both fine and coarse inert materials used in the manufacture of
concrete. Fine aggregate is aggregate all of which passes through 4.75mm IS sieve. Coarse aggregate is
aggregate most of which is retained on 4.75 mm sieve.
All fine and coarse aggregates proposed for use in the work shall be subject to Engineer's approval and
after specific materials have been accepted the source of supply of such materials should not be changed
without prior approval of Engineer. Fine aggregate should be of good quality of locally available from river
sand. Coarse aggregate should be of good quality of locally available.
Aggregates shall, except as noted above, consist of natural sands, crushed stone and gravel from a
source known to produce satisfactory aggregate for concrete and shall be chemically inert, strong, hard,
durable against weathering, of limited porosity and free from deleterious materials that may cause
corrosion of the reinforcement or may impair the strength and/or durability of concrete. The grading of
aggregates shall be such as to produce a dense concrete of specified strength and consistency that will
work readily into position without segregation and shall be based on the mix design and preliminary tests
on concrete specified later.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Sampling and testing
Samples of the aggregates for mix designed determination of suitability shall be taken under the
supervision of Engineer and delivered to the laboratory, well in advance of the scheduled placing of
concrete. Records of tests which have been made on proposed aggregates and on concrete made from
this source of aggregates shall be furnished to Engineer in advance of the work for use in determining
aggregate suitability. The costs of all such tests, sampling etc. shall be borne by contractor.
Storage of aggregates
All coarse and fine aggregates shall be stacked in stock separately in stock piles in the material yard
near the work site in bins properly constructed to avoid inter mixing of different aggregates.
Contamination with foreign materials and with earth during storage and while heaping the materials shall
be avoided. The aggregate must be of specified quality not only at the time of receiving at site but more
so at the time of loading into mixer. Rackers shall be used for lifting the coarse aggregates from bins or
stock piles. Coarse aggregate shall be piled in layers not exceeding 1.20 meters in height to prevent
coning or segregation. Each layer shall cover the entire area of the stock pile before succeeding layers
are started. Aggregates that have become segregated shall be rejected.
Specific gravity
Aggregate except as noted above, and for other than light weight concrete shall consist of natural or
crushed sand and shall conform to IS 383. The sand shall be clean sharp, hard, strong and durable and
shall be free from dust, vegetable substances, adherent coating, clay, alkali, organic matter, mica, salt or
other deleterious substances, which can be injurious to the setting qualities / strength / durability of
concrete.
3.3.3 MACHINE MADE SAND
Machine made sand will be acceptable, provided the constituent rock/gravel composition shall be sound,
hard dense, non-organic uncoated and durable against weathering.
Screening and Washing
Sand shall be prepared for use for such screening or washing, or both, as necessary, to remove all
objectionable foreign matter while separating the sand grains to the required size fractions.
Foreign material limitations
The percentages of deleterious substances in sand delivered to the mixer shall not exceed the following:
a) Material finer than 75 micron IS sieve 3.00 15.00
b) Shale 1.00 -
c) Coal and lignite 1.00 1.00
d) Clay lumps 1.00 1.00
Total of all above substances including items

(a) to (d) for uncrushed sand and items iii
and (d) for crushed sand 5.00 2.00
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Gradation
Unless otherwise directed or approved, the grading of sand shall be within the limits indicated here under:
Gradation table
IS Sieve Percentage passing for

Designation
Grading Grading Grading Grading
Zone I Zone II Zone III Zone IV
10 mm 100 100 100 100

4.75 mm 90-100 90-100 90-100 95-100
2.36 mm 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100
1.18 mm 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100
600 Microns 15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100
300 Microns 5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50
150 Microns 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15
Where the grading falls outside the limits of any particular grading zone of sieves other than 600 micron
IS sieve, by total amount not exceeding 5 percent, it shall be regarded as falling within that grading zone.
This tolerance shall not be applied to percentage passing the 600 micron IS sieve or to percentage
passing any other sieve on the coarser limit of grading zone I or the finer limit of grading zone IV.
Fineness modules
The sand shall have fineness Modules of not less than 2.2 or more than 3.2. The fineness Modules is
determined by adding the cumulative percentages retained on the following IS sieves sizes 4.75mm,
2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 600 micron, 300 micron and 150 micron and dividing the sum by 100.
3.3.4 COARSE AGGREGATE
Coarse aggregate for concrete, except as noted above and for other than light weight concrete shall
conform to IS 383. This shall consist of natural or crushed stone and gravel and shall be clean and free
from elongated, flaky or laminated pieces adhering coatings, clay lumps, coal residue, clinkers slag,
alkali, mica, organic matter or other deleterious matter.
Screening and washing
Natural gravel and crushed rock shall be screened and/or washed for the removal of dirt or dust coating,
if so demanded by Engineer.
Grading
Coarse aggregate shall be graded in both cases the grading shall be within the following limits.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Sizes of Aggregates
IS Sieve % passing for single sized aggregate % passing for graded aggregate
Designation of nominal size in mm of nominal size in mm
40 20 16 12.5 10 40 20 16 12.5
63 mm 100 - - - - 100 - - -
40 mm 85- 100 - - - 95-100 100 - -
100
20 mm 0-20 85-100 100 - - 30-70 95-100 100 -
16 mm - - 85-100 100 - - - 90-100 -
12.5 mm - - - 85-100 100 - - - 90-100
10 mm 0.5 0-20 0-30 0-45 85-100 10-35 25-55 30-70 40-85
4.75 mm - 0-5 0-5 0-10 0-20 0-5 0-10 0-10 0-10
2.36 mm - - - - 0-5 - - - -
The pieces small be angular in shape and shall have granular or crystalline surfaces, Friable, flaky
and laminated pieces, mica and shale, if present, shall be only in such quantities that will not, is the
opinion of Engineer affect adversely the strength and/or durability of concrete. The maximum size of
coarse aggregate shall be 75 mm for class A concrete 40 mm for class B concrete and 20mm for class
C concrete. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be the maximum size specified above, but
in no case greater than 1/4 of the minimum thickness of the member, provided that the concrete
can be placed without difficulty so as to surround all reinforcement thoroughly and fill the corners of
the form. Plums above 150 mm and upto any reasonable size can be used in plain mass concrete
work of large dimensions up to a maximum limit of 20% of volume of concrete when specifically
approved by Engineer. For heavily reinforced concrete members the nominal maximum size of the
aggregate shall be 5 mm less than the minimum clear distance between the reinforcing main bars or
5mm less than the minimum cover to the reinforcement whichever is smaller. The amount of fine
particles occurring in the free state or as loose adherent shall not exceed 1% when determined by
laboratory sedimentation tests as per IS 2386. After 24 hours immersion in water, a previously dried
sample shall not have gained more than 10% of its oven dry weight in air, as determined by IS 2386.
Foreign materials limitations
The percentages of deleterious substance in the coarse aggregate delivered to the mixer shall not
exceed the following:
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Limitation of foreign materials
SI. Materials Percent by weight

No.
Uncrushed Crushed
i) Material finer than 75 micron IS 3.00 3.00

sieve
ii) Coal and lignite 1.00 1.00
iii) Clay lumps 1.00 1.00
iv) Soft fragments 3.00 -
v) Total of all the above substances 5.00 5.00
3.3.5 WATER
Water used for both mixing and curing shall be free from injurious amounts of deleterious materials.
Potable waters are generally satisfactory for mixing and curing concrete.
In case of doubt, the suitability of water for making concrete shall be ascertained by the compressive
strength and initial setting time test specified in IS-456. The sample of water taken for testing shall be
typical of the water proposed to be used for concreting, due account being paid to seasonal variation.
The sample shall not receive any treatment before testing other than that envisaged in the regular
supply of water proposed for use in concrete. The sample shall be stored in a clean container
previously rinsed out with similar water.
Average 28 days compressive strength of at least three 15 cm concrete cubes prepared with water
proposed to be used shall not be less than 90% of the average strength of three similar concrete cubes
prepared with distilled water.
The initial setting time or test block made with the appropriate set cement and the water proposed
to be used shall not be less than 30 minutes and shall not differ by more than plus minus 30 seconds
form the initial setting time of control test block prepared with the appropriate test cement and
distilled water. The test blocks shall be prepared and tested in accordance with the requirements of IS
4031.
Where water can be shown to contain an excess of acid, alkali sugar or salt, engineer may refuse to
permit its use. As a guide, the following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values:
To neutralise 200 ml sample of water, using phenolphthalein as indicator, it should not require more than
2 ml of 0.1 normal NaOH. The details of test shall be as given in IS 3025.
To neutralise 900 ml sample of water using methyl orange as an indicator, it should not require more than
10 ml of 0.1 normal HCl. The details of test shall be given in IS 3025.
Percentage of solids when tested in accordance with the method indicated below shall not exceed the
following.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Method of Tests
Percent Method of Test (Reference to clause no.

in IS 3025.
Organic 0.02 10 and 11(organic solids = Total solids minus
ignited residue)
Inorganic Sulphate (as SO4 0.30 11 (Ignited residue)
Alkali 0.05 20
Chlorides (as CI) 0.10 24
3.3.6 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
All reinforcement bars, shall be supplied by the contractor and shall be either plain round mild steel bars
and shall confirm to IS 1786, as shown and specified on the drawings. Wire mesh or fabric shall be in
accordance with IS 1566. Substitution of reinforcement will not be permitted except upon written
approval from Engineer.
Plain round mild steel bars grade II as per IS: 432 (part - I) may be used with prior approval of Engineer in
writing and with 10% increase in the reinforcement area but its use shall not be permitted in structures
located in earthquake zones subjected to severe damage (as per IS: 1895) and for structures subject to
dynamic loading (other than wind loading), such as frames supporting rotary or reciprocating machinery
etc.,
All reinforcement shall be clean, free from grease, oil, paint, loose mill scale, loose rust, dust, bituminous
material or any other substances that will destroy or reduce the bond. All rods shall be thoroughly cleaned
before being fabricated. Pitted and defective rods shall not be used.
3.4 FREQUENCY OF TESTS
For testing of materials the following criteria for frequency of tests should be followed:
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Materials
Material Test Ref. To IS Code Minimum desirable

for test procedure frequency
Sand General Quality 2220 - IV Regularly 1 test / 6 - 7 Cum

Gradation
Deleterious Constituents 2386 - II -Do-
Moisture Content 2386 - III Regularly one for each
source.
Bulking * 2386 - III For deriving the moisture
content bulking relationship
Reinforcement Ultimate tensile strength 432 One test 10-15 tonne of each
diameter of bars
Yield strength -Do- -Do-
Elongation %age -Do- -Do-
Wt. per unit length ------- -Do-
Structural Steel Ultimate tensile strength 226 One test of each category of
steel section.
Yield strength -Do- -Do-
Elongation %age -Do- -Do-
Wt. per unit length ------- -Do-
Cement Initial setting time 4031 One test per 10-15 tonnes.
Final setting time -Do- -Do-
Compressive strength -Do- -Do-
One for each source of

Coarse supply and subsequently
Aggregate for Aggregate crushing 2386-VI when warranted by change
Concrete value in the quality of the
aggregates.
Bricks Water absorption Three samples

Compressive strength for each lot
* For nominal mix by volume
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Test Procedure
Sl. Test Ref. To IS Code Minimum Desirable Frequency

No. for Test
Procedure
Plain Concrete or
Mortar reinforced cement
concrete
1 Compressive 2250 & 516 @ The minimum number of @ The minimum
strength at 7 cubes taken from each day number of cubes taken
days work or for every 10 cum of from each day work or
mortar shall not be less than for every 20 cum not be
three less than three
2 Compressive
strength at 28 -Do- -Do- -Do-
days
3 Workability of 1199 -Do- One test / 10 cum

fresh concrete
NOTE : @ when the strength of cement mortar or concrete mix as indicated by tests lies between the
strength of cement mortar or concrete mix for any 2 grades such concrete shall be classified for all
purposes as a concrete belonging to the lower of the grades between which the strength lies.
Cost of samples
When asked for by Engineer-in-charge, the samples of all materials proposed to be used or incorporated
in the works shall be supplied by the contractor at his own cost even if the supply thereof is not clearly
intended by or provided for in the specification or schedule of quantities.
Cost of tests
The cost of making any test for all types of raw materials and finished work as well as works in
progress like sand, bricks, aggregate, mortar, cement, steel, rebar, primer, paint, bitumen, road etc.
shall be borne by the contractor. If owner desires, contractor will be required to install testing machines
at site of work. The pressure gauge of testing machines will be got calibrated and certified from a local
Govt. authority/body. The testing of the cubes will be done both at site and as well as in a local Govt.
recognised lab. the cost of installing the cube testing machine is deemed to be included in the relevant
items of concrete works and nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Any other equipment as
may be necessary for field testing as also all material required shall be arranged by the contractor at his
own cost. He has to submit test results in triplicate to Owner/ Consultant. However, a register has to be
maintained at site for recording test results, in approved performa which will be signed by contractor and
Engineer-in-charge. The details such as place, time and date of sampling and testing along with quantity
of work for which the same is drawn shall be recorded.
Independent test analysis
If after any such test, the works or portion of work is found to be defective or unsound the contractor shall
pull down and re-execute the same at his cost. Defective materials shall be removed from site.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Access for inspection
The contractor is to provide at all times during the progress of the works and maintenance period, proper
means of access, with ladder, gangways, etc. and the necessary attendant to move and adapt as
directed for the Inspection or measurement of the works by Engineer-in-Charge.
Providing and laying Plain cement concrete 1:5:10 (1cement: 5coarse sand, 10 Stone aggregates
of nominal size 37 mm and down).
The Stone Aggregates, cement and coarse sand shall be of quality as specified in the materials section.
The concrete will be made in machine mixer either full bag/half bag. The concrete shall be laid
immediately for foundation or plinth or filling in any height. The laid concrete shall be well watered and
rammed for proper compaction line and level. The work will be carried out at any height.
Providing and laying plain cement concrete 1:4:8 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand, 8 graded stone
aggregate of nominal size 37mm and down).
-Do- same as per item no. 2.01 but for the volumetric proportions of the coarse sand and the stone
aggregate which shall be 4:8 instead of 5:10.
aggregate of nominal size 37 mm and down).
Do- same as per item no. 2.01 but for the volumetric proportions of the coarse sand and the stone
aggregate which shall be 3:6 instead of 4:8.
aggregate of nominal size 37 mm and down).
The coarse aggregate, cement and coarse sand shall be of quality as specified in the materials section.
The concrete will be made in machine mixer either full bag/half bag. The concrete shall be laid
immediately for foundation or plinth or filling in any height. The laid concrete shall be well watered and
rammed for proper compaction line and level. The work will be carried out at any height.
Providing and laying RCC of mix M15 / M20 / M25 / M30 for up to plinth & super structures
3.5 MIX DESIGN
• All concrete in the works shall be of design mix as defined in IS 456, unless it is a nominal mix
concrete such as 1:3:6, 1:4:8 or 1:5:10. Whether reinforced or otherwise, all design mix concrete
works to be carried out under this specification shall be divided into the following classifications:
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 15 CM CUBES AT 7 AND 28 DAYS AFTER
MIXING, CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IS 516
Preliminary test Work test Max. size Minimum

Class N/SQ. MM N / Sq.mm. of Cement
aggregate Content per
mm. cum
at 7 days at 28 at 7 days at 28
days days
M 42 35.00 54.00 27.00 46.00 20 550 Kg.

M 35 31.00 45.00 23.50 39.00 20 470 Kg.
M 30 28.00 42.00 20.00 33.00 40 or 20 420 Kg.
M 25 23.50 35.00 17.00 28.00 40 or 20 370 Kg.
M 20 19.40 29.00 13.50 22.00 40 or 20 320 Kg.
M 15 14.00 17.00 10.00 16.00 40 or 20 300 Kg.
• It shall be very clearly understood that whenever the class of concrete such as M 20 is specified
it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that minimum crushing strength stipulated for
the respective class of concrete is obtained at works. The maximum total quantity of aggregate
by weight per 50 kg of cement shall not exceed 450 kg except when otherwise specifically
permitted by Engineer-In-Charge.
• To fix the grading of aggregates, water cement ratio, workability and the quantity of cement
required giving preliminary and works cubes of the minimum strength specified, the proportions of
the mix shall be determined by weight. Adjustment of aggregate proportions due to moisture
present in the aggregate shall be made. Mix proportioning shall be carried out according to Indian
Standard Specifications.
• Whenever there is a change either in required strength of concrete or water cement ratio or
workability or the source of aggregates and/or cement, preliminary tests shall be repeated to
determine the revised proportions, of the mix to suit the altered conditions.
• While fixing the value for water cement ratio for preliminary mixes, assistance may be derived
from the graph (appendix IS 456 showing the relationship between the 28 day compressive
strengths of concrete mixes with different water cement ratios) and 7 days compressive strength
of cement tested in accordance with relevant IS specification.
3.6 PRELIMINARY TEST
Test specimens shall be prepared with at least two different water/cement ratios for each class of
concrete, consistent with workability required for the nature of the work. The materials and proportions
used in making preliminary tests shall be similar in all respects to those to be actually employed in the
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

works as the object of these tests is to determine the proportions of cement, aggregates and water
necessary to produce concrete of required consistency and to give the specified strength. It will be the
Contractor's sole responsibility to carry out these tests and he shall therefore furnish to Engineer a
statement of proportions proposed to be used for the various concrete mixes.
Materials shall be brought to the room temperature and all materials shall be in dry condition. The
quantities of water, cement and aggregates for each mix shall be determined by weight/volume to an
accuracy of 1 part in 1000 parts.
Mixing shall be done by a mixer machine as per IS 516 in such a manner as to avoid loss of water. The
cement and fine aggregate shall be mixed first, dry until the mixture is uniform in colour. Then the coarse
aggregate and water shall be added and mixed thoroughly for a period of not less than 3 minutes until the
resulting concrete is uniform in appearance. Each mix of concrete shall be of such a quantity as to
leave about 10% excess concrete after moulding the desired number of test specimens.
The consistency of each mix of concrete shall be measured immediately after mixing, by the slump test in
accordance with IS 1199. In the slump test, care is taken to ensure that no water or other materials is
lost, the materials used for the slump test may be remixed with the reminder of the concrete for making
the specimen test cubes. The period of re-mixing shall be as short as possible yet sufficient to produce a
homogeneous mass.
Compression tests of concrete cubes shall be made as per IS 516 on 15 cm cubes. Each mould shall be
provided with a metal base having a plane surface so as to support the mould during filling without
leakage. The base plate shall be preferably attached to the mould by springs or screws. The parts of the
mould when assembled shall be positively and rigidly held together. Before placing concrete the mould
and base plate shall be cleaned and oiled. The dimensions and internal faces of the mould shall be
accurate within the following limits:
Height and distance between the opposite faces of the mould shall be of specified size ± 0.2mm.The
angle between the adjacent internal faces and between internal faces and top and bottom planes of
mould shall be 90 Deg. ± 5 Deg. The interior faces of the mould shall be plane surfaces with a
permissible variation of 0.03mm.
Concrete test cubes shall be moulded by placing fresh concrete in the mould and compacted as specified
in IS 516.
Curing shall be as specified in IS 516. The cubes shall be kept in moist air of at least 90% relative
humidity at a temp. of 27 Deg. Cent. ± 2 Deg. Cent. for 24 hours ± half hour from the time of adding
water to the dry ingredients. Thereafter they shall be removed from the moulds and kept immersed in
clean, fresh water and kept at 27 Deg. Cent. ± 2 Deg. Cent. temp. until required for test. Curing water
shall be renewed every seven days. A record of maximum and minimum temperatures at the place of
storage of the cubes shall be maintained during the period they remain in storage.
Testing of specimens
The strength shall be determined based on not less than five cubes test specimens for each age and
each water cement ratio. All these laboratory test results shall be tabulated and furnished to Engineer.
The test result shall be accepted by Engineer if the average compressive strengths of the specimens are
tested subject to the condition that only one out of the five consecutive tests may give a value less than
the specified strength for that age. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to repeat the tests if the
results are not satisfactory and also to make such changes as he considers necessary to meet the
requirements specified. All these preliminary tests shall be conducted by the Contractor at his own cost in
an approved laboratory.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.7 PROPORTIONING CONSISTENCY, BATCHING AND MIXING OF CONCRETE
3.7.1 Proportioning
a) Aggregate
The proportions which shall be decided by conducting preliminary test shall be by volume. These
proportions of cement, fine and coarse aggregates shall be maintained during subsequent concrete
mixing. The supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform quality shall be maintained over the period
of work, the grading of aggregates shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate in different sizes
and blending them in the right proportions. The different sizes shall be stocked in separate stock piles.
The grading of coarse and fine aggregate shall be checked as frequently as possible as determined by
Engineer, to ensure maintaining of grading in accordance with the samples used in preliminary mix
design. The material shall be stock piled well in advance of use.
b) Cement
The cement shall be measured by volume in normal cases. However, in case of central weight
batching plants, Cement may be weighed for each batch if so desired by engineer in charge.
c) Water
Only such quantity of water shall be added to the cement and aggregates in the concrete mix as to
ensure dense concrete, specified surface finish, satisfactory workability, consistent with the strength
stipulated for each class of concrete. The water added to the mix shall be such as not to cause
segregation of material or the collection of excessive free water on the surface of the concrete.
The water cement (W/C) ratio is defined as the volume of water in the mix (including the surface moisture
of the aggregates) divided by the volume of cement in the mix. The actual water cement ratio to be
adopted shall be determined in each instance by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
d) Proportioning by water/Cement ratio
The W/C ratio specified for use by Engineer shall be maintained. The Contractor shall determine the
water content of the aggregates as frequently as directed by Engineer as the work progress and as
specified in IS 2386 (Part-III) and the amount of water added at the mixer shall be adjusted as directed
by Engineer so as to maintain the specified W/C ratio. To allow for the variation in volume of
aggregates due to variation in their moisture content suitable adjustments in the volume of aggregates
shall also be made.
e) Consistency and slump
Concrete shall be of a consistency and workability suitable for the conditions of the job. After the amount
of water required is determined, the consistency of the mix shall be maintained throughout the
progress of the corresponding parts of the work and approved tests e.g. slump tests, compacting factor
tests, in accordance with IS 1199 shall be conducted from time to time to ensure the maintenance of
such consistency.
The following tabulation gives a range of slumps which shall generally be used for various types of
construction unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.7.2 Slumps for Various types of Construction
Only sufficient quantity of water shall be added to concrete during mixing to produce a mix of
sufficient workability to enable it to be well consolidated, to be worked in to the corners of the
shuttering and around the reinforcement, to give the specified surface finish, and to have the
specified surface strength. The following slumps shall be adopted for different kinds of works:-
Slumps for various type of construction
Description Slumps
Mass Concrete In Foundations, 10mm to 25mm

footings retaining walls and
pavements.
Thin sections of floors of less than 25mm to 40mm

75mm thick
For Reinforced cement concrete work:
Mass concreting in foundations, 10mm to 25mm

footings retaining walls and
pavements
Beams, slabs, columns 25mm to 40mm
Thin shells, folded plates etc. 40mm to 50mm
3.7.3 Sampling and Testing concrete in the field
a) Facilities required for sampling materials and concrete in the field shall be provided by the
Contractor at no extra cost. The following equipment with operator shall be made available at
Engineer’s request (all must be in serviceable condition):
• One concrete cube testing machine suitable for 15 cm cubes of 100 tonnes capacity with
proving calibration ring.
• Twelve cast iron cube moulds of 15 cm size.
• One Lab. balance to weigh up to 5 kg with sensitive of 10 gm.
• One set of sieves for coarse and fine aggregates.
• One set of slump cone complete with tamping rod.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• A set of measures from 0.1 litre to 5 litre.
• One electric oven with thermostat upto 120 Deg. Cent.
• One flakiness gauge.
• One elongation index gauge.
• One sedimentation pipette.
• One Pyconometer.
• Two calibrated glass jar of 1 litre capacity.
Arrangement can be made by the contractor to have the cubes tested in an approved laboratory in lieu
of a testing machine at site at his expense, with the prior consent of the Engineer.
b) At least 6 test cubes of each class of concrete shall be made for every 15.0 Cu.M of concrete or part
thereof. Such samples shall be drawn on each day for each type of concrete of each set of 6 cubes;
three shall be tested at 7 days age and three at 28 days age. The laboratory test results shall be
tabulated and furnished to Engineer in-charge. Engineer will pass the concrete if average strength of the
specimens tested is not less than the strength specified, subject to the condition that only one out of
three consecutive tests may give a value less than the specified strength but this shall not be less than
90% of the specified strength. The cubes shall be tested on 7th and 28th day from the day of casting of
the cubes.
3.8 ADMIXTURES:
Admixtures may be used in concrete only with the approval of Engineer in-charge based upon evidence
that, with the passage of time, neither the compressive strength nor its durability reduced. Calcium
chloride shall not be used for accelerating setting of the cement for any concrete containing
reinforcement, or embedded steel parts. When calcium chloride is permitted to be used, such as in mass
concrete works; it shall be dissolved in water and added to the mixing water in an amount, not to exceed
1.5% of the volume of the cement in concrete. When admixtures are used, the designed concrete mix
shall be corrected accordingly. Admixtures shall be used as per manufacturer's instructions & comply with
IS 9103 and in the manner and with the control specified by Engineer in-charge.
3.8.1 Air entraining agents
Where specified and approved by Engineer in-charge, neutralised vinyl resin or any other approved air-
entraining agent may be used to produce the specified amount of air in the concrete mix and these
agents shall conform to the requirements of ASTM standard 6260 air entraining admixtures for concrete.
The recommended total air content of the concrete is 4% plus minus 1%. The method of measuring air
content shall be as per IS 1199.
3.8.2 Water reducing admixtures
Where specified and approved by Engineer, water reducing lignosulfonate mixture shall be added in
quantities specified by Engineer. The admixtures shall be added in the form of a solution.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.8.3 Retarding admixtures
Where specified and approved by Engineer, retarding agents shall be added to the concrete mix in
quantities specified by Engineer in-charge.
3.8.4 Water proofing agent
Where specified and approved by Engineer, water proofing agent conforming to IS: 2645 shall be added
in quantities specified by Engineer in-charge.
3.9 Optional tests
Engineer may order tests to be carried out on cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water in accordance
with the relevant Indian Standards. Tests on cement (OPC & PPC) shall include (i) fineness test (ii) test
for normal consistency (iii) test for setting time (iv) test for soundness (v) test for tensile strength (vi) test
for compressive strength (vii) test for heat of hydration by experiment and by calculations in
accordance with IS: 8112(For 43 Grade), IS: 12269(For 53 Grade) & IS: 1489 For PPC. Tests on sand
shall include (i) sieve test (ii) test for organic impurities (iii) decantation test for determining clay and silt
content (iv) specific gravity test (v) test for unit weight and bulkage factor. Tests on coarse aggregate
shall include (i) test for sieve analysis (ii) specific gravity and unit weight of dry loose and rodded
aggregate (iii) soundness and alkali aggregate reactivity (iv) petro graphic examination (v) deleterious
materials and organic impurities (vi) test for aggregate crushing value. Any or all these tests would
normally be ordered to be carried out only if Engineer feels the materials are not in accordance with the
specifications or if the specified concrete strengths are not obtained and shall be performed by
contractor at site or at an approved test laboratory. If the tests are successful, Owner shall pay for all
such optional tests otherwise the Contractor shall have to pay for them.
If the works cubes do not give the stipulated strengths Engineer in-charge reserves the right to ask
contractor to dismantle such portions of the work, which in his opinion are unacceptable and re-do the
work to the standard stipulated at contractor's cost in the manner and schedule approved by Engineer
in-charge.
3.9.1 Load test on members or any other tests
In the event of any work being suspected of faulty material or workmanship or both, Engineer requiring its
removal and reconstruction may order the contractor that it should be load tested in accordance with the
following provisions.
The test load shall be 125 % of the maximum superimposed load for which the structure designed. Such
test load shall not be applied before 56 days after the effective hardening of the concrete. During the test,
struts strong enough to take the load shall be placed in position leaving a gap under the members. The
test load shall be maintained for 24 hours before removal.
If within 24 hours of the removal of the load, the structure does not show a recovery of at least 75 percent
of the maximum deflection shown drying the 24 hours under load the test loading shall be repeated after
a lapse of at least 72 hours. The structure shall be considered to have failed to pass the test if the
recovery after the second test is not at least 75 percent of the maximum deflection shown during the
second test. If the structure is certified as failed by Engineer, the cost of the load test shall be borne by
the contractor.
Any other tests e.g. taking out in approved manner concrete cores, examination and tests on such cores
removed from such parts of the structure as directed by Engineer, sonic testing etc. shall be carried out
by contractor if so directed.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Should the results of any test prove unsatisfactory, or the structure shows signs of weakness, undue
deflection or faulty construction the contractor shall remove and re build the member or members
involved or carry out such other remedial measures as may be required by Engineer in-charge. The
Contractor shall bear the total cost of testing.
3.9.2 Concrete in alkali soils and alkaline water:
Where concrete is liable to attack from alkali salts or alkaline water, special cements containing low
amount of tricalcium aluminates shall be used, if so specified in the drawings. Such concrete shall have a
minimum 28 days compressive strength of 250 kg per sq.cm and shall contain not less than 370 kg of
cement per cubic metre of concrete in place. If specified, additional protection shall be obtained by the
use of a chemically resistant stone facing or a layer of plaster of paris covered with suitable fabric, such
as jute thoroughly impregnated with tar.
a) Preparation prior to concrete placement
Before the concrete is actually placed in position, the insides of the form work shall be inspected to see
that they have been cleaned and oiled. Temporary openings shall be provided to facilitate inspection,
especially at bottom of columns and walls forms to permit removal of saw dust, wood shavings, binding
wire, rubbish dirt etc. Openings shall be placed or holes drilled so that these materials and water can be
removed easily. Such openings/holes shall be later suitably plugged.
The various agencies shall be permitted sample time to install drainage and plumbing lines in floor
and trench drains, conduits, hangers, anchors, inserts, sleeves, bolts, frames and other miscellaneous
embedment to be cast in the concrete as indicated on the drawings or as is necessary for the proper
execution of the work. Contractor shall co-operate fully with all such agencies and shall permit the use of
scaffolding form work etc. by other agencies at no extra cost.
All embedded parts, inserts etc. supplied by Owner or Contractor shall be correctly positioned and
securely held in the forms to prevent displacement during depositing and vibrating of concrete.
Anchor bolts shall be positioned and kept in place with the help of proper manufacture templates. The
use of all such templates, fixture etc, shall be deemed to be included in the rates. No extra payment will
be made for making or providing templates.
Slots, openings, holes, pockets etc, shall be provided in the concrete work in the positions indicated
in the drawings or as directed by Engineer.
Prior to concrete placement all work shall be inspected and approved by Engineer and if found
unsatisfactory, concrete shall not be poured until after all defects have been corrected at Contractor's
cost. Cat ladders shall be provided on the reinforcement to facilitate labour movement.
Approval by Engineer for all materials and work as required herein shall not relieve contractor from his
obligation to produce finished concrete in accordance with the drawings and specifications.
No concrete shall be placed in wet weather or on water covered surface. Any concrete that has been
washed by heavy rains, the work shall be entirely removed, if there is any sign of cement and sand
having been washed from the concrete mixture. To guard against damage which may be caused by
rains, the works shall be covered with tarpaulins immediately after the concrete has been placed and
compacted. Any water accumulating on the surface of the newly placed concrete shall be removed by
approved means and no further concrete shall be placed thereon until such water is removed. To avoid
flow of water over/around freshly placed concrete, suitable drains and sumps shall be provided.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Immediately before concrete placement begins, proposed surfaces except formwork, which will come in
contact with the concrete to be placed, shall be covered with a bonding mortar..
3.10 TRANSPORTATION
All buckets, containers or conveyors used for transporting concrete shall be mortar tight. Irrespective of
the method of transportation adopted, concrete shall be delivered with the required consistency and
plasticity without segregation or loss of slump. However, chutes shall not be used for transport of
concrete without the written permission of Engineer and concrete shall not be rehandled before
placing.
Concrete must be placed in its final position before it becomes too stiff to work. On no account, water
shall be added after the initial mixing concrete which has become stiff or has been contaminated with
foreign materials shall be rejected and disposed off as directed by Engineer.
All equipment used for mixing, transporting and placing of concrete shall be maintained in clean
condition. All pans, buckets, hoppers, chutes, pipelines and other equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned
after each period of placement.
3.11 PROCEDURE FOR PLACING OF CONCRETE
Before any concrete is placed, the entire placing programme, consisting of equipment, layout proposed
procedures and methods shall be submitted to engineer for approval if so demanded by Engineer and no
concrete shall be placed until Engineer's approval has been received. Conveyor for conveying concrete
shall be of such size and design as to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete during depositing
without segregation of materials, considering the size of the job and placement location.
Concrete shall replaced in its final position before the cement shall normally be compacted in its final
position within thirty minutes of leaving the mixer and once compacted it shall not be disturbed.
Concrete, in all cases, be deposited as nearly as practicable directly in its final position, and shall
not be rehandled or caused to flow in a manner which will cause segregation, loss of materials,
displacement of reinforcement, shuttering or embedded inserts or impair its strength. For locations
where direct placement is not possible, and in narrow forms, contractor shall provide suitable drop and
elephant trunks to confine the movement of concrete. Special care shall be taken when concrete is
dropped from a height especially if reinforcement is in the way, particularly in columns and thin walls.
Except when otherwise approved by Engineer, concrete shall be placed in shovels or other approved
implements and shall not be dropped from a height more than 1 M or handled in a manner which will
cause segregation.
The following specification shall apply when placing of concrete by use of mechanical equipment is
specifically called for while inviting bids or is warranted considering the nature of work involved. The
control of placing shall begin at the mixer discharger, concrete shall be discharged by a vertical drop into
the middle of the bucket or hopper and this principle of a vertical discharge of concrete shall be adhered
to throughout all stages of delivery until the concrete comes to rest in its final position.
Central bottom dump buckets of a type that provides for positive regulation of the amount and rate of
deposition of concrete in all dumping position shall be employed.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

In placing concrete in large open areas, the bucket shall be spotted directly over the position designated
and then lowered for dumping. The open bucket shall clear the concrete already in place and the height
of drop shall not exceed 1 M. The bucket shall be opened slowly to avoid high vertical bounce. Dumping
of buckets on the swing or in any manner which results in separation of ingredients or disturbance of
previously placed concrete will not be permitted.
Concrete placed in restricted forms by wheel barrows, buggies, cars, short chutes or hand shovelling
shall be subject to the requirement for vertical delivery of limited height to avoid segregation and shall be
deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position.
Where it is necessary to use transfer chutes, specific approval of Engineer must be obtained to the type,
length, slopes, baffles, vertical terminals and timing of operations, the discharge and without segregation.
To allow for the loss of mortar against the sides of the chutes, the first mix shall have less coarse
aggregate. During cleaning of chutes the waste water shall be kept clear of the forms. Concrete shall not
be permitted to fall from the end of the chutes by more than 1 M. Chutes when approved for use shall
have slopes not flatter than 1: 3 and steeper than 1: 2 chutes shall be of metal or metal lined and of
rounded cross section. The slopes of all chutes sections shall be approximately the same. The discharge
end of the chutes shall be maintained above the surface of the concrete in the forms.
Concrete may be conveyed and placed by mechanically operated equipment e.g. pumps or pneumatic
placers only with the written permission of Engineer. The slump shall be held to the minimum necessary
for conveying concrete by this method.
When pumping is adopted, before pumping of concrete is started, the pipeline shall be lubricated with
one or two batches of mortar composed of one part cement and two parts sand. The concrete mix shall
be specially designed to suit pumping. Care shall be taken to avoid stoppages in work once pumping has
started.
When pneumatic placer is used, the manufacturer's advice on layout of pipeline shall be followed to avoid
blockages and excessive wear. Restraint shall be provided at the discharge box to cater for the
reaction at this end. Manufacturer's advice shall be followed regarding concrete quality and all other
related matters when pumping or pneumatic placing equipment are used.
Concreting, once started, shall be continuous until the pour is completed. Concrete shall be placed in
successive horizontal layers of uniform thickness ranging from 15 to 90mm as directed by Engineer.
These shall be placed as rapidly practicable to prevent the formation of cold joints or planes of
weakness between each succeeding layer within the pour. The thickness of each layer shall be
such that it can be deposited before the previous layer has stiffened. The bucket loads or other units
of deposit shall be spotted progressively along the face of the layer with such overlap as will facilitate
spreading the layer to uniform depth and texture with a minimum of shovelling. Any tendency to
segregation shall be corrected by shovelling stones into mortar rather than mortar on to stones. Such a
condition shall be corrected by redesign of mix or other means, as directed by Engineer.
The top surface of each pour and bedding planes shall be approximately horizontal unless otherwise
instructed.
Compaction
Concrete shall be compacted during placing the approved vibrating equipment until the concrete
has been consolidated to the maximum practicable density, is free of pockets of coarse aggregate
and fits tightly against all form surfaces, reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Particular care
shall be taken to ensure that all concrete placed against the forms faces and into corners of forms
or against hardened concrete at joints is free from voids or cavities. The use of vibrators shall be
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

consistent with the concrete mix and caution exercised not to over-vibrate the concrete to the
point that segregation results.
Vibrators shall conform to IS specifications. Type of vibrator to be used shall depend on the structure
where concrete is to be placed. Shutter vibrators, to be effective, shall be firmly secured to the
formwork which must be sufficiently rigid to transmit the vibration and strong enough not to be
damaged by it. Immersion vibrators shall have no load frequency, amplitude and acceleration as
per IS 2505 depending on the size of vibrator. Immersion vibrators in sufficient numbers and each
of adequate size shall be used to properly consolidate all concrete. Tapping or external vibrating of forms
by hand tools or immersion vibrators will not be permitted.
The exact manner of application and the most suitable machines for the purpose must be carefully
considered and operated by experienced men. Immersion vibrators shall be inserted vertically at
points not more than 450 mm apart and withdrawn when air bubbles cease to come to the
surface. Immersion vibrators shall be withdrawn very slowly. In no case shall immersion vibrators be
used to transport concrete inside the forms. Particular attention shall be paid to vibration at the top of a
lift e.g. in a column or wall.
When placing concrete in layers, which are advancing horizontally as the work progresses, great
care shall be exercised to ensure adequate vibration, blending and mixing of the concrete between the
succeeding layers.
The immersion vibrator shall penetrate the layer being placed and also penetrate the layer below
with the under layer is still plastic to ensure good bond and homogeneity between the two
layers and prevent the formation of cold joints.
Care shall be taken to prevent contact of immersion vibrators against reinforcement steel. Immersion
vibrators shall not be allowed to come in contact with reinforcement steel after start of initial set. They
shall also not be allowed to come in contact with forms or finished surfaces.
Form attached vibrators shall be used only with specific authorisation of Engineer.
The surface vibrators will not be permitted under normal conditions. However for thin slabs vibration by
specially designed vibrators may be permitted upon approval of Engineer.
The formation of stone pockets or mortar bondage’s in corner and against faces of forms shall not be
permitted. Should these occur, they shall be dug out, reformed and refilled to sufficient depth and shape
for through bonding, as directed by Engineer.
Placement interval
Except when placing with slip forms each placement of concrete in multiple lift work, shall be allowed
to set for atleast 24 hours after the final set of concrete and before the start of a subsequent
placement.
Special provision in placing
When placing concrete in walls with openings and in floors of integral slab and beam construction and
other similar conditions, the placing shall stop when the concrete reaches the top of the opening in walls
and bottom horizontal surface of the slab, as the case may be. Placing shall be resumed before the
concrete in place takes initial set, but not until it has time to settle as determined by Engineer.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Placing concrete through reinforcement steel
When placing concrete through reinforcing steel, care should be taken to prevent segregation of the
coarse aggregate. When the congestion of steel makes placing difficult it may be necessary to
temporarily move the top steel aside to get proper placement and restore reinforcing steel to design
position.
Bleeding
Bleeding of free water, on top of concrete being deposited, in to the forms shall be caused to stop
the concrete pour. The conditions causing this defect are corrected before any further concreting is
resumed.
3.12 CURING, PROTECTING, REPAIRING AND FINISHING
a) Curing
All concrete shall be cured by keeping it continuously damp for the period of time required for
complete hydration and hardening to take place. Preference shall be given to the use of
continuous sprays or pounded water continuously saturated covering of sacks, canvas, hessian
or other absorbent materials, or approved effective curing compounds applied with spraying
equipment capable of producing a smooth, even textured coat. Extra precautions shall be
exercised in curing concrete during cold and hot water as outlined hereinafter. The quality of curing water
shall be the same as that used for mixing concrete.
Certain types of finish or preparation for overlaying concrete must be done at certain stage of
the curing process and special treatment may be required for specific concrete surface finish.
i) Curing of concrete made of high alumina cement and super sulphated cement shall be carried
out as directed by Engineer.
ii) Fresh concrete shall be kept continuously wet for a minimum period of 10 days from the date of
placing of concrete following a lapse of 12 to 14 hours after laying of concrete. The curing of
horizontal surfaces exposed to the drying winds shall however begin immediately after the concrete has
hardened. Water shall be applied uniformly to concrete surfaces within 1 hour after concrete has set.
Water shall be applied to formed surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. Quantity of water
applied shall be controlled so as to prevent erosion of freshly placed concrete.
iii) Curing shall be assured by use of an ample water supply under pressure in pipes with all necessary
appliances of hose, sprinklers and spraying devices. Continuous fine mist spraying or sprinkling shall be
used, unless otherwise specified or approved by Engineer.
iv) Whenever, by the judgement of Engineer, it may be necessary to omit the continuous spray method, a
covering of clean sand or other approved means such as wet gunny bags which will prevent loss of
moisture from the concrete, may be used. No type of covering will be approved which would stain or
damage the concrete during or after the curing period. Covering shall be kept continuously wet during
the curing period.
v) For curing of concrete in pavements, side-walks floors, flat roofs or other level surfaces, the
pounding method of curing is preferred. The method of containing the pounded water shall be
approved by Engineer. Special attention shall be given to edges and corners of the slabs to ensure
proper protection to these areas. The pounded area shall be kept continuously filled with water during
the curing period.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

vi) Surface coating type compounds shall be used only by special permission of Engineer. Curing
compounds shall be liquid type white pigmented. Other curing compounds shall be used on surfaces
where future blending with concrete, water or acid proof membrane or painting is specified.
vii) All equipment and materials required for curing shall be on hand and ready for use before concrete is
placed.
b) Protecting fresh concrete
Fresh concrete shall be protected from defacements and damage due to construction operation by
leaving forms in place for an ample period as specified later in this specification. Newly placed
concrete shall be protected by approved means such as tarpaulins from rain, sun and winds. Steps as
approved by Engineer shall also be taken to protect immature concrete from damage by debris,
excessive loading, vibration, abrasion or contact with other materials etc., that may impair the
strength and/or durability of the concrete. Workmen shall be warned against and prevented from
disturbing green concrete during it setting period. If it is necessary that workmen enter the area
of freshly placed concrete, Engineer may require that bridges be placed over the area.
c) Repair and replacement of unsatisfactory concrete
i) Immediately after the shuttering is removed, the surface of concrete shall be very carefully inspected
and all defective areas called to the attention of Engineer who may permit patching of the
defective areas or also reject the concrete unit either partially or entirely. Rejected concrete
shall be removed and replaced by contractor at no additional expense to owner. Holes left from bolts
etc. shall be filled up and made good with mortar composed of one part of cement to one and half
parts of sand passing 2.36 mm IS sieve after removing any loose stones adhering to the concrete
and shall be finished as described under the particular items of work.
ii) Superficial honey combed surfaces and rough patches shall be similarly made good immediately
after removal of shuttering in the presence of Engineer and superficial water and air holes shall be
filled in. The mortar shall be well worked into the surface with a wooden float. Excess water shall be
avoided. Unless instructed otherwise by Engineer, the surface of the exposed concrete placed
against shuttering shall be rubbed down immediately on removal of shuttering to remove fine
or other irregularities and necessary care being taken to avoid damage to the surface. Surface
irregularities shall be removed by grinding.
iii) If reinforcement is exposed or the honeycombing occurs at vulnerable positions e.g. ends of beams or
columns it may be necessary to cut out the member completely or in part and reconstruct. The
decision of Engineer shall be final in this regard. If only patching is necessary, the defective concrete
shall be cut out till solid concrete is reached (or to a minimum depth of 25mm), the edges being cut
perpendicular to the affected surface or with small undercut if possible. Anchors, tees or dovetail
slots shall be provided whenever necessary to attach the new concrete securely in place an area
extending several centimetres beyond the edges and the surfaces of the prepared voids shall
be saturated with water for 24 hours immediately before the patching material is placed.
iv) The use of epoxy for bonding fresh concrete used for repairs will be permitted upon written
approval of Engineer. Epoxy shall be applied in strict accordance with the instructions of the
manufacturer.
v) Small size holes having surface dimensions about equal to the depth of the hole, holes left after
removal of form bottom, grout insert holes and slots cut for repair of cracks shall be repaired as
follows:
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The hole to be patched shall be roughened and thoroughly soaked with clean water until absorption
stops. A 5mm thick layer of grout of equal parts of cement and sand shall be well brushed into the
surface to be patched, followed immediately by the patching concrete which shall be well consolidated
with a wooden float. The concrete patch shall be built up in 10 mm thick layers. After an hour or
more, depending upon weather conditions, it shall be worked off flush with a wooden float and smooth
finish obtained by wiping with hessian. A steel trowel shall be used for this purpose. The mix for
patching shall be of same material and in the same proportions as that used in the concrete being
repaired, although some reduction in the maximum size of the coarse aggregates may be
necessary and the mix shall be kept as dry as possible.
Mortar filling by air pressure (guniting) shall be used for repairing of areas too large and/or too
shallow for patching with mortar. Patched surfaces shall be given a final treatment to match the
colour and texture of the surrounding concrete. White cement shall be substituted for ordinary
cement, if so directed by Engineer, to match the shade of the patch with original concrete.
vi) The patched area shall be covered immediately with an approved non-staining water saturated
material such as gunny bag which shall be kept continuously wet and protected against sun and
wind for a period of 24 hours. Thereafter, the patched area shall be kept wet continuously by fine
spray of sprinkling for not less than 10 days.
All materials, procedures and operations used in the repairing of concrete and also the finished
repair work shall be subject to the approval of Engineer. All fillings shall be tightly bonded to the
concrete and shall be sound, free from shrinkage cracks after the fillings have been cured and finished.
d) Finishing
i) The type of finish for formed concrete surface shall be as follows, unless, otherwise specified by the
Engineer:
• For surfaces against which backfill or concrete is to be placed, no treatment is required except
repairing of defective areas.
• For surface below grade which will receive waterproofing treatment the concrete shall be free of
surface irregularities which would interfere with proper application of the waterproofing material
which is specified for use.
• Unless specified, surfaces which will be exposed when the structure is in service shall receive
no special finish, except repairing of damage or defective concrete removal of fins and abrupt
irregularities, fillings of holes left by form ties and rods and clean up of loose or adhering
debris.
ii) Surfaces which will be exposed to the weather and which would normally be level, shall be sloped
for drainage. Unless the drawing specifies such as stair treads, walls shall be sloped across the
width approximately 1 in 30 broader surface such as walkways., roads, parking areas and
platforms shall be sloped about 1 in 50. Surfaces that will be covered by backfill or concrete sub
floors to be covered either concrete topping, terrazzo or quarry tile and similar surfaces shall be
smooth screened and levelled to produce even surfaces. Surface irregularities shall not exceed
6mm. Surfaces which will not be covered by backfill, concrete or tile toppings such as outside
decks, floors of galleries and sumps, parapets, gutters, sidewalks floors and slabs shall be
consolidated, screened and floated. Excess water and Latinate shall be removed before finishing.
Floating may be done with hand or power tools and started as the screened surface has attained a
stiffness to permit finishing operation and these shall be the minimum required to produce a surface
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

uniform in texture and free from screed marks or other imperfections. Joints edges panels and
forms linings shall be of uniform size and be as large as practicable and installed with closed joints.
Upon removal of forms the joint marks shall be smoothed off and all blemishes, projections etc.,
removed leaving the surfaces reasonably smooth and unmarred.
iii) Integral cement concrete finish
When specified on the drawings and integral cement concrete finish of specified thickness for
floors and slabs shall be applied either monolithic or bonded as specified on the drawing as
per IS 2571. The surface shall be compacted and then floated with a wood float or power floating
machine. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge and any high and low spots eliminated.
Floating or trowelling of finish shall be permitted only after all surface water has evaporated. Dry cement
or a mixture of dry cement and sand shall not be sprinkled directly on the surface of the cement
finish to absorb moisture or to stiffen the mix.
iv) Exposed Concrete finish/Rendering
A rubbed finish shall be provided only on exposed concrete surfaces as specified on the drawings.
Upon removal of forms, all fins and other projections on the surfaces shall be carefully removed, off-
sets levelled and voids and damaged sections be immediately saturated with water and repaired
by filling with a concrete or mortar of the same composition as was used in the surface. Then
surface shall be thoroughly wetted and rubbed with carborundrum or other abrasive. Cement mortar may
be used in the rubbing, but the finished surface shall be brush coated with either cement grout after
rubbing. The finished surfaces shall present a uniform and smooth appearance.
Providing and Erecting Formwork Up to Plinth Level & For Super Structures
The formwork shall consist of shores, bracings, sides of beams and columns, bottom of slabs etc.,
including ties anchors, hangers insert etc., complete which shall be properly designed and planned
for the work. False work shall be so constructed that necessary adjustment can be made to
compensate for take up and settlements. Wedge may be used at the top or bottom of timber shores but
not at both ends to facilitate vertical adjustment or dismantling of the formwork.
3.13 DESIGN OF FORM WORK
The design of the formwork as well as its construction shall be the responsibility of Contractor. If
so instructed, the drawings and/or calculation for the design for the formwork shall be submitted to
Engineer for approval before proceeding with work, at no extra cost. Engineer's approval shall not
however relieve Contractor of the full responsibility for the design and construction of the formwork.
The design shall take into account the entire load vertical and lateral that the forms will be carrying live
and vibration loadings.
3.13.1 Type of formwork
Formwork may be of timber, plywood metal, plastic or concrete. For special finishes the formwork may
be lined with plywood, steel sheets oil tempered hard board etc. Sliding forms and slip forms may be
used with the approval of Engineer.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.13.2 Formwork requirements
Forms shall conform to the shapes, lines, grades and dimensions including camber of the concrete
as called for on the drawings. Ample studs, braces, ties, straps, etc. shall be used to hold the forms
in proper position without any distortion whatsoever until the concrete is set sufficiently to permit
removal of forms. Forms shall be strong enough to permit the use of immersion vibrators. In special
cases form vibrators may also be used. The shuttering shall be close boarded. Timber shall be well
seasoned, free from sap, shakes, loose knots, worm holes, warps or other surface defects in contact with
concrete. Faces coming in contact with the concrete shall be free from adhering grout, plaster,
paint, projecting nails, splits or other defects. Joints shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of water or
any fine material from concrete.
Plywood shall be used for exposed concrete surfaces, where called for. Swan and wrought timber may
be used for unexposed surfaces. Inside faces of forms for concrete surfaces which are to be rubbed
finished shall be planed to remove irregularities or unevenness in the face. Formwork with linings
shall be permitted.
All new and used form timber shall be maintained in a good condition with respect to shape, strength,
rigidity, water tightness, smoothness and cleanliness of surfaces. Form timber unsatisfactory in any
respect shall not be used and if rejected by Engineer shall be removed from the site.
Shores supporting successive members shall be placed directly over those below or be so
designed and placed that the load will be transmitted directly to them. Trussed supports shall be
provided for shores that cannot be secured on adequate foundations.
Formwork, during any stage of construction showing signs of distortion or distorted to such a degree that
the intended concrete work will not conform to the exact contours indicated on the drawings,
shall be repositioned and strengthened. Poured concrete affected by the faulty formwork, shall
be removed completely and the formwork be corrected prior to placing of new concrete at contractors
own cost.
Excessive construction camber to compensate for shrinkage, settlement may impair the structural
strength of members and shall not be permitted.
Forms shall be so designed that their removal will not damage the concrete. Face formwork shall provide
true vertical and horizontal joints, conform to the architectural features of the structure as to location of
joints and be as directed by engineer.
Where exposed smooth or rendered concrete finishes are required the forms shall be constructed
with special care so that the resulting concrete surfaces require a minimum finish.
3.13.3 Formwork for Slope Surfaces
Forms for sloped surfaces shall be built so that the formwork can be placed board-by-board
immediately ahead of concrete placement so as to enable ready access for placement, vibration
inspection and repair of the concrete.
The formwork shall also be built so that the boards can be removed one by one from the bottom up
as soon as the concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Surfaces of
construction joints and finished surfaces with slopes steeper than 4 horizontal: 1 vertical shall be
formed as required herein.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.13.4 Formwork for Curved Surfaces
The contractor shall interpolate intermediate sections as necessary and shall construct the forms so that
the curvature will be continuous between sections. Where necessary to meet requirements for curvature,
the form timber shall be built up of laminated splines cut to make tight, smooth form surfaces.
After the forms have been constructed, all surface imperfections shall be corrected and all surface
irregularities at matching faces of form material shall be dressed to the specified curvature.
3.13.5 Formwork for Exposed Concrete Surfaces
i) Where it is desired, directed or shown on the drawings to have original fair face finish of concrete surface
without any rendering or plastering, formwork shall be carried out by using wood planks, plywood or steel
plates of approved quality size and pattern as per direction of the Engineer.
The contractor shall use one type of material for all such exposed concrete faces and the forms shall be
constructed so as to produce uniform and consistent texture and pattern on the face of the concrete.
Patches or forms for these surfaces will not be permitted. The formwork shall be placed so that all
horizontal formworks are continuous across the entire surface.
To achieve a finish which shall be free of board marks, the formwork shall be faced with plywood or
equivalent material in large sheets. The sheets shall be arranged in an approved pattern. Wherever
possible, joints between sheets shall be arranged to coincide with architectural features, sills, window
heads or change in direction of the surface. All joints between shuttering plates or panels shall be vertical
or horizontal unless otherwise directed. Suitable joints shall be provided between sheets. The joints shall
be arranged and fitted so that no blemish or mark is imparted to the finished surfaces.
To achieve a finish which shall give the rough appearance of concrete cast against sawn boards,
formwork boards unless otherwise stated shall be of 150 mm wide, securely jointed with tongue and
grooved joints if required to prevent grout loss with tie rod positions and direction of boards carefully
controlled. Sawn boards shall be set horizontally, vertically or at an inclination shown in the drawings.
All bolt holes shall be accurately aligned horizontal and vertical and shall be filled with matching mortar
recessed 5mm back from the surrounding concrete face.
Forms for exposed concrete surfaces shall be constructed with grade strips (the underside of which
indicate top of pour) at horizontal construction joints, unless the use of groove strips is specified on the
drawings. Such forms shall be removed and reset from lift to lift; they shall not be continuous from lift to
lift. Sheeting of reset forms shall be tightened against the concrete so that the forms will not be spread
and permit abrupting irregularities or loss of mortar. Supplementary form ties shall be used as necessary
to hold the reset forms tight against the concrete.
For fair faced concrete, the position of through bolts will be restricted and generally indicated on the
drawings.
ii) Chamfer strips shall be placed in the corners of forms for exposed exterior corners so as to produce 20
mm bevelled edges except where otherwise shown in the drawings. Interior corners and edges at formed
joints shall not be bevelled unless shown on the drawings. Mouldings for grooves, drip courses and
bands shall be made in the form itself.
iii) viii)The wood planks, plywood and steel plates used in formwork for obtaining exposed surfaces shall
not be used for more than 3 times in case of wood planks, 6 times for plywood and 10 times for steel
plates respectively. However, no forms will be allowed for reuse, if in the opinion of the Engineer it is
doubtful to produce desired texture of exposed concrete.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

iv) In order to obtain exposed concrete work of uniform colour it shall be necessary to ensure that the sand
used for all exposed concrete work shall be of approved uniform colour. Moreover the cement used in
the concrete for any complete element shall be from single consignment.
v) No exposed concrete surface shall be rendered or painted with cement or otherwise. Plastering of
defective concrete as a means of achieving the required finish shall not be permitted, except in the
case of minor porosity on the surface, the Engineer may allow a surface treatment by rubbing
down with cement and sand mortar of the same richness and colour as for the concrete. This
treatment shall be made immediately after removing the formwork.
vi) The contractor shall also take all precautionary measures to prevent breaking and chipping of corners
and edges of completed work until the building is handed over.
3.13.6 Bracings struts and props
i) Shuttering shall be braced, strutted, propped and so supported that it shall not deform under weight
and pressure of the concrete and also due to the movement of men and other materials. Bamboos
shall not be used as props or cross bearers.
ii) The shuttering for beams and slabs shall be so erected that the shuttering on the sides of the beams
and under the soffit of slabs can be removed without disturbing the beam bottoms. Re propping of
beams shall not be done except when props have to be reinstated to take care of construction loads
anticipated to be in excess of the design load. Vertical props shall be supported on wedges or
other measures shall be taken whereby the props can be gently lowered vertically while striking the
shuttering. If the shuttering for a column, is erected for the full height of the column, one side shall
be left open and built up in sections as placing of concrete from the sides to limit the drop of concrete
to 3M or as directed by engineer.
3.13.7 Mould Oil
Care shall be taken to see that the faces of form wok coming in contact with concrete are perfectly
cleared and two coats of mould oil or any other approved material applied before fixing
reinforcement and placing concrete. Such coating shall be insoluble in water, non-staining and not
injurious to the concrete. It shall not become flaky or be removed by rain or wash water. Reinforcement
and/or other items to be cast in the concrete shall not be placed until coating of the forms is complete,
adjoining concrete surface shall also be protected against contamination from the coating material.
3.13.8 Chamfers and fillets
All corners and angles exposed in the finished structure shall be formed with moulding to form chamfers
or fillets on the finished concrete. The standard dimension of chamfers and fillers, unless otherwise
specified shall be 20 mm x 20 mm. Care shall be exercised to ensure accurate mouldings. The
diagonal face of the mouldings shall be planned or surfaced to the same texture as the forms to
which it is attached.
3.13.9 Wall ties
Wire ties passing through the walls shall not be allowed. In their place bolts through sleeves shall be
used.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.13.10 Reuse of forms
Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, nails removed, holes that may leak
suitably plugged and joints examined and when necessary, repaired and the inside retreated to
prevent adhesion, to the satisfaction of Engineer. Warped lumber shall be resized. Contractor shall
equip himself with enough shuttering material to complete the job in the stipulated time.
3.13.11 Removal of forms
Contractor shall record on the drawings and in a special register the date upon which the concrete is
placed in each part of the work and the date on which the shuttering is removed there from. The
Contractor shall remove the shuttering after obtaining the approval of the Engineer.
In no circumstances shall forms be struck until the concrete reaches strength of at least twice the stress
due to self weight and any construction/erection loading to which the concrete may be subjected at the
time of striking formwork.
In normal circumstances (generally where temperatures are above 20 Deg. Cent.) forms may be
removed after expiry of the following periods:-
Table 1: Removal of forms
Sl. Description Ordinary Portland Rapid hardening

No. cement concrete Portland cement
concrete
a) Walls columns and vertical sides of 24 to 48 hrs as directed 24 hrs.
beams by the Engineer
b) Slabs left under 3 days 2 days
c) Beam soffits props left under 7 days 4 days
d) Removal of props to slabs: 7 days 4 days

i) Spanning up to 4.5 m 14 days 8 days
ii)Spanning over 4.5 m
e) Removal of props to beams &

arches
i) Spanning up to 6 m 14 days 8 days
ii) Spanning over 6m 21 days 12 days
Striking shall be done slowly with utmost care to avoid damage to rises and projections and
without shock or vibration, by gently easing the wedges. If after removing the form work, it is found
that timber has been embedded in the concrete, it shall be removed and made good as specified earlier.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Reinforced temporary openings shall be provided as directed by Engineer to facilitate removal of
formwork which otherwise may be inaccessible.
Tie rods, clamps, form bolts etc. which must be entirely removed from walls or similar structures shall
be loosened not sooner than 24 hours nor later than 40 hrs. After the concrete has been deposited.
Ties except those required to hold forms in place, may be removed at the same time. Ties withdrawn
form wall & grade beams shall be pulled towards the inside face. Cutting ties back from the surface of
wall & grade beams will not be permitted.
For liquid retaining structures no sleeves for through bolts shall be used for nor shall through bolts be
removed as indicated above. The bolts in this case, shall be cut at 25 mm depth from the surface and
then the hole shall be made good by sand, cement mortar of the same proportions as the concrete just
after striking the formwork.
3.13.12 Providing and erecting for all height circular shuttering
The rate provides for circular of shell roof shuttering work for all heights. The general specification of
steel/plywood shuttering under item no. 2.07 shall be followed.
3.13.13 Providing and fabricating and placing in position reinforcement steel for TMT-Thermo
Mechanically treated bars.
The quality of the steel shall be as mentioned in the materials section. The bars shall be fabricated as per
the drawings. Laps and splices for reinforcement shall be as shown on the drawings. Splices in adjacent
bars shall be approved by Engineer. The bars shall not be lapped unless the length required exceeds the
maximum available lengths of bars at site.
3.14 Mild Steel Bars:
1.1 Mild steel bars reinforcement for R.C.C. work shall conform to BIS: 432 (Part-II) and shall be of tested
quality. It shall also comply with relevant part of BIS: 456.
1.2 All the reinforcement shall be clean and free from dirt, paint, grease, mill scale or loose or thick rust, at the
time of placing.
1.3 For the purpose of payment, the bar shall be measured correct up to 10mm length and weight payable
worked out at the rate specified below:
1. 6 mm 0.22 Kg/m
2. 8 mm 0.39 Kg/m
3. 10 mm 0.62 Kg/m
4. 12 mm 0.89 Kg/m
5. 14 mm 1.21 Kg/m
6. 16 mm 1.58 Kg/m
7. 20 mm 2.47 Kg/m
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

8. 22 mm 2.98 Kg/m
9. 25 mm 3.85 Kg/m
10. 28 mm 4.83 Kg/m
11. 32 mm 6.31 Kg/m
12. 36 mm 7.99 Kg/m
3.14.1 Testing standards:
3.14.2 Sampling:
For every 10 tonnes of steel, atleast one test shall be done.
Results:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thickness Ultimate Tensile strength Chilled state % Elongation
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 - 20 mm 42 Kg/cm2 26 Kg/cm2 23
20 - 40 mm 42 Kg/cm2 24 Kg/cm2 23
40 mm & more 42 Kg/cm2 24 Kg/cm2 23
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.14.3 Thermo Mechanically Treated-TMT / High Yield Strength Steel Deforms / Corrosion resistance
Bars: (TISCON CRS)
2.1 Thermo Mechanically Treated – TMT / High yield strength steel deformed / C.R. S. bars be either cold
twisted or hot rolled shall conform to IS : 1739 and IS : 1139 respectively, For CR steel shall be conform
to BIS 1786.
2.2 Other provision and requirements shall conform to 1.0.
3.0 The quality of the steel shall be as mentioned above. The bars shall be fabricated as per the drawings.
Laps and splices for reinforcement shall be as shown on the drawings. Splices in adjacent bars shall be
approved by Engineer. The bars shall not be lapped unless the length required exceeds the maximum
available lengths of bars at site.
3.14.4 Bending
Reinforcing bars supplied bent or in coils, shall be straightened before they are cut to size. Straightening
of bars shall be done in cold and without damaging the bars. This is considered as a part of
reinforcement bending fabricating work.
Schedules confirming to IS 2502 - 1962. They shall be rebent gradually by machine or other approved
means. Reinforcing bars shall not be straightened and re bent in a manner that will injure the material,
bars containing cracks or splits shall be rejected. They shall be bent cold, except bars of over in diameter
25mm which may be bent hot if specifically approved by Engineer. Bars bent hot shall not be heated
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

beyond cherry red colour (not exceeding 845 deg. C.) and after bending shall be allowed to cool slowly
without quenching. Bars incorrectly bent shall be used only if the means used for straightening and
rebending shall not injure the material. No reinforcement shall be bent when in position in the work
without approval whether or not it is partially embedded in hardened concrete. Bars having kinks or bends
other than those required by design shall not be used.
3.14.5 Fixing
Reinforcement shall be accurately fixed by any approved means and maintained in the correct
position shown in the drawings by the use of block, spacers and chairs as per IS 2502 to prevent
displacement during placing and compaction of concrete. Bars intended to be in contact at crossing
points shall be strongly bound together at all such points with two no. 18 gauge annealed soft iron wire.
The vertical distance required between successive layers of bar in beams or other members shall be
maintained by providing of mild steel spacer bars at such intervals that the main bars do not
perceptibly sag between adjacent spacer bars.
3.14.6 Cover
Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, clear concrete cover for reinforcement (exclusive of plaster
or other decorative finish) shall be as follows:
At each end of reinforcing bar, not less than 25 mm nor less than twice the diameter of the bar
whichever is less.
For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column not less than 40mm, nor less than the diameter of the bar.
In case of columns of minimum dimensions of 20 cm or under, with reinforcing bars of 12 mm and less in
diameter, a cover of 25 mm may be used.
For longitudinal reinforcing bars in a beam 25 mm nor less than the diameter of the bar.
For tensile, compressive, shear, or other reinforcement in a slab or wall not less than 12mm nor less than
the diameter of such reinforcement.
For any other reinforcement not less than 12 mm nor less than the diameter of such reinforcement.
For footings and other principal structural members in which the concrete is deposited directly against the
ground, cover to the bottom reinforcement shall be 75 mm. If concrete is poured on a layer of lean
concrete the bottom cover may be reduced to 50 mm.
For concrete surfaces exposed to the weather or the ground after removal of forms, such as retaining
walls, footing sides and top etc., not less than 50 mm for bars larger than 16 mm dia and not
less than 40 mm for bars 16 mm dia or smaller.
Increased cover thickness shall be provided, as indicated on the drawings, for surfaces exposed to the
action of harmful chemicals or exposed to earth contaminated by such chemical, acid, alkali, saline
atmosphere, sulphurous smoke, etc.
For liquid retaining structures the minimum cover to all steel shall be 40mm or the diameter of the
main bars, whichever is greater.
Protection to reinforcement in case of concrete exposed to harmful surroundings may also be given
by providing a dense impermeable concrete with approved protective coatings, as specified by the
Engineer.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The correct cover shall be maintained by cement mortar cover blocks. Reinforcement for footings, beams
and slabs on sub-grade shall be supported on precast concrete blocks as approved by engineer.
The use of pebbles or stones shall not be permitted.
3.14.7 Inspection
Erected and secured reinforcement shall be inspected, jointly measured and recorded and approved
by Engineer prior to placement of concrete.
3.15 MASONRY WORK
Applicable codes and specifications
a) The following codes, standards and specifications are made a part of this specification. All standards,
tentative specifications, codes of practices referred to herein shall be the latest edition including all
applicable official amendments and revisions.
IS: 1077 - Common burnt clay building bricks
IS: 3102 - Classification of burnt clay bricks
IS: 2180 - Burnt clay building bricks, heavy duty
IS: 2185 - Concrete block (Hollow or solid)
IS: 3495 - Method of sampling and testing clay building bricks
IS: 2691 - Burnt clay facing bricks
IS: 2221 - Code of practice for brick work
IS: 3115 - Lime-cement cinder solid blocks
IS: 1597 - Code of practice for construction of stone masonry (Part I)
Providing and constructing brick masonry in 1:6 CM in foundation and up to plinth & Super
structure work.
3.15.1 Material
3.15.1.1Brick
1.1.1 Bricks used in works shall be bricks of specified crushing strength as described in the Schedule of
Quantities. They shall have the following general properties:
1.1.2 They shall be sound, hard, homogenous in texture, well burnt in kiln without being verified, table
moulded, deep red, cherry or copper coloured, of regular shape and size and shall have sharp and
square edges and paralleled faces. The bricks shall be free from pores, chips, flaws or humps of any
kind. Bricks containing ungrounded particles and which absorb water more than 1/5th of their weight
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

when soaked in water for twenty four hours shall be rejected. Over burnt or under burnt bricks shall
be liable to rejection. These bricks shall give a clear ringing sound when struck.
1.1.3 Samples of bricks shall be submitted before starting the brickwork to the Engineer for approval. Bricks
supplied shall conform to these approved samples. Brick sample shall be got tested as per IS: 3495 by
Contractor at no extra cost. Bricks rejected by Engineer in-charge shall be removed from the site of works
within 24 hours without any cost implications to ONGC.
3.15.1.2Mortar
1.2.1 Mix for cement mortar 1:6 shall be as specified in the respective items of work. Gauge boxes for sand
shall be of such dimensions that one complete bag of cement containing 50 kgs of cement forms one
unit. The sand shall be free from clay shale, loam, alkali, and organic matter and of sound, hard, clean
and durable particles. Sand shall be approved by the engineer. If so directed by the engineer in-charge
sand shall be thoroughly washed till it is free of any contamination without any cost implications to ONGC.
1.2.2 For preparing cement mortar the ingredients shall first be mixed thoroughly in dry condition. Water shall
then be added and mixing continued to give a uniform mix of required consistency. Cement mortar shall
preferably be machine mixed, though mixing in a thorough manner may be allowed. The mortar so mixed
shall be used within 30 minutes of mixing. Mortar left unused in the specified period shall be rejected.
1.2.3 The Contractor shall arrange for test on mortar samples if so directed by the Engineer. Retempering of
mortar shall not be permitted.
3.15.2 Workmanship
2.1 All bricks shall be thoroughly soaked in clean water for at least one hour immediately before being laid.
The cement mortar for brick masonry work shall be as specified in the respective item of work. Brick
work 230 mm thick and over shall be laid in English bond unless otherwise specified. While laying bricks
shall be pressed in to the mortar and shoved into final position so as to embed the brick fully in mortar.
Bricks shall be laid with frogs upward.
2.2 All brick work shall be plumb, square and true to dimensions. Vertical joints in alternate courses
shall come directly one over the other and be in line. Horizontal courses shall be levelled. The thickness
of brick courses shall be kept uniform. For walls of thickness greater than 230 mm both faces shall be
kept in vertical planes. No broken bricks shall be used except as closures. Care shall be taken that
the bricks forming the top corners and ends of the wall shall be properly radiated and keyed into
position. Holes kept in masonry for scaffolding shall be closed before plastering. All interconnected
brickwork shall be carried out at nearly one level (so that there is uniform distribution of pressure on the
supporting structure) and no portion of the work shall be left more than one course lower than the
adjacent work where this is not possible, the work shall be raked back accordingly to bond (and not saw
toothed) at an angle not exceeding 45 deg.
2.3 Bricks shall be so laid that all joints are well filled with mortar. The thickness of joints shall not be less
than 6mm and not more than 10 mm. The face joint shall be raked to a minimum depth of 12mm by
raking tools daily during the progress of work when the mortar is still green so as to provide a
proper key for the plaster or pointing to be done. Where plastering or pointing is not required to be
done the joints shall be uniform in thickness and be struck flush and finished at the time of laying. The
face of brickwork shall be cleaned daily and all mortar droppings removed. The surface of each course
shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt before another course is laid on top. If the mortar in the lower
course has begun to set the joints shall be raked out to a depth of 12 mm before another course is laid.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

2.4 All brick work shall be built tightly against columns, floor slabs or other structural member.
2.5 Where drawings indicate that structural steel columns are to be fireproofed with brick work the brick shall
be built closely against all flanges and webs with all spaces between the steel and bricks works filled
solid with mortar. Steel members partly embedded in brickwork and not indicated to be fireproofed with
concrete shall be covered with not less than 12mm thick mortar unless directed otherwise by Engineer.
2.6 The work shall be cured for 15 days.
2.7 Miscellaneous inserts in masonry e.g. sleeves, wall ties, anchors, conduits, structural sheet, steel
lintels etc, shall be installed by the Contractor .
3.16 FINISHING WORK
Applicable Codes
IS: 2394 - Code of practice for application of lime plaster finish
IS: 1477 - Code of practice for painting of ferrous metals in buildings and allied
finishes (part I & II)
IS: 427 - Distemper, dry colour as required
IS: 2395 - Code of practice for painting concrete, masonry and plaster surfaces
IS: 428 - Distemper, oil emulsion, colour as required
3.16.1 Providing and applying 10/15mm thick cement / lime neeru finished plastered on walls and ceiling.
3.16.1.1Materials:
1.1 Cement Mortar: Water, Cement and Sand shall conform to section of concrete work.
3.16.1.2Proportion of Mix:
• Cement and sand shall be mixed to specified proportion, sand being measured by measuring boxes. The
proportion of cement will be by volume on the basis of 50Kg/Bag of cement being equal to 0.0342 m3.
The mortar may be hand mixed or machine mixed as directed.
3.16.1.3Proportion of Mortar:
• In hand mixed mortar, Cement and sand in the specified proportions shall be thoroughly mixed dry on a
clean impervious platform by turning over atleast 3 times or more till a homogeneous mixture of uniform
colour is obtained. Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious extraneous material shall get
mixed with mortar or mortar shall flow out. While mixing, the water shall be gradually added and
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

thoroughly mixed to form a stiff plastic mass of uniform colour so that each particle of sand shall be
completely covered with a film of wet cement. The water cement ratio shall be adopted as directed.
• The mortar so prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water. Only such quantity of mortar
shall be prepared as can be used within 30 minutes.
3.16.1.4Workmanship:
• Scaffolding: Wooden ballies, bamboos, planks, trestles and other scaffolding shall be sound. These shall
be properly examined before erection and use. Stage scaffolding shall be provided for ceiling plaster
which shall be independent of the walls.
3.16.1.5Preparation of back ground:
• The surface shall be cleaned of all dust, loose mortar droppings, traces of algae, efflorescence and other
foreign matter by water or by brushing. Smooth surface shall be roughened by wire brushing if it is not
hard and by racking if it is hard. In case of concrete surface, if a chemical retarder has been applied to
the form work, the surface shall be roughened by wire brushing and all the resulting dust and loose
particles shall be cleaned off and care shall be taken that none of the retarder is left on the surface.
Trimming of projections on brick/concrete surface wherever necessary shall be carried out to get an even
surface.
• Raking of joints in case of masonry wherever necessary shall be allowed to dry out for sufficient period
before carrying out the plaster work.
• Scaffolding for carrying out plastering work shall be double scaffolding having two sets of vertical
supports so that the scaffolding is independent of the walls.
3.16.1.6Preparation of Surface:
• All putlog holes in brickwork and junction between concrete and brickwork shall be properly filled in
advance. Joints in brick work shall be raked about 10 mm. and concrete surface shall be hacked to
provide grip to the plaster. Projecting burrs of mortars formed due to gaps at joints in shuttering shall be
removed. The surface shall be scrubbed clean with wire brush/coir brush to remove dirt, dust etc., and
the surface thoroughly washed with clean water to remove efflorescence, grease and oil etc., and shall be
kept wet for a minimum of two hours before application of plaster.
• For external plaster, the plastering operation shall be started from the top floor and carried downwards.
For internal plaster, the plastering operations may be started wherever the building frame and cladding
work are ready and the temporary supporting ceiling resting on the wall of the floor have been removed.
Ceiling plaster shall be completed before starting plaster to walls.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.16.1.7Applications of Plaster:
• The plaster about 15cm. x 15cm shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at not more than 2 M
intervals over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surfaces of these gauges shall be truly in plane of
the finished plastered surface. The mortar shall then be applied in uniform surface slightly more than the
specified thickness, and then brought to a true surface by working a wooden straight edge reaching
across the gauges with small upwards and sideways movements at a time. Finally, the surface shall be
finished off true with a trowel or wooden float according to the texture, smooth or sandy granular, as may
be required. Excessive trowelling or over working the float shall be avoided. All corners, arises, angles
and junctions etc. shall be carried out with proper templates to the size required.
• Cement plaster shall be used within half an hour after addition of water. Any mortar or plaster which is
partially set shall be rejected and removed from the site.
• In suspending the work at the end of the day, the plaster shall be left out, clean to line both horizontally
and vertically. While recommencing the plaster, the edges of the old work shall be scrapped clean and
wetted with cement putty before plaster is applied to the adjacent areas to enable the two to properly join
together. Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the day on the body of the wall and shall not be
nearer than 15cm. to any corners or arises. Horizontal joints in plaster work shall not also occur on
parapet tops and copings as these invariably lead to leakage. No portion of the surface shall be left out
initially to be packed up later on.
• Each coat shall be kept damp continuously till the next coat is applied or for a minimum period of 7 days.
Moistening shall commence as soon as plaster is hardened sufficiently. Soaking of walls shall be avoided
and only as much water as can be readily absorbed shall be used, excessive evaporation on the sunny or
windward side of building in hot air or dry weather shall be prevented by hanging mats or gunny bags on
the outside of the plaster and by keeping them wet.
• The surface shall be finished smooth using cement and lime (60-70% lime and 40-30% cement) slurry at
the ratio of 2.2 kg/m2. The plastered surface shall be rubbed with iron plate as specified.
3.16.2. Providing & laying 8/10 mm thick cement plaster in single coat, in C.M. 1:3 with cement MALA
FINISH (finished with steel trowel).
3.16.2.1Materials & Workmanship:
• The relevant specifications of item No. 4.01 shall be followed except that the thickness of the plaster shall
be 8/10 mm. and shall be carried out as specified in the item in single coat in Cement Mortar, CM 1:3.
The surface shall be finished smooth with steel trowel (Mala finish).
3.16.2.2Mode of Measurements and Payment:
• The relevant specifications of item No. 4.01 shall be followed.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• The rate shall be for a unit of one Square Meter.
3.16.3 White washing with lime on any surfaces (3 coats with brush) to give an even shade, including
thoroughly brooming the surface to remove all dirt, dust, mortar drops and other foreign matter
etc. complete.
3.16.3.1Materials:
• The clearcolle shall be made from glue and boiling water by mixing 1 Kg. of glue to every 15 litres of
water. Mixture shall be suitably tinted where required for use under coloured distemper, if directed. Glue
shall conform to IS: 852- (Specifications for animal glue).
• Lime used shall be freshly burnt class `C' Lime (fat lime) and white in colour conforming to IS: 712. Water
shall conform to M-1. Best quality of gum (D.D.L) of Pidilite Industries Ltd. shall be used in the
preparation of white wash. Ultramarine blue or Indigo: They shall conform to IS: 55 for paints and shall be
used for preparation of white wash. Pigments: Mineral colours, not affected by lime shall be used in
preparing colour wash.
3.16.3.2Workmanship:
• Preparation of white wash solution: Surface already white washed or coloured: The fat lime shall be
slaked at site and shall be mixed and stirred with about five litres of water for 1 Kg. of unslaked lime to
make the mixture creamy. This shall be allowed to stand for a period of 24 hours and then shall be
screened through a clean coarse cloth. 4 Kg. of gum or glue of Pidilite Co. (D.D.L.) dissolved in hot water
shall be added to each cubic meter of lime cream. Small quantity of ultramarine blue (upto 3 gms. per kg.
of lime) shall also be added to the last two coats of white wash solution, if directed and the whole solution
shall be stirred thoroughly before use.
3.16.3.3Preparation of surface:
• The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, dirt, mortar dropping and other foreign matter before
white wash is to be applied.
• The surface spoiled by smoke soot shall be scrapped with steel wire brushes or steel scrapers or shall be
rubbed with over burnt surkhi or brick bats. The surface shall be then broomed to remove all dust and dirt
and shall be washed with clean water.
• Oil or grease spots shall be removed by suitable chemical. Smooth surfaces shall be rubbed with wire
brushes.
• All unsound portion of the surface plaster shall be removed to full depth of plaster in rectangular patches
and plastered again after raking the masonry joints properly. Such portions shall be wetted and allowed to
dry. Any crevices, at any level shall be cleaned and filled with the plaster mortar and cured as above.
They shall then be given one coat of white wash.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• All unnecessary nails shall be removed; the holes, cracks, patches etc. shall be made good with material
similar in composition to the surface to be prepared.
3.16.3.4Scaffolding:
Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected in such a way that as far as possible no part of
scaffolding shall rest against the surface to be white or colour washed. A properly secured, strong and
well tied suspended platform (Zoola) may be used for white washing. Where ladders are used, pieces of
old gunny bags shall be tied at top and bottom to prevent scratches to the floors and walls. For white
washing of ceilings, proper stage scaffolding shall be erected where necessary. Also, while painting the
ceiling, the floor area shall be covered properly with plastic so that the flooring is not spoiled.
3.16.3.5Application of white wash:
• On the surface so prepared, white wash shall be applied with moon brush. The first stroke of the brush
shall be from top to downwards, another from bottom to upwards over the first stroke and similarly one
stroke from the right and another from the left over the first stroke of the brush before it dries. This will
form one coat. Each coat shall be allowed to dry before next coat is applied. Number of coats as specified
in the item shall be applied. It shall present smooth and uniform finish, free from brush marks and it
should not come off easily when rubbed with a finger.
• Splashing and droppings, if any on the doors and windows, ventilators, floors etc. shall be removed and
the surface shall be cleaned.
• Each coat shall be allowed to dry before next coat is applied. If additional coats are required then what
have been specified and applied, the same shall be applied to obtain uniform and smooth finish. It shall
be done at no extra cost. The finished dry surface shall not show any signs of cracking and pealing nor
shall come off easily on the hand when rubbed.
• Sample shall be approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-charge before execution of the work.
3.17. FINISHING WALL WITH WATER PROOFING CEMENT PAINT OF APPROVED SHADE, ON ANY
SURFACE (3 COATS) TO GIVE AN APPROVED BRAND OR MANUFACTURE (SUPER SNOWCEM
OR EQUIVALENT) AND OF REQUIRED EVEN SHADE AFTER THOROUGHLY BRUSHING THE
SURFACE TO REMOVE ALL DIRT AND REMAINING ALL LOOSE POWDERED MATERIALS.
3.17.1 Materials:
Cement Paints:
1.1 It shall be from Berger, ICI, Asian Paints or equivalent, as approved by the Architect and Engineer-in-
charge. It shall conform to IS: 5410.
1.2 It shall be manufactured from selected range of raw materials and special cement, so that it shall be
suitable for both indoors and outdoors. It shall be suitably used on concrete renderings, cement/sand
renderings, cement/lime/sand renderings, asbestos sheets, fibre boards, brickwork, etc. It shall offer matt
finish. It shall require no primer and shall be water thinnable. It shall offer a covering capacity of 6-8 m2
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

per Kg., depending on the surface and shade used. It shall preferably not be applied under direct sunlight
to avoid patchy effect.
3.17.2 Workmanship:
3.17.2.1Scaffolding:
The relevant specifications of item No. 4.03 shall be followed.
3.17.2.2Preparation of surface:
The relevant specifications of item no. 4.03 shall be followed except that the works white wash; colour
wash shall be substituted with water proofing cement paint. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted with
clean water before cement water proofing paint is applied.
3.17.2.3Preparation of paint:
Portland cement paint shall be prepared by adding paint powder to water and stirring to obtain a thick
paste, which shall then be diluted to a brushable consistency. Generally, equal volumes of paint powder
and water make a satisfactory paint. In all cases, the manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed. The
paint shall be mixed in such quantities as can be used up within an hour of mixing as otherwise the
mixture will set and thicken, affecting flowing and finish. The lids of cement paint drums shall be kept
tightly shut when not in use.
3.17.2.4Application of Paint:
• No painting shall be done when the paint is likely to be exposed to a temperature of below 7°C within 48
hours after application.
• When weather conditions are such as to cause damage, the work shall be carried out in shadow as far as
possible. This helps the proper hardening of the paint film by keeping the surface moist for a longer
period.
• To maintain the uniform mixture and to prevent segregation, the paint shall be stirred frequently in the
bucket.
• For undecorated surfaces, the surface shall be treated with minimum two coats of water proof cement
paint. Not less than 24 hours shall be allowed between two consecutive coats. Next coat shall not be
started until the preceding coat has become sufficiently hard to resist marking by the brush being used. In
hot dry weather, the preceding coat shall be slightly moistened before applying the subsequent coat.
• The finished surface shall be even and uniform in shade, without patches, brush marks, paint drops etc.
• The cement paint shall be applied with a brush with relatively short stiff hog or fibre bristles. The paint
shall be brushed in uniform thickness and shall be free from excessively heavy brush marks. The lumps
shall be well brushed out.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• Water proof cement paint shall not be applied on surfaces already treated with white wash, colour wash,
distemper dry or oil bound varnishes, paint etc. It shall not be applied on gypsum, wood and metal
surfaces.
3.17.2.5Curing:
• Painted surfaces shall be sprinkled with water two or three times a day. This shall be done between coats
and for atleast two days following the final coat. The curing shall be started as soon as the paint has
hardened so as not to be damaged by the sprinkling of water say about 12 hours after the application.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

4.0 ROAD WORK
4.1 SCOPE:
This specification covers the material and construction details for earthwork in filling for embankments,
excavation in box cutting, stone soling, WBM layers and shoulders for roads and flexible pavements.
4.2 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS:
a) Indian Standard Specifications
IS: 2720 - Methods of test of soil.
b) Indian Road Congress Standards
IRC: 19 - Standard specification and code of Practice for Water Bound Macadam.
4.3 EXCAVATIONS FOR ROAD WORK:
Murrum filling in road work with approved murrum & with 10/12 T power roller as per specification.
4.4 WATER BOUND MACADAM LAYER
4.4.1 Stone aggregate for soling layer & for WBM
The coarse aggregates shall be hard, black stone metal from quarries approved by the Engineer-In-
Charge. It shall be free from clay and weathering action.
The quality, size and grading of the coarse aggregates shall conform to IRC IS: 1972 - Standard
Specification and Code of Practice for Water Bound Macadam.
i) The grading of the coarse aggregates shall be as below:
Size/Range Sieve Designation % by weight passing the sieve.
80 100
65mm to 40mm 65 90 - 100
50 35 - 70
Grade - 2 40 0 - 15
20 0- 5
ii) Physical requirements of coarse aggregates for WBM shall be
A.Los Angles Abrasion value - 50% (Maximum)

or Aggregate impact value - 40% (maximum)
B.Flakiness index - 15% (Maximum)
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

iii) The aggregates shall be stacked at the road side on firm, well drained ground in regular stacks, as
directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The various grades shall be stacked separately and contamination
by earth and other extraneous matter shall be prevented effectively.
iv) Before starting with WBM construction, necessary arrangements shall be made for the lateral
confinement of aggregates.
4.4.2 Binding material murrum
i) The binding material shall be clean, dry murrum free from leaves, organic matter and any deleterious
material.
ii) It shall be obtained from quarries approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.
4.4.3 Spreading coarse aggregates
• The coarse aggregate shall be spread uniformly and evenly on the prepared base in required
quantities from the stacks. The aggregate shall be spread to proper profiles by using templates,
across the road, about 5M apart.
• The surface of the aggregates spread shall be carefully trued up and all high or low spots
remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. The surface shall be checked
from time to time during the spreading and rolling of the coarse aggregate to ensure a finished
surface without variation greater than 12mm, when a 3 m long straight edge is laid parallel to the
centre line of the road.
• The WBM course shall be constructed in layers of 150mm/100mm compacted thickness. The
layer shall be tested by depth blocks. No segregation of large or fine particles shall be allowed
and the course aggregate as spread shall be of uniform gradation without pocket of fine
materials.
• The coarse aggregate shall not be spread in lengths more than 3 days average work in advance
of the rolling, spreading murrum and bonding of the preceding section.
4.4.4 Rolling road metal
• Immediately following the spreading of the coarse aggregate, it shall be compacted to full width
by rolling with either three wheeled power roller of 8 to 10 tonnes weight of Tandem roller or
equivalent vibratory roller true to the line and camber as shown in the drawing. The course shall
not be rolled when the sub-grade is soft or yielding or the rolling causes a wave-like motion in the
base course or sub-grade. When rolling develops irregularities that exceed 12mm when tested
with a 3 metre straight edge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then aggregate added to
or removed from it as required and the area rolled until it gives uniform surface conforming to the
desired cross section and grade. The surface shall also be checked transversely by template and
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

any irregularities corrected as above. The use of murrum to make up depressions shall not be
permitted.
• The rolling shall begin from the edges with roller turning forward and backward until the edges
have been compacted. The rolling shall then progress gradually from edges to the centre parallel
to the centre line of the road lapping uniformly each width and shall continue until the entire area
of the course has been rolled by the rear wheel. On the super elevated curves, the rolling shall
proceed from the lower edge and progress gradually continuing towards the upper edge of the
road.
• Rolling shall be discontinued when the aggregates or until the road metal is partially compacted
with sufficient void space in them to permit application of screenings. Slight sprinkling of water
may be done if required.
4.4.5 Application of binding material
i) After the coarse aggregate has been rolled as described above, binding material to completely fill the
interstices shall be applied gradually over the surface. Dry rolling shall be continued while the binding
materials are being spread so that the jarring effect of the roller will cause them to settle into the voids of
the coarse aggregates.
The binding materials shall not be dumped to piles on coarse aggregate but shall be spread uniformly in
successive thin layers either by the spreading motion of hand shovels or by mechanical spreaders.
ii) The binding material shall be applied at a uniform and slow rate (in three or more applications) so as to
ensure filling of all voids. Rolling and brooming shall continue with the spreading of the binding material.
Either mechanical brooms or hand brooms or both may be used. In no case shall the binding material be
applied as fast and thick as to form cakes or ridges on the surface in such a manner as would prevent the
direct bearing of the roller on the coarse aggregates. The spreading, rolling and brooming of binding
material shall be performed on sections which can be completed within one day’s operation and shall
continue until no more binding material can be forced into the voids of the coarse aggregates. Damp and
wet binding material shall not be used in any circumstances.
iii) The quantity of binding material used shall be such as to fill all the voids in the water bound macadam.
4.4.6 Sprinkling and Groutings
i) After spreading the binding material, the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water, swept and rolled.
Hand brooms shall be used to sweep the binding material into the voids and to distribute it evenly. The
sprinkling, sweeping and rolling shall be continued and additional binding material applied where
necessary until the coarse aggregate is well bonded and firmly set for its entire depth, until the grout has
been formed as binding material and water that will fill all voids and from a wave of grout ahead of wheels
of the roller. Care shall be taken to see that the base of sub-grade does not get damaged due to the
addition of excessive quantity of water during the construction.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

4.5 SPECIFICATION FOR ASPHALTING:
4.5.1 GENERAL:
The Asphaltic Concrete shall conform to B.S.S. No. 594, IRC: 27 and B.S.S. No. 812 so far as the
materials laying and testing of the same are concerned.
4.5.2 MATERIALS
a) Bitumen: The Bitumen shall be free from water and shall conform to the specifications as under:
Specific Gravity at 27 Deg.C - 0.98

Softening Point (R&B) at 35 Deg.C - 50 Deg.C
Penetration at 25 Deg.C - 80 - 100
Ductility at 27 Deg.C in cm, min. - 75 (15)
Solubility in CS2 - 95 %
b) Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate is defined as all materials retained on the No.7 B.S. sieve (240 I.S.
sieve) and shall consist of crushed hard basalt of uniform quality throughout and shall be clean and free
from an excess of dust and flat or elongated pieces, soft or disintegrated stone or other deleterious
matter
c) Fine Aggregate: Fine Aggregate is defined as all materials passing the No. 7 B.S. Sieve (240 I.S. sieve)
and retained on the No. 200 B.S. Sieve and No. 8 I.S. sieve. The fine aggregate shall consist of sand or
stone screenings or a mixture of the two, composed of clean sharp grains free from clay or other foreign
matter.
d) Mineral Filler: Mineral filler is defined as nearly all material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve (8 I.S. sieve).
The filler shall consist of dry limestone dust or other approved material conforming to the following:
• Passing No. 72 sieve (I.S.S. sieve 20) 100%
• Passing No. 100 (I.S.S. 15,) not less than 90%
• Passing No. 200 (I.S.S. 8) not less than 80%
4.5.3 CONSTRUCTION OPERATION
Asphalt carpet shall not be laid during rainy weather or when the base course is damp or wet.
The base on which the asphaltic carpet is to be laid shall be prepared, shaped and conditioned to the
specified levels so as to give a uniform and adequate support to the asphalt carpet for the period of it’s
useful life. Any pot holes or improperly consolidated trenches shall be repaired and brought to the
required grade through a levelling course, if necessary, to give a uniform foundation throughout the area
to be resurfaced.
Where the base is WBM, a thin layer of sand or stone dust shall be spread over the compacted base and
rolled before the asphaltic concrete carpet is laid. Otherwise the concrete base should be swept clean. A
tack coat of bitumen at the rate of 0.80 kg/sq.m shall be applied to the water bound macadam surface.
Hot mix plant of adequate capacity and capable of producing a proper and uniform quality shall be used
for preparing the mix. The plant may either be of batch type or continuous one, having co-ordinate set of
essential units such as dryer for heating the aggregates, device for grading and batching / feeding by
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

weight or volume, the required quantity of heated binder together with a paddle mixer for intimate mixing
of the binder and the aggregates. A fines feeder for incorporation of the correct quantity of filler is also a
necessary auxiliary.
The temperature of the binder at the time of mixing shall be in the range of 150 Deg.C- 177 Deg.C and of
aggregates in the range of 153 Deg.C - 163 Deg.C, provided also that at no time shall the difference in
temperature between the aggregates and binder exceed 14 Deg. C.
Mixing shall be thorough to ensure that a homogeneous mixture is obtained in which all particles of the
mineral aggregates are coated uniformly.
The mix shall be transported from the mixing plant to the point of use in suitable vehicles. The vehicles
employed for transportation shall be clean and be covered in transit if so directed by the Engineer.
The mix transported from the hot mix plant to the site shall be spread by means of a self propelled
mechanical paver with suitable screeds capable of spreading, transporting and finishing the mix true to
specified grade, lines and cross sections. The temperature of the mix at the time of laying shall be in the
range of 120 Deg.C-163 Deg.C.
Immediately after spreading of mix by the paver, it shall be thoroughly compacted by means of a power
roller, preferably a tandem roller weighing not less than 10 tonnes. The wheels of the rollers shall be kept
moist. Rolling shall commence longitudinally from the edges and progress towards the centre except that
on super elevated portion it shall progress from the lower to the upper edge parallel to the centre line of
the pavement. The roller shall proceed on the fresh material with rear or fixed wheel leading so as to
minimize the pushing of the mix and each pass of the roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one third
of the track made in the preceding pass. Rolling shall be continued till the density achieved is at least
95% of that in the laboratory Marshall specimen and, all roller marks are eliminated.
4.5.4 HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CARPET
The work shall consist of construction in a two course, of specified thickness of compacted crushed
aggregates premixed with a bituminous binder, laid immediately after mixing, on the base, prepared
previously in accordance with the lines, grades and cross sections shown on the drawings or as
directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
Specification regarding materials, mixing, weighing, transporting, laying, rolling etc. under the clause the
construction operation shall apply to this clause also.
4.5.4.1 Proportioning of Materials:
The grading, composition and characteristics of the bituminous macadam shall be as follows:
40mm thick
-----------------------------------------------------
I.S. Sieve Designation Percentage passing
-----------------------------------------------------
Aggregate 40 mm 100
grading 25 mm 50 - 100
12.5 mm 26 - 50
6.3 mm 18 - 30
4.75 mm 10 - 20
1.70 mm 0-5
-----------------------------------------------------
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Bitumen content (80/100 penetration) - 4.0 % by wt. of total mix.
4.5.4.2 Mixing
The coarse and fine aggregate shall be dried and heated so that when delivered to the mixer they shall
have a temperature of not less than 300 Deg. C and not more than 350 Deg. C.
The graded hot aggregate, mineral filler and bitumen at a temperature between 350 Deg.C shall be
measured separately and accurately to the proportions in which they are to be mixed. Mixing shall
continue until all particles are completely coated with bitumen.
4.5.4.3 Tack coat
The entire surface of existing WBM base on which the treatment such as asphaltic concrete etc. is to be
superimposed, shall be cleaned thoroughly with base brooms and wire brooms if necessary. No foreign
matter such as mud, etc. shall remain on the surface. The surface shall then be swept clean with clean
gunny bags. Tack coat of bitumen emulsion shall then be applied evenly to the entire surface with base
brooms, brushes, etc. at the rate of 0.8 kgs/sq.m leaving no part of the surface unpainted.
4.5.4.4 Laying
Laying shall be carried out by means of a mechanical spreader and finisher such as the Barber-Greene
Asphalt Finisher or Apollo or such other make approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.
4.5.4.5 Premix (hot mix) Seal Coat:
86.5% to 87.5% (Dust not to exceed by weight of Grit with dust 12 percent) total mix.
5.5 % bitumen (80/100 penetration) - do -
4.6 JOINTS
a) Longitudinal and transverse joints between old and new pavements or between successive days work
shall be carefully made to ensure a well bonded and sealed joint. Before placing the mixture the faces of
the joints shall be painted with a uniform coating of hot bitumen.
b) The edge of the previously laid course shall be cut back to its full depth, after which the fresh mixture
shall be placed in contact with it and raked to the proper and shape.
4.7 COMPACTION OF THE MIXTURE
a) After spreading, the mixture shall be thoroughly compacted by three-wheel and tandem rollers weighing
not less than 10 tons, as soon as the material will take the rollers without undue displacement of the
carpet. Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides, and proceed towards the centre of the road
overlapping on successive trips by one half the width of the rear wheel of the roller.
b) The speed of the roller(s) shall at all times be slow enough to avoid displacement of the hot-mix, and if, at
any time displacement occurs, this shall be corrected by the addition of fresh mix. Rolling shall proceed
until all roller marks are eliminated and no further compression is possible.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

4.8 TESTING
The contractors shall have a well-equipped testing laboratory and shall maintain daily records of the
tests carried out by them on the asphalt mixtures laid and submit one copy of the same to the Engineer,
for record.
The tests shall be as follows:
Tests Limits
Grading Voids 2% to 4% for asphaltic concrete wearing course and

1.5% to 3.5% for special asphaltic concrete wearing course.
Water Absorption 0.2% to 0.75% for asphaltic (24 hours) concrete. 0.15% to
0.50% for special asphaltic concrete.
Stability at 140 °° C lbs. Min 1500 (750 lbs. for (Marshall asphaltic) base course).
Flow (0.01") min 8 (8 to 18 for asphaltic Marshall) base course).
Stiffness Factor min. 180.
Note:
a) Any other recognized stability and flow tests may be substituted for the marshall tests with the
substitution of equivalent limits.
b) Water absorption test will be carried out both on laboratory compacted samples and from
samples cut from the road.
4.9 ROLLING
Rolling shall start longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the crown the roller wheels over lapping
one half their widths in each successive travel and shall continue until the pavement is thoroughly
compacted and there is no movement under the roller. The speed of the roller shall not exceed 3 miles
per hour (4.8 km/hour) and shall at all times be slow enough to avoid displacement of the materials and
any displacement occurring as a result of reversing the direction of the roller or from any other cause,
shall at once be corrected by the use of rakes and of fresh material where required. Rolling shall
continue until all roller marks are eliminated on the surface and no further compression is possible.
Along edges and other places not accessible to the roller, thorough compaction must be secured by
means of tampers or hand rollers.
4.10 JOINTS
The joints shall be of butt type and constructed by raking of the edge of the old surface throughout the
width of the roads for a distance of atleast 75 mm (3") and for the full depth apply 2 coats of asphalt.
Before laying the new materials, the old exposed surface shall be lightly painted with hot asphalt of
80/100 penetration to provide a seal. Asphalt used shall be 0.73 kg/sq.m.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

4.11 TOLERANCE
The surface shall be true to the lines and levels as shown on the drawing. Deviation in 5 M length shall be
checked with a straight edge after rolling and deviations more than 1.5 mm shall be rectified.
Special directions to the tenderer for asphalt works:
1. Contractors must have a laboratory at site at their cost for performing various tests and the following
machi3nes and equipments at least shall be provided at site:
a) Aggregate testing machine

b) Set of Sieves for finding fineness modules and for aggregate grading.
c) Laboratory weighing balance
d) Aggregate drying equipment
e) Equipment for testing of silt content in sand.
f) Aggregate impact value test machines.
g) Other machines as required by the Engineer.
All the test records shall be meticulously maintained in the site laboratory and made available as and
when required.
2. The tenderer shall submit a list of equipments, machinery possessed by them and required for execution
of asphalt works.
3. Contractor’s engineer should be qualified and experienced and he should be thoroughly acquainted with
the construction of asphalt roads.
5.0 TANK PAD WORK
5.1 PROVIDING & LAYING 75 MM ANTI CORROSIVE LAYER
a) Anti corrosive layer shall consist of screened coarse sand mixed with 80/100 bitumen or equivalent 8 to
10% by volume.
b) Bitumen shall be heated to a temperature of 1750C to 1900C with 3% kerosene if required and sand shall
be thoroughly mixed with it in a mixing drum to give uniform mixture and shall be laid over the compacted
surface of pad in line, grade uniform and levels as shown on the drawings or as directed by engineer.
Bitumen shall not be heated beyond the temperature limits given above.
c) The layer shall be tamped to form hard mass of uniform compacted thickness as per schedule of items
and drawings.
5.2 PROVIDING & LAYING PREMIX CARPET FOR TANK PAD
a) The crushed ring where provided and areas on which the premix is to be laid shall be thoroughly cleaned
2
of all dust and loose materials. On the cleaned surface a tack coat at the rate of 1.0 kg/m of hot bitumen
shall be uniformly applied by sprayers. The applied binder shall be evenly brushed.
b) The Binder Bitumen 80/100 shall be heated to the temperature of about 1900C with 3% kerosene, if
required and mixed with stone chips for 100 M2 surfaces. The total mixed quantity as mentioned above is
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

the quantity required for the total 50 mm thick for 100 sq.m. area. Mixing shall continue until the
aggregate is well coated.
c) The premix carpet shall be laid in two layers of 3 cm & 2 cm respectively. After compacting and laying the
first layer of 3 cm, a tack coat of hot bitumen at the rate of 1 kg/M2 shall be uniformly applied to the
surface by means of sprayer and the second layer of 2 cm thick shall be tamped and compacted to the
satisfaction of engineer. Sand shall be spread on the final surface at the rate of 0.5 M3/100 M2
5.3 PROVIDING AND FIXING FIBRE REINFORCED CORRUGATED CEMENT SHEETS
Fibre Reinforced Corrugated Cement sheets and accessories shall be free from cracks, chipped edges
and corners. The fixing shall be done as per the latest edition of IS 459. The spacing of purlins shall not
be more than 1.4 m for 6 mm thick sheets. The light shall not be visible from the joints of the Fibre
reinforced corrugated cement sheets. The sheets to be kept on roof shall be placed with smooth side
upward and sheets to be put in cladding shall be placed with smooth side outside. Corrugated sheets
shall have at side a lap of half corrugation and at the end lap of 150 mm minimum. The free over hangs at
the end shall not be more than 300 mm.
Hole of 8 mm dia. L or J bolts shall be drilled and not to be punched in the ridge of the corrugation. The
diameter of the hole shall not be more than the diameter of the bolt by 1.5 mm. The bolts shall be
galvanized J or L hooks with nuts and two nos. of bitumen washers. All sheets and accessories shall be
white washed or painted as specified in the item or directed by the engineer prior to fixation.
5.4 PROVIDING AND FIXING FIBRE REINFORCED CORRUGATED CEMENT SHEET ACCESSORIES
For north light curve, Gutter, Ridges, Corner pieces, Barge boards, Eave boards etc., as per
manufacturers specification and size and numbers as per schedule of quantity.
6.0 DEMOLITION WORK
1. Dismantling cement concrete or RCC work of foundation and building work are to be done by stacking the
dismantled stuff and disposing the same as directed outside the ONGCL premises.
• Area of plain cement and RCC work to be dismantled, shall be separated by providing necessary
barricade and providing supervisor to avoid any accident in the area. All precaution shall be taken
to see that the structures, machinery, equipment in the area are not damaged. If desired by
authority, all equipments, machinery, etc. shall be covered with tarpaulin or plastic covering
without any extra cost.
• Rate quoted for shall be inclusive of providing all labour, tools, tackles and scaffolding wherever
required & as per the schedule of quantity.
2. Dismantling the Brick masonry/B.B./ Bela /USR masonry work in cement mortar or line mortar including
disposing the dismantled stuff outside the ONGCL premises and stacking of usable materials at the
places as directed.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3. Dismantling the roof work of A.C. sheets including removing of purlins, rafters, battens and stacking the
same as directed
• Dismantling of roof work shall be done in such a way that the roofing materials is not damaged
and handled properly. Dismantled materials shall be stacked separately as instructed and or
disposed off outside ONGCL premises as directed.
4. Removing the existing Tile, Kotah stone or IPS flooring including base concrete, throwing the stuff as and
where directed so as to have minimnum damage to tiles or kotah stones.
• Removed usable tiles or kotah stones shall be stacked separately as directed. The base concrete
of the flooring shall be removed completely and disposed off at the places shown. The usable
materials shall be stacked as directed.
5. Dismantling the barbed wire fencing, fixed with R.C.C/PSC angle or wooden post, from all raws and
diagonals and bundling and stacking the brabed wire as directed.
• Care shall be taken to see that the labours engaged on job are not injured during removal of
fencing. The barbed wire raw shall be immediately bundled after removing.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

SPECIFICATION
FOR
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B
ONGC DOCUMENT No.

CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 x 2000) M3 AT
BECHRAJI ETP MEHSANA ASSET PAGE 1 OF 17

14.08.09\CIVIL\STEEL.DOC
REVISION RECORD

10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B
PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ( 2 x 2000 M3 ) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS PAGE 2 OF 17
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

INDEX
S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK 5
1.1 SCOPE 5
1.2 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 5
1.3 MATERIALS 5
1.4 ANALYSIS 6
1.5 DESIGN LOADS 6
1.5.1 Dead loads 6
1.5.2 Imposed loads or live loads 6
1.5.3 Wind load 6
1.5.4 Earthquake loads 7
1.5.5 Temperature loads 7
1.6 DESIGN 7
1.8 STORAGE AND PREPARATION 8
. 1.9 FABRICATION DRAWINGS 8
2.0 FABRICATION 9
2.1 GENERAL 9
2.2 FABRICATION PROCEDURE 9
2.2.1 Straightening 9
2.2.2 Clearance 9
2.2.3 Cutting 9
2.2.4 Holes 9
2.2.5 Bending 10
2.2.6 Assembly 10
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
2.2.7 Bolting 10
2.2.8 Welding 11
2.2.9 Splicing 13
3.0 SHOP SECTION 13
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF STRUCTURES 14
5.0 SHOP PAINTING 14
6.0 PACKING AND TRANSPORTATION 14
7.0 FIELD ERECTION 14
8.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY 15
9.0 FIELD CONNECTIONS 15
9.1 FIELD BOLTING 15
9.2 FIELD WELDING 15
10.0 GROUTING 15
11.0 PAINTING 16
11.1 GENERAL 16
11.2 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF PAINT 16
12.0 MS CHEQUERED PLATES 17
13.0 GRATING AND STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS 17
14.0 PROVIDING AND FIXING MS HOLDING DOWN BOLTS 17
15.0 BARRICADE 17
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

II.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
1.1 Scope
This specification covers the requirements for materials fabrication, assembly, testing, transportation,
erection, grouting under bases, of all types of structural steelworks consisting of columns, beams,
trusses, , pipe racks, trestles, galleries, monorails, space frame, platforms, stairs, ladders, handrails,
purlins, side runners, equipment supporting structures, guide structure, etc., for general construction
work.
1.2 General Specifications
1.2.1 The requirements set forth in IS 800 and relevant latest BIS for the design, fabrication and erection of
structural steel for buildings shall govern this work, except as otherwise noted on the drawings or as
otherwise specified.
1.2.2 In cases of conflict between clauses of this specification and those in the Indian Standards, this
specification shall govern.
1.2.3 Substitutions of sections or modifications of details or both shall be made only when approved in writing
by the ONGC. The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors of fabrication and for the correct fittings of
the structural members shown on the drawings.
1.3 Materials
The contractor may use equivalent materials in some very special cases but only with the written
approval of the ONGC.
1.3.1 The Structural steel shall conform to latest IS 226 (Standard Quality) and IS 2062 (Weld able quality), IS
816 unless specified otherwise Carbon steel pipes shall conform to IS 1161 of Grade YST-25 or higher.
1.3.2 Covered electrodes for metal are welding of structural steel shall conform to IS 814.
Bare wire electrodes for submerged are welding of structural steel shall conform to IS 7280. The
combination of wire and flux shall comply with IS 3613.
Filler rods and wires for gas welding shall conform to IS 1278. Filler rods and bare electrodes for gas
shielded are welding of structural steel shall conform to IS 6419.
1.3.3 Bolts and nuts (including lock nuts) shall conform to IS 1364, IS 1367, IS 3460, IS 3757, IS 6623 and IS
6639 as applicable. Washers shall conform to IS 5370, IS 5372, IS 5374, IS 6610 and IS 6649 as
applicable.
1.3.4 Materials for which Test Certificate are not available or for which test results do not conform with relevant
standard specifications, shall not be used by contractor.
1.3.5 Material receipt and storage
All sections shall be checked on receipt to ensure that they are free from surface defects such as pitting,
twists, cracks and laminations. They shall be arranged by grade and quality and by lot. Every section
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

shall be marked to aid identification and the manufacturer’s certificate for every lot giving details of
chemical analysis and mechanical characteristics shall be kept in record.
Welding wires and electrodes shall be segregated by quality and lots and stored inside a dry, enclosed
room as per recommendations of IS: 9595. All care shall be taken to keep the electrodes in perfectly dry
condition to ensure weld metal soundness and satisfactory operations. Manufacturer’s certificates for
electrodes shall also be logged into the records.
Bolts, nuts and washers shall be sorted out by grade, type and diameter and the manufacturer’s quality /
test certificates shall be maintained for record purpose.
The contractor is required to provide manufacturers quality certificate for every item of material supplied
by him. In case such certificates are not available, the contractor shall at his own cost carry out all such
tests as are required by ONGC at an established Test House and submit the test results for approval.
The approval of such material shall however be entirely at the discretion of the ONGC.
1.4 ANALYSIS
Analysis of the structures & all structural elements will be done using STAAD.Pro software as well as
manually using elastic method of analysis.
1.5 DESIGN LOADS
1.5.1 Dead Loads
Earth : 18 KN/ m3
Water : 10 KN/ m3
1.5.2 Imposed loads or live loads
a) L.L. on Pitched Roof : 0.75 KN/m2
b) Monorail : 100 KN
c) Live Load on Platform : 2 KN/m2
1.5.3 Wind load
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.5.4 Earthquake loads
Damping : 2% for Steel Structures
1.5.5 Temperature loads
Maximum temp. : Mehsana ambient temperature goes up to 46

degree in summer.Therfore, the maximum
ambient temperature may be considered 50
degree as same is considered for electrical.
Minimum temp. : 10 degree
Max. recorded rainfall in 24 hrs/ 1hr : 270mm/94.8mm
1.6 DESIGN
Working Stress Method will be used for design of steel structures.
For steel design:-
1.0 (Dead Load + Live Load ± Earthquake/Wind in X/Z -direction)
These are the list of standard codes and standards for materials and workmanship
IS: 800 - 1984 : For design of Structural Steel work
IS: 2062 : For Structural Steel Materials
IS: 432 part I & II : Material for plain mild steel reinforcement
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.8 STORAGE AND PREPARATION
The storage yard for fabricated steel parts shall be prepared in advance and got approved by the ONGC
before the steel structures start arriving from the shop.
All materials shall be set at least 150mm clear from ground on wooden or steel blocks for protection
against direct contact with the ground and to permit drainage of water.
Steps shall be taken to prevent warping of items during handling at all stages.
1.9 FABRICATION DRAWINGS
Fabrication and erection drawings shall be prepared by the contractor based on the AFC (Approved for
Construction) drawings of the ONGC.
The contractor shall directly issue his site the fabrication and erection drawing in the correct order,
simultaneously submitting three copies to ONGC for their review.
The review of fabrication drawings shall be limited to the layout, orientation and elevation of structures
and members, the section of members and the adequacy of connections. The review shall NOT include
marking of members, erection clearances, cut length, matching of joints and holes. ONGC shall review
the bill of materials / D.O.D. lists.
Review of drawing by ONGC shall in no way relieve the contractor of his responsibility for correctness in
the execution of the work, and the contractor shall be required to modify / rectify the structure at any
stage of the work in case ONGC bring to his attention any mistake / omission in the fabrication drawing
and the fabrication based on this drawing or that the work does not conform to good engineering practice.
All such modifications / rectifications shall be made at no extra cost to the owner.
The fabrication drawings shall include but not be limited to the following:-
• Plan / elevation / layouts
• Details of joints, shop / field splices
• Location, size, type and dimensions of welds and bolts
• Erection assemblies
• Method of erection and special precautions to be taken during erection
The contractor is required to update the fabrication drawings to include revisions made in design
drawings during the course of work at no extra cost. The Contractor shall also supply two prints of as built
drawings, along with their transparencies at no extra cost.
2.0 FABRICATION
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

2.1 GENERAL
All fabrication shall be done as per specifications, IS: 800, IS: 9595 and other relevant IS codes.
The contractor shall prior to starting any fabrication ensure that the fabrication yard is leveled and firm
enough to take weight of structures and equipment.
Any defective fabrication of material pointed out at any stage shall be replaced by the contractor free of
cost.
Tolerances for fabrication shall be as per IS: 7215.
2.2 FABRICATION PROCEDURE
2.2.1 Straightening
All materials shall be clean and straight. If straightening or flattening is necessary, it shall be done by a
process approved by the ONGC, and in a manner that will not damage the material. Sharp kinks or bends
shall be a cause for rejection. The specified camber wherever necessary shall be provided.
2.2.2 Clearance
The erection clearance for members having end cleats or plates shall not be more than 2mm at each end,
whereas for other types of end connections it shall not be more than 3mm at each end. If for any reason a
greater end clearance is required, suitable seating, approved by ONGC shall be provided.
2.2.3 Cutting
The use of a hand cutting torch is permissible only if the metal being cut is not subject to substantial
stress during the operation. Gas cut edges subject to substantial tensile stress, shall be cut by
mechanically controlled torch, or if hand cut, shall be carefully examined and any nicks removed by
Grinding, Shearing, Cropping by gas cutting shall be clean, square, and free from any distortion and
should the inspector find it necessary, the edges be subsequently ground at no extra cost.
Cutting tolerances shall be as follows:
a. For members connected at both ends : + 1mm.
b. Elsewhere : + 3mm.
2.2.4 Holes
Holes for compound section passing through more than one thickness shall preferably be drilled after the
members are assembled and tightly clamped or bolted together. In case the thickness of metal for each
component is less than 16mm, the holes may be punched prior to assembly provided the holes are
punched 3mm smaller in diameter than the required size and reamed after assembly to the required
diameter. Dynamically loaded structures shall not be holed by punching. In case the material is not more
than 12mm thick and the connection is not a splice, the hole may be punched full size except in holes for
close tolerance bolts or barrel bolts.
Holes may be drilled in one operation through two or more parts and the burrs removed from each part
after drilling. Holes not drilled through all the thicknesses in one operation shall be drilled to a smaller size
and reamed out after assembly.
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Holes for close tolerance bolts and barrel bolts shall be drilled through all the thicknesses in one
operation and subsequently reamed to size after firmly holding the parts together with the aid of tacking
bolts or clamps.
Finished holes for black bolts high strength friction grip bolts shall not have a diameter more than 2mm
the diameter of the bolt passing through them or as specified in fabrication drawing.
Holes for bolts shall not be formed by gas cutting.
2.2.5 Bending
Bending of plates, flats and sections shall be carried out on bending rolls or in presses.
Cold bending may be accepted when bending radius is equal to or more than:
• 25 times member thickness for plates and flats.
• 25h or 25b for rolled steel beams and channels according to the bending plane.
• 45b for angle.
Where, h = section height, b = flange width
When bending radius is less than that as indicated above, bending shall be done on hot metal by heating
the member up to 850oC light red radiance. Bending shall be discontinued when temperature drops below
500oC.
Accuracy of bending operations shall be checked by means of templates and the clearance between
member and template shall not be more than + 1 mm.
Bent member shall not have cracks or deep indication from bending equipment.
2.2.6 Assembly
The component part shall be aligned and assembled in such a fashion that they are not twisted or
damaged in any way and have the prescribed camber. The clamps, jigs and other fixtures shall be placed
so as to cause no imbalance which would result in twisting / incorrect positioning of members. Due
attention shall be paid to welding shrinkage and distortion. Geometrical shape of the tank shall be
maintained. Deformation of tank shall not be accepted by ONGC.
2.2.7 Bolting
All turned and fitted bolts shall be parallel throughout the barrel within the tolerance of 0.125mm, unless
otherwise specified and faces of heads and nuts bearing on steel work shall be machined.
All such bolts shall be provided with wrapper not less than 3mm thick, so that when the nut is tightened, it
shall not bear the unthreaded body of the bolt and the threaded portion of the bolt should not be within
the thickness of the parts bolted together. The threaded portion of each bolt shall project through the nut
by atleast one thread. Square tapered washers shall be provided for all heads and nuts bearing on
bevelled surface. mFlat washers shall be circular in shape. The bolts, nuts and washer, etc. shall be
thoroughly cleaned and dipped in linseed oil.
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The bolts shall be of GKW Class I make or equal conforming to the above specifications.
2.2.8 Welding
2.2.8.1 General
Welding of steel shall be in accordance with IS:816, IS:819, IS:1024, IS:1261, IS:1323 and IS:9595 as
applicable. Welds shall be made only by Operators who have been previously qualified by tests by the
ONGC. Evidence of welder’s qualification tests shall be produced if required by the ONGC. ONGC may
reject any welder found not suitable during actual work.
Welding wire and electrode shall be sorted separately by quantities and lots inside a dry and enclosed
room, and as per instruction given by the ONGC. Electrodes shall be perfectly dry and drawn from an
electrode oven, if required.
Both the structural members and the welding operators shall be adequately protected from rain, strong
winds during welding. The Contractor shall provide necessary supervision to ensure that all welding is
carried out in conformity with the specification and relevant IS codes. The contractor shall make all
necessary infrastructures available such as requisite number of welding sets, cutting and grinding
equipment, test equipment and all consumables required.
2.2.8.2 Preparation of Members for Welding
Edge preparation of fusion faces for welding shall be carried out as per details given in IS: 9595 or as
shown on drawings. All tolerances for such work shall be ass per IS: 9595. The beveling of such faces
shall be checked by the ONGC.
Surfaces to be welded shall be cleared to ensure that they are free from loose scales, slag, rust, grease,
paint and other foreign matter, and shall be maintained
Preheating of members shall be necessary when the base metal temperature (based on ambient
temperature) is less than the temperature required for that welding procedure. The preheating shall be
done in such a manner that the part on which weld metal is to be deposited is above the specified
temperature for a distance of 75mm on either wide of the weld line. The temperature shall be measured
on the face opposite to the face being heated. In case access is limited to only the face being heated, the
source of heat shall be removed and sufficient time allowed to elapse for heat equalisation prior to
measurement. (1 minute per 25mm of plate thickness).
Column splices and butt joints of compression member shall be accurately ground and close butted over
the entire section to ensure full contact for load transmission. The tolerance for such work shall be
maximum 0.2mm. In the case of column bases and caps the ends of the section along with connected
gusset, stiffeners, angles, channels, etc. shall be ground so as to ensure a minimum contact area of 90%.
The fitting of angles and channels should be sufficiently accurate to limit the reduction in thickness on
account of grinding to 2mm. The ends of bearing stiffeners shall be ground so as to fit tightly at both top
and bottom. Slab bases and cap plates shall be accurately ground over bearing surfaces to ensure
minimum 90% contact area with columns.
2.2.8.3 Welding Processes
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The Contractor shall submit the welding procedure and the consumables proposed to be used to the
ONGC for approval. Combination of process or electrodes may be permitted only with the specific
approval of the ONGC.
2.2.8.4 Approval and Testing of Welding Procedure
The contractor shall carry out weld procedure test as per IS: 7307. The test weld shall be as per weld
details required for the actual work and should simulate the worst conditions likely to be encountered in
the actual work in terms or fit-up, electrode conditions, etc. The test weld shall be held at ambient
temperature for a minimum period of 72 hours prior to testing to IS: 7307. The welding procedure once
established shall be submitted in the standard format prescribed by IS: 99595 to the ONGC for approval.
2.2.8.5 Sequence of Welding
a) The direction of welding shall be from points relatively fixed with respect to each other towards
points having more flexibility.
b) Welding shall be carried out continuously to complete the required number of runs.
c) For compound section splices, each component part shall be spliced prior to welding with other
component parts.
d) Welds shall progress in a sequence that will balance the applied heat so as to reduce distortion.
e) Joints having more shrinkage shall be welded prior to joints having less shrinkage.
f) The sequence causing minimum distortion of shrinkage shall be chosen.
2.2.8.6 Welding Technique
The fusion faces shall be properly aligned and the gap set to the distance specified. The root pass of butt
joint shall be done such that full penetration is achieved as also complete fusion of root edges.
On completing each run the weld and parent metal shall be cleared by wire brushing and light chipping to
remove all stag and splatters. Visible defects if any such as cracks, cavities, etc. shall be removed to
sound metal prior to depositing subsequent run of weld.
All full penetration butt welds shall be completed by gouging / chipping the back of the joint and
depositing a seal run of weld metal. Alternatively a backing strip shall be provided.
All care shall be taken to prevent any kind of movement, shock or vibration of components during welding
to prevent weld cracks.
2.2.8.7 Inspection and Testing of Welds
All testing shall be as per IS: 822 and the extent of inspection and testing shall be in conformity with the
relevant standard or as directed by ONGC. The contractor shall extend to ONGC all facility required to
inspect all stages if fabrication and erection including welding procedure qualification and welders
procedure qualification. No painting of welds shall be undertaken prior to inspection and approval.
The various types of tests shall be:
i) Visual Inspection
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

100% welds shall be visually inspected to ascertain absence of the following defects:
a. Surface cracks in weld or parent metal, or undercut, burning, overheating of parent metal.
b. Blow holes, exposed porosity in the weld or infused welds.
c. Defects in the profile such as excessive convexity of concavity, unequal leg lengths
incompletely filled grooves, excessive penetration beed, root grooves, etc.
d. Distortion due to welding and misalignment.
ii) Mechanical Tests
Tensile load tests, bend tests, impact tests, etc. shall be carried out as per the standard.
iii) Radiographic Testing
Such testing shall be carried out only in very special cases when so directed by the ONGC. The tests
shall be carried out as per IS: 822. The contractor shall fulfill all necessary statutory safety requirements
while handling X-ray and gamma ray equipment and provide the ONGC viewing facilities.
iv) Magnetic Particle / Dye Penetrate / Ultrasonic Tests
Such tests shall be carried out only when directed by ONGC. These shall be carried out to the procedure
specified in IS: 822.
2.2.8.8 Repair of Welds
Welds not meeting the requirements of the specification and IS codes shall be removed and replaced.
Repairs to defective welds shall be carried out only after the repair procedure submitted is approved by
the ONGC.
2.2.9 Splicing
In compound sections, splicing of components shall be staggered with respect to each other by a
minimum of 500mm. When the two parts of a component are not butt welded to each other, the opposing
ends at a joint shall be ground flush for bearing and suitable flange and web splice plates shall be
designed to cater for the full strength of the flange / web of the sections.
In case full strength butt weld is used to connect opposing ends at a joint, additional flange and web
splice plates shall be provided capable of carrying 20% strength of the flange and well.
3.0 SHOP SECTION
The steel work shall be temporarily erected in the shop to determine the accuracy of the fit. The extent of
erection shall be either complete as directed by ONGC.
4.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF STRUCTURES
Materials and workmanship at all times shall be subject to inspection by the ONGC. All inspection as far
as possible shall be made at the place of fabrication and the contractor shall cooperate with the ONGC’s
inspector and permit access for inspection to all places where work is being done. The contractor shall
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

supply free to the ONGC all necessary gauges and templates necessary for inspection. However, such
inspection shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to furnish satisfactory work.
Materials of workmanship, not conforming to provisions of the specifications, may be rejected at any time
when defects are found during the progress of work.
The contractor shall obtain approval from the ONGC of all fabricated items prior to commencement of
their erection. However, any such approval shall not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility of
correctness and workmanship of the entire work.
5.0 SHOP PAINTING
All steel work shall be provided one coat of appropriate primer (depending upon the type of final painting).
Surfaces which are inaccessible after erection shall be provided the full number of coats prior to
assembly. The steel work shall be cleared of all rust, scale and grease prior to the application of the
primer. When specifically called for the structural steel shall be cleaned by sand blasting to SA2 as per
IS-5900. All care shall be taken to cover all crevices, corners, edges, etc.
Application of primer shall not be done near edges which are to be welded thereafter. Similarly, welds
which are yet to be approved by ONGC shall not receive the primer coat. Parts which are to be encased
in concrete shall not be painted.
Machine finished surfaces shall be protected against corrosion by a rust inhibiting coating that can be
removed prior to erection.
6.0 PACKING AND TRANSPORTATION
Loading and transportation shall be done in accordance with transport rules prevailing at that location.
Items shall be packed to protect them from damage/distortion. Small parts shall be securely wired to their
main members.
Loose items such as Bolts, nuts and washers shall be packed in crates.
7.0 FIELD ERECTION
7.1 The contractor shall submit to the ONGC the planned mobilization of plant and equipment for approval.
7.2 Prior to setting out of the steelwork the contractor shall satisfy himself regarding the accuracy and the
correctness of the levels, alignment and location of concrete pedestals, columns, pockets and holding
down bolts. In case there are any deviations regarding positions of foundations or anchor bolts which
would lead to erection deviations, the ONGC shall be intimated. Minor rectification such as chipping,
cutting and making good, adjusting the anchor bolt, etc. shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own
expense.
7.3 Tolerances for erection of steel work shall be in accordance with IS: 7215.
8.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

8.1 The contractor shall take necessary safety measures to comply with IS: 7205 and shall ensure that
hazardous or unsafe working conditions do not exist during any stage of erection.
8.2 During erection the contractor shall ensure that all loads due to wind, erection equipment etc, are catered
for either by introducing temporary bracings or guy wires. The guy wires shall not be anchored from other
adjoining permanent structures.
8.3 Contractors shall provide proper access, platforms and safety arrangements at no extra cost to ONGC.
8.4 Permanent bolting and welding shall be done only after ensuring proper alignments.
Field connections
9.0 FIELD CONNECTIONS
9.1 FIELD BOLTING
This shall be carried out with the same care as shop bolting.
9.2 FIELD WELDING
Field welding after field assembly shall follow the same requirement as laid down for shop assembly and
shop welding.
10.0 GROUTING
Prior to erecting the steel work over concrete pedestals, columns or brackets, the top of concrete shall be
cleared with wire brushes, chipping and compressed air to remove all substance and loose material and
made thoroughly wet. The structural member shall then be erected aligned and plumbed with the base
plates as shoe plates maintained at specified levels using shims / pack plates or wedges.
After the structure is erected, formwork shall be done all around and the joints sealed to be water tight.
The grout under the base plates, including in pockets and sleeves shall be ordinary grout or non-shrink
grout as specified on drawings. Non shrink grout shall be of premix type and shall be prepared as per
manufacturer’s instructions. Non shrink grout shall be of quality and type approved by ONGC.
The grout shall be poured in by grout pumps continuously from one side till the intervening space are
filled completely and the grout is carried to the far side of base plate. The grout shall be spread with
flexible steel strips and rammed with rods to ensure the gap is filled completely.
After the grout has sufficiently hardened the shims / pack plates / wedges which are accessible may be
removed and anchor bolts tightened. The alignment of the structure shall be rechecked and the voids left
by removal of the shims / pack plates / wedges shall be filled with a similar mix of grout. In case the
structure is not properly aligned, the grout shall be removed, the structure realigned and grouting
operation repeated.
11.0 PAINTING
11.1 GENERAL
Painting work after erection shall be carried out with the best quality of approved material. Workmanship
in line with good engineering practice shall be ensured. As far as possible the application instructions of
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

paint manufacturers shall be followed. ONGC colour codes shall be applied for painting of the tanks and
associated accessories. Copy of colour scheme is attached.
Painting shall not be done during foggy or frosty weather or if humidity is high causing condensation on
the surface to be painted.
Paints shall be stored in such a manner so as to avoid extremes of temperature. Primers and finish coats
shall be from the same manufacturer so as to ensure compatibility.
11.1.1 Shop coated surfaces shall be cleared of all dirt, dust, grease, rust etc. using emery / abrasive paper or
warm fresh water and air dried. Areas where the shop primer has got damaged shall be touched up. A
primer coat of red oxide zinc chromate primer conforming to IS: 2074 or other appropriate primer shall be
brushed/sprayed on to form a continuous film throughout. The primer coat shall have a minimum film
thickness of 25 microns + 10 percent after drying. The primer coat shall be air dried.
11.1.2 After the primer is hard and dry, the surfaces shall be dusted off and the first coat of synthetic enamel
paint or other appropriate paint, of approved shade and colour shall be applied by brushing or spraying.
The first coat shade shall be slightly lighter than that of second coat to aid identification. The second coat
of paint shall be applied after the first coat is hard and dry. The minimum thickness of each coat shall be
20 microns + 10 percent tolerance (Dry Film thickness).
A data sheet of painting requirements specifying the location/type of structure, type of paint, surface
preparation, primer type and DFT, number of final coats and the DFT of each of the final coats, shall be
as given by consultant.
11.2 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF PAINT
11.2.1 All painting material shall be procured from reputed manufacturers only and manufacturer’s quality / test
certificates must accompany the supply.
ONGC at his discretion may require additional tests to satisfy himself regarding the quality of paint
including batch wise test of wet paints for physical and chemical analysis. The costs of all such testing
shall be borne by the contractor.
11.2.2 The various stage wise inspections shall be at the following stages:
i) Surface preparation
ii) Primer application
iii) Each final coat
The contractor shall make available all facility and equipment such as Elko meter necessary for
inspection free of cost. Measurement / tests shall be performed at as many locations as desired by
ONGC. The contractor shall make good / rectify any defects pointed out prior to proceeding with next
stage of work. Irrespective of any intermediate inspections and approval the contractor shall be
responsible for rectifying any defect found during final inspection, guarantee period or defect liability
period.
12.0 MS CHEQUERED PLATES
The Chequered plates shall be cut to the required shape with arc gas cutting machine. The cut edges
shall be ground and finished properly. The plates shall be given a coat of primer and two coats of
approved synthetic enamel paint.
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

13.0 GRATING AND STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
Grating shall be fabricated out of M.S. plates, angles, rounds, etc, as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
Steel for grating plates shall conform to IS: 2062 of general weld able quality and shall be clearly rolled
and shall be free from harmful surface defect. The grating shall be cut to shape and fixed to the bearing
members as shown in relevant drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The edges shall be
made smooth by edge angle or flat.
Two coats of oil painting of approved shade and quality with one coat of red oxide primer shall be
provided.
14.0 PROVIDING AND FIXING MS HOLDING DOWN BOLTS
The MS holding down bolts of specified dia. length and shape shall be provided as per the drawings in
line & level. These shall be fixed to RCC work or brick work by grouting it with concrete. The bolt shall be
provided with nuts and washers. The grease shall be applied to the threaded portion with the help of
templates. If the bolts need some adjustment it shall be provided with a wooden piece 75x75mm or MS
pipe specified in item around bolt shall be provided at the time of concreting and shall be removed after
initial set.
15.0 BARRICADE
Contractor shall design a suitable barricading system for protection of existing facilities. Barricade shall
be of G.I. sheet cladding with suitable supporting system of height as instructed by Engineer in-Charge.
Water spray system shall be incorporated where felt necessary by ONGC. Localised G.I. sheet
barricading shall be provided from operational constrain requirements as directed by Engineer in-Charge.
10908 0 0 1 3 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

SPECIFICATION
FOR
MECHANICAL WORKS
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B
ONGC DOCUMENT No.

PAGE 1 OF 43

14.08.09\MECHANICAL\MECHANICAL.DOC
REVISION RECORD

10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS FOR MECHANICAL WORKS PAGE 2 OF 43
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

INDEX
S.NO. CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 SCOPE OF THE WORK 5
2.0 MATERIALS AND SIZING 5
2.1 PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION 5
2.2 WALL THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT 5
2.3 LINE AND CONNECTION SIZE 5
2.4 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES 5
2.5 BENDS AND MITRES 5
2.6 PIPIPNG SIZE 6
2.7 VALVING 6
2.8 TANKS 6
3.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING WORK 7
3.1 FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF PIPELINES 7
3.1.1 Scope of work for the contractor 7
3.1.2 Basis of work 7
3.1.3 Fabrication of piping 8
3.1.4 Erection of piping 9
3.1.5 Laying of underground piping 11
3.1.6 Pipe Measurement 11
3.1.7 Welding Specifications 11
3.1.8 Coating and wrapping of C.S & M.S pipes 16
3.1.9 Painting of above ground pipelines 18
3.1.10 Hydrostatic test 33
3.1.11 Procedure for hydrostatic testing 33
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.NO. CONTENTS PAGE
3.1.12 Inspection and testing 34
3.1.13 Performance Test 34
3.2 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR STORAGE TANKS 34
3.2.1 Scope 34
3.2.2 Codes and standards 34
3.2.3 Design requirements 37
3.2.4 Earthing Cleats 37
3.2.5 General Specifications 37
3.2.6 Materials 38
3.2.7 Fabrication drawings 38
3.2.8 Fabrication 39
3.2.9 Welding 39
3.2.10 Testing 42
3.2.11 General Inspection 43
3.2.12 Records 43
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.0 SCOPE OF THE WORK
This Specification describes the basis for the overall design of process & utility piping & Equipments. It is
intended to establish designs conforming to codes, standards, statutory guidelines, DGMS regulations
and accepted practice currently applicable to Piping system, Storage Tanks and Fire Protection System.
2.0 MATERIALS & SIZING
2.1 PIPING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION:
Piping material specification includes line service and material classes & type of valves for isolation,
regulation, drain, vent & instrument isolation valve
Corrosion Allowance:
For Piping & Tanks
Unless otherwise specified in piping material specification minimum corrosion allowance, as shown below
shall be provided in all process and utility piping systems and tanks.
Minimum Corrosion Allowance:
Carbon Steel : 1.5 mm
Ferritic Alloys : 1.5 mm
2.2 WALL THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT:
Calculation for branch reinforcement requirement can be based on “Limited” corrosion where all excess
metal in pipe wall, other than required for pressure & corrosion allowance is credited to branch
reinforcement, where mechanical loads increases stresses above those due to external pressure,
appropriate reinforcement shall be added.
2.3 LINE AND CONNECTION SIZE:
Minimum line size within process plant area shall be 1” and 2” for long run in offsite area. Exceptions are
there for instrument, which may be minimum ¼”. Vents and drains shall be ¾” minimum.
2.4 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION CHANGES:
When a line of one material specification is connected to a line of other material specification, the
connecting line shall be constructed of higher material specification up to first block valve in the
connecting line. The higher material specification shall be used up to and including the valve on the
bypass around equipment or pressure reducing valves. The block valves after the reducing valves shall
be of the lower material specification only when the relief valve is fitted between the reducing valves and
block valve.
2.5 BENDS AND MITRES:
Long Radius welding elbows shall be used for changes in direction of piping. Short radius bends shall be
only be used when space does not permit the use of long radius elbows and bends. Smooth bends will be
used. Mitre shall be used in case of non-availability of standard bends.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

2.6 PIPING SIZE:
Pipe sizing should be according to the parameter available. Generally for Suction of pump the velocity
should be taken 1 -1.2 m/sec for flooded suction & 0.8-0.9 m/s for negative suction, however the NPSH
requirement will be met as per Pump Manufacturer requirement. For discharge pipe (CS/SS) velocity
should be ranging from 1.8- 2.2 m/sec; however for large network it should be maximum up to 1.8 m/sec.
For Non-metallic & Lined pipe suction velocity should be 0.7-0.8 m/s for negative suction & 0.9-1.0 m/sec
for flooded suction, while for discharge it should be 1.5-1.8 m/sec. For Compressed Air, velocity should
be taken from 15 to 20 m/s (preferred 15 m/s) while for steam, generally considered 15, 25 or 40 m/s
(preferred 25 m/s).For low pressure vapours generally considered 2 to 8 m/s (preferred 5 m/s) for utility
like cooling water, chilling water and Brine, generally considered 1.5 to 2.2 m/s (preferred 1.8 m/s).
2.7 VALVING:
Valves
1. Operating and block valve shall be in accordance with applicable P&ID’s and applicable specifications.
2. Generally all control valves sizes and their bypass and bleed valves are in accordance with the applicable
P&ID’s.
3. For Instrumentation generally the primary block valves only are shown in P&ID’s. Connections to process
& utility lines, vessels and equipment, instrument data sheets shall indicate the details of the valve
requirements.
4. Vent valves at high points and drains at low points shall be shown on piping isometrics for line size 2” NB
and above. For line size 1 ½” NB and below contractor shall provide in the field in accordance with the
specification.
5. All valves requiring attention during normal operation shall be operable either from grade, platform or
ladders.
6. Gear operators for valves shall be furnished as mentioned in P&ID’s.
7. Globe valve shall be used for Steam Service.
8. Gate Valve shall be preferred for Oil, Emulsion & Effluent services.
2.8 TANKS
Storage tanks can be designed as per API 650 (as per latest edition) in addition to this IS-803 design
shall be considered API-2000 (latest) to be followed for working out the venting capacity requirement and
breathing valve sizing for fixed roof storage tank.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR PIPING WORK
3.1 FABRICATION & ERECTION OF PIPELINES
3.1.1 Scope of work for the contractor
Generally the scope of work of the contractor shall include the following but not be limited to the same.
Scope of supply of various materials for fabrication and erection shall be as per details given in the scope
of supply.
1. Supply, fabrication and erection of the piping system in accordance with this specification, preparation of
all required drawings designing to required standards and obtaining all statutory approvals and carrying
out necessary modification as the work is being executed.
2. Flushing, blowing, draining and testing of all piping systems.
3. Fabrication and erection of pipe supports from structural steel sections, including guides, stops/anchors,
clamps, supporting fixtures, brackets, cantilevers and tee posts, etc.
4. Fabrication, testing and erection of pipe specials including miters bends reducers & branch connections
from plates/pipes as per drawings and specifications.
5. Fabrication of special radius bends and elbows wherever required.
6. The contractor shall carry out all modifications and provide additional cleats, if required by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
7. The contractor shall bear the cost of all repairs, changes, replacement, etc. due to non-compliance with
the standards / codes or due to non-compliance of instructions given by the Engineer-in-charge / contract
specifications.
3.1.2 Basis of work
The complete piping work shall be carried out by the Contractor in accordance with the approved working
drawings,
3.1.2.1 The latest editions of the following codes, standards and regulations shall be applicable:
ANSI B 31.3 : Code for Chemical plant and petroleum refinery piping.
ASME Sec IX : Code for welding procedure and welder qualification.
3.1.2.2 Deviations
In case any item of work is not covered in the approved drawings, specifications, standards and codes
referred to above or where a deviation from the provision of such drawings, specification, standards and
codes, is deemed advantageous or essential, then, the matter shall be brought to the notice of the
Engineer-in-Charge and the work shall be carried out after obtaining written approval from him in each
case without any time and cost implication to ONGC.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.3 Fabrication of piping
1. Piping material
Pipes, pipe fittings, flanges, valves, gaskets, studs bolts, etc. used in a given piping system shall be
strictly as per the `Piping Material Specification' for the ‘pipe class’ specified for that system. To ensure
the above requirements, all piping materials supplied shall have proper identification marks as per
relevant standards / certificates. The Contractor shall provide identification marks on the left over pipe
length, wherever the marked up pipe lengths have been fabricated/erected.
2. Dimensional tolerances
Dimensional tolerances for piping fabrication shall be as per the relevant piping code. The Contractor
shall be responsible for working to the dimensions shown on the drawings. An extra pipe length of 100
mm over and above the dimensions indicated in the drawing may be left on each end of pipe for field
welds. During erection, the pipe end with extra length for field weld shall be cut to obtain the actual
dimension required at site.
3. Pipe joints
The piping class of each line also specifies the type of pipe joints to be adopted. However, for piping 1.5"
and below where socket welding/threaded joints are specified, butt welds may be used, with the approval
of the Engineer-in-charge, for pipe to pipe joints in long runs of piping.
4. Butt welded and socket welded piping
End preparation, alignment and fit up of pipe pieces to be welded and welding shall be as described in
the welding specifications.
5. Flange connections
All flanges facings shall be true and perpendicular to the axis of the pipe to which they are attached.
Flange bolt holes shall straddle the normal centre lines unless a different orientation is shown on the
drawing.
Wherever a spectacle blind is to be provided, drilling and tapping for the jack screws in the flange, shall
be done before welding it to the pipe.
6. Branch connections
Branch connections shall be as indicated in the piping material specifications, For end preparation,
alignment, spacing, fit up and welding of branch connections (refer welding specifications) templates shall
be used wherever required to ensure accurate cutting and proper fit up.
For all branch connections accomplished either by pipe to pipe connections or by using forged tees, the
rates quoted for piping shall be inclusive of this work.
Reinforcement pads shall be provided wherever indicated in the drawings/specifications, etc.
7. Bending
Bending shall be as specified in ANSI B 31.3 except that corrugated or creased bends shall not be used.
Cold bends for lines 40mm and above with a bend radius of 5 times the nominal diameter shall be used,
as required, in place of elbows, wherever allowed by the piping specifications.
The completed bend shall have a smooth surface, free from cracks, buckles, wrangles, bulges, flat spots
and other serious defects. They shall be true to the dimensions. The flattening of a bend, as measured by
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

the difference between the maximum and minimum diameters at any cross-sections, shall not exceed 8%
and 3% of the nominal outside diameter, for internal and external pressures respectively.
8. Miter bends and fabricated reducers
The specific application of welded miter bends and fabricated reducers shall be governed by the piping
material specifications. Generally, all 90o miters shall be 4 piece, 3 weld type and 45o miters shall be 3
pieces 2 weld type unless otherwise specified. Reducers shall be fabricated as per directions of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
9. Cutting and trimming of standard fittings
Fittings like elbows, couplings, half-coupling etc. shall be cut-trimmed wherever required to meet
fabrication and erection requirements as per drawings or instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
10. Shop fabrication/pre-fabrication
The purpose of shop fabrication or pre-fabrication is to minimize to the extent possible the site work
during erection. Piping spools, after fabrication, shall be stacked with proper identification marks, so as to
facilitate their withdrawal at any time during erection. During this period all flange faces (gaskets contact
surfaces) and threads shall be adequately protected by a coating with removable rust preventive. Care
shall also be taken to avoid any physical damage to flange faces and threads.
The Contractor shall fabricate miscellaneous elements like flash pots, seal pots, supporting elements,
including extension of spindles and inter-locking arrangement of valves and operating platforms as
required by the Engineer-in-Charge to make the work complete in all respects.
3.1.4 Erection of piping
1. Cleaning of piping before erection
Before erection, all pre-fabricated spool pieces, pipes fittings etc, shall be cleaned from inside and
outside by suitable means. The cleaning process shall include removal of all foreign matter such as
scales, sand, weld spatter, cutting chips, etc. by wire brushes, cleaning tools etc. and blowing out with
compressed air and/or flushing out with water.
2. Piping routing
No deviation from the piping route, indicated on the approved drawings shall be permitted without the
consent of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Pipe to pipe, pipe to structures and equipment distances/clearances as shown in the drawings shall be
strictly followed, as these clearances may be required for the free expansion of piping and for operation &
maintenance of equipment. No deviations from these clearances shall be permissible without the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
In case of fouling of a line with other piping, structure, equipment etc. the matter shall be brought to the
notice of the Engineer-in-Charge and corrective action shall be taken as per his instructions without any
time and cost implication to ONGC.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3. Flange connections
While fitting up mating flanges, care shall be exercised to properly align the pipes and to check the
flanges for trueness, so that faces of the flanges can be pulled together, without inducing any stresses in
the pipes and on equipment nozzles. Extra care shall be taken for flange connections to pumps &
rotating equipments. The flange connections to these equipments shall be checked for misalignment,
excessive gap, etc. After the final alignment of the equipment is over, the joint shall be made up after
obtaining approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Axial & radial alignment shall also be checked & corrected
before the hook up.
Temporary protective covers shall be retained on all flange connections of pumps, and other similar
equipments, till the piping is finally connected, so as to avoid any foreign material from entering these
equipments.
The assembly of a flanged joint shall be done in such a way that the gasket between the flange faces is
uniformly compressed. To achieve this, the bolts shall be tightened in a proper sequence. All bolts shall
extend completely through their nuts but not more than 1/2".
Steel to C.I flange joints shall be made up with extreme care. Tightening of the bolts shall be done
uniformly after bringing the flanges and its gaskets with accurate parallel and lateral alignment, to avoid
failure of the C.I. flange.
4. Vents / drains
High point vents and low point drains shall be provided as per the instructions of Engineer-in- Charge,
even if these are not shown in the drawings. The details of vents and drains shall be as per the piping
material specifications/job standards.
5. Valves
Valves shall be installed with spindle/actuators orientation/position as shown in the layout drawings. In
case of any difficulty in doing this or if the spindle orientation/position is not shown on the drawings, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be consulted and work to be done as per his instructions. Care shall be
exercised to ensure that globe valves, check valves and other uni-directional valves are installed with the
`flow direction arrow' on the valve body pointing on the right direction. If the directional arrow is not
marked on such valves, this shall be done in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge before installation.
Orientation of valve spindle shall be reconfirmed with the Engineer-in-Charge for the ease of operation &
safety of operators.
6. Pipe supports
Pipe supports shall be designed and located to effectively sustain the weight and thermal effects of the
piping system and to prevent its vibrations. Location and design of pipe supports will be shown on the
drawings. However, any extra supports desired by the Engineer-in-Charge shall also be provided.
Fabrication shall be done in accordance with IS- 800 Section V.
All supports shall strictly be as given on the drawings / as per instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Extra care shall be taken in the correct installation of supports for pumps, etc., according to the specific
detailed drawings and supplier's erection instruction/drawings.
No pipe shall be off-set unless specifically shown on the drawings.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

If required, additional pipe supports shall be provided to avoid vibration of the pipeline.
3.1.5 Laying of underground piping
Underground lines shall have 1.5 meters of earth cushion under road crossings.
Underground lines shall be provided with protective coating against soil corrosion as specified in this
document.
While digging the trenches, the Contractor shall take due care so as not to damage any underground
pipeline, cable, etc.
A 100mm thick bed of clean river sand is to be provided below each pipeline before they are laid in
position and a further sand cover of same thickness provided over the pipe line after they are in position
and all work completed in that zone.
The Contractor shall take due care, that soil from the trenches to be used again for back filling is not
mixed with loose debris and rubbish.
3.1.6 Pipe measurement
The billing for the hydrant as well as fire / raw water piping shall be based on actual executed pipe length
inclusive of all fittings only. The un-executed / wastage pipe, fitting, valves shall be taken away by
contractor without claiming extra cost. The additional qty. of supply are based on change in site routing
while execution and leakage of the valves at the time of hydro test. Hence contractor to bring the pipe,
valve and fitting after verification of the quantity on the basis of drawing.
Similarly the hydrant, hose, nozzle, hose box, hose reel, call point excess un-executed qty. shall be
stored as a maintenance spares for the fire fighting system.
The execution of call point shall be on the lot basis and the excess un-executed call point stand post
shall be stored as maintenance spares for the fire fighting system.
3.1.7 Welding specifications
3.1.7.1 This specification shall be adopted for all welded pipe joints of carbon steel piping system coming under
the Contractor's scope
The welded pipe joints are defined as under:
1. All line joints of the longitudinal and circumferential butt welded and socket welded type.
2. Attachments of castings, forging, flanges and other supporting attachments to the pipes.
3. Welded branch connections with or without reinforcement pads.
4. Manufacture of welded/fabricated pipes & piping components.
5. The attachments of smaller connections for vents, drains, drips and other instrument tapping.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.7.2 Welding electrode filler materials
1. Filler materials, supplied by the Contractor, shall be of a class and make approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
2. The electrodes supplied by the Contractor for welding, shall conform to the class specified in the
welding chart and as approved by the Owner’s site engineers.
3. The electrodes shall be suitable for the welding method recommended and base metal used. The
physical properties of the weld produced shall not be lower than those of the base metal and
shall correspond to the physical properties of the class of electrodes adopted. The choice of
suitable electrodes shall be made after conducting tests on electrodes as per relevant standards
and shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4. All electrodes shall be purchased in sealed containers and stored properly to prevent moisture
absorption. The electrodes removed from the containers shall be used on the job within 4 hours.
If this is not practicable then they shall be kept in storage ovens maintained at the temperature
recommended by the electrodes manufacturer. The electrodes shall be handled with care to
avoid damage to the flux coating.
5. Electrode wires and flux when used shall be free from rust, oil, grease, dust and other foreign
matter which affect the quality of weld.
6. For joints between carbon steel of different types or for heavy joints under restraint, low hydrogen
electrodes shall be used.
3.1.7.3 Weather conditions
No welding shall be performed during rain or when strong winds are blowing, unless suitable protection is
provided by the Contractor for the parts to be welded and the welding personnel. Where this is not
practical, no welding shall be done during that time.
3.1.7.4 Welding method
1. Welding under this specification shall be done with the following processes subject to the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and as per welding chart.
Manual shielded metal arc process.
2. Downward technique is not allowed in welding pipes in horizontal position, unless permitted by
the Engineer-in-Charge for particular cases not concerning process lines.
3. Combination of welding method or use of electrodes of different classes or makes in a particular

joint shall be done only after the welding procedure has been duly qualified and approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
3.1.7.5 End preparation
End preparation and welding fit up shall be as per standard/code. The Contractor shall prepare the joint in
such a way as to ensure full penetration.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1. Carbon steel pipes
Gas cutting, machining or grinding method shall be used. After gas cutting, machining/grinding
shall be carried out on the cut surface to remove oxides.
2. Cleaning
The ends to be welded shall be properly cleaned to remove paint, oil, grease, rust oxides, sand,
dust and other foreign matter with the help of buffing machine and hand wire brushes. The ends
shall be completely dry before commencing the welding.
3. Alignment and Spacing
• Pieces to be welded shall be aligned and spaced in a suitable manner, so as to hold the ends
during welding at a distance to ensure full penetration. Root opening shall not be more than as
specified. Internal misalignment shall not exceed 1.5 mm.
• For pipe with thickness 4mm or more, the pieces to be butt welded shall be coupled by means of
pipe couplers or by yokes or bridge "C" Clamps.
• Owner's inspector may check and approve the joint fit up and alignment prior to the
commencement of welding.
3.1.7.6 Welding techniques for root pass
1. Butt joints
• The maximum permitted size of electrode shall be 3.15mm or 1/8" (10 SWG) and the electrodes holder
shall be connected, having due regard for the polarity requirements of the electrodes approved for the
use of pipe welding in the horizontal position. Upward technique shall be used with the recommended
values of current.
• The root pass of butt joints, regardless of the technique used, shall be such as to achieve full penetration.
However, projection of weld metal into the pipe bore shall not exceed more than 3 mm. Root grooves and
defective restart of the welding shall be avoided.
• At each interruption of welding and on completion of each run, craters, weld irregularities and slag shall
be removed by grinding or chiseling.
• After the welding is started and until the joint has been completed, displacements, shocks vibrations or
stresses shall be avoided in order to prevent cracks or breaks in the weld.
2. Fillet Welds
The maximum permitted size of electrode shall be 4mm or (5/32") (8 SWG.)

On completion of the root pass, any visual defect or irregularities shall be ground off to avoid defects or
irregularities in the next pass.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.7.7 Joint completion
• Electrode of a size more than 8 SWG (4 mm or 5/32") shall not be allowed to be used for filling of the
weld. Upward technique shall generally be used for welding of pipes in horizontal and vertical position.
• At each interruption of welding, and after each run of welding is completed, chipping and slag removal
shall be done with rotary wire brush.
• When the welding is complete, butt joints shall have a capping pass. Weld reinforcement shall be slightly
convex and fuse into the surface of the base metal in such a manner as to have a gradual notch-free
finish with good fusion with the joint edges. Welds shall have a regular appearance and shall be free from
defects.
• Welder number shall be stamped along each side of the weld, whenever required by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
• When welding is complete, the butt joints of piping, regardless of welding methods used, shall have a
weld reinforcement referred to the outside of the pipe, not more than 2mm, for pipes not thicker than 12
mm.
3.1.7.8 Welder's qualification
• Welder's qualification shall be in accordance with ASME Sec. IX latest edition. Owner's Inspector shall
witness the test and certify the qualification of each welder. Only welders approved by the Owner's
Inspector shall be employed. Contractor shall submit the welder's qualification report before the
commencement of work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to carry out qualification tests of
welders.
• The welders shall always have in their possession the identification card and shall produce it whenever
demanded by owner's inspector. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to issue the identity cards
only after it is certified by the inspector.
• No welder shall be permitted to work without the possession of an identity card.
• If a welder is found to perform a type of welding or in a position, for which he is not qualified, he shall be
debarred from doing any further work. All such welding so performed shall be cut and redone at the
expense of the contractor.
1. Inspection
Inspection of all welds shall be carried out in accordance with ASMEB 31.3 or any other equivalent
approved code of practice. All finished welds shall be visually inspected for parallel and axial
misalignment of the work, excessive reinforcement, for a concavity of welds, shrinkage cracks,
inadequate penetration, un-repaired burn through under cuts, dimensions of the weld, surface and root
porosity and other surface defects.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

2. Radiographic examination
• 5% Radiography shall be taken for butt weld joints.
• The radiographic procedure shall be approved by the owner's inspector. The procedure and quality of
radiographic examination, limits of acceptability, require and removal of defects shall be checked as per
API 1104, ASTM E-94 and ASTM E-142.
• The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out radiography, rectification of defects and re-
radiograph of welds repaired and rectified. He shall make his own arrangements for radiography of the
weld joints for the satisfactory and timely completion of the radiography job.
• For welds between dissimilar materials, the radiographic examination shall be to the extent required for
the material which calls for more stringent examination.
• Radiographic inspection of the welds shall preferably be made with X-rays. Iridium isotope or any other X-
ray source may be used with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
• The contractor shall fulfill all the statutory safety requirements for handling the X-ray and gamma ray
sources.
• The joints for radiography shall be selected by owner's inspector and the radiography shall be performed
in his presence. The contractor shall furnish all the radiographs to the owner's inspector immediately after
processing them.
• The details of the radiography shall be duly entered and signed by the contractor in a register and shall
be submitted to the owner's inspector for approval.
• The contractor shall provide all the necessary facilities to the inspector at site such as darkroom with
controlled temperature, viewer, etc. for the examination of the radiographic film.
• Interpretation of radiographs shall be done as per acceptable standards.
3. Proof test
Soundness of the welds shall be tested by means of hydrostatic test as per specification. The test shall
be conducted only after fulfilling the requirements of visual inspection, radiography, etc. and when the
entire work is certified by the Engineer-in-Charge for the performance of such tests. Tightness of flange
joints and leak proof test shall be done through pneumatic test.
4. Repairs of welds
• Defects ascertained through the inspection methods which are not under permissible limits shall be
removed from the welded joints through chipping or grinding.
• When the entire joint is unacceptable, the weld shall be cut completely and the pipe ends shall be remade
for re welding. After re weld, the joint shall again be checked.
• No repair of welds shall be done without prior permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.

10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• When random radiography is specified the first weld of each welder shall be completely radio graphed
except in pipe size 100 mm and below, wherein the first two welds shall be taken for radiography.
• For each weld found unacceptable due to welder's fault such as lack of fusion and penetration, two
additional checks shall be carried out on welds done by the same welder whose joint was found
unacceptable, the operation is progressive and the procedure of radiography two additional welds for
each weld deemed unsatisfactory shall be carried out till such time two consecutive satisfactory welds are
obtained.
• The Contractor shall carry out these additional radiographs at his own expenses.
• To avoid the possibility of too many defective welds by a single welder going undetected over a period of
time, the Contractor shall arrange for radiography promptly so as to know the quality of weld by each
welder.
• Repairs and/or work of defective welds shall be done in time to avoid delays in the construction
programmer.
• Repairs of weld should be carried out as specified under the relevant pipe code and instructions of the
Engineer-in-charge.
3.1.8 Coating wrapping of underground C.S & M.S pipes
Underground pipelines shall be coated with 3 LPE coating.
3.1.8.1 Pipe-coat primer
Solvent based rubberized asphaltic primer should have a density of 0.92 gm/cc and drying time of 24
hours at RH 70% and temp. 30oC. Viscosity shall be 1000 to 2000 cps.
3.1.8.2 Specification of pipe coat
Properties Standard Requirement
Softening Point ASTM D36 In excess of 115oC
Penetration at 25oC ASTM D5 55 tenths of mm + 8
Weight 4 Kg. per sq.m
Normal Thickness 4 mm
Thickness of Polyethylene core 0.100 mm + 0.010 mm
Pliability ASTM D228 + 5oC to -15oC do not break
Heat Resistance ASTM D146 Does not drip at 100oC
Tensile Strength (+ 25oC) ASTM D638 4200 Psi
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Specific Gravity (+ 25oC) ASTM D792 1.05
Hardness (+ 25oC) ASTM D2240 52 Shore
Water Absorption (24 hrs + 25oC) ASTM D543 0.03%
Volume Resistivity (+ 25oC) ASTM D257 2 x 1015 ohm cm
Elongation due to tearing DIN 30670 320%
3.1.8.3 Preparation and cleaning of pipes
The pipes shall be cleaned off rust, grease, dirt, weld butts etc. It shall be scrubbed manually with stiff
steel wire brushes and scraped where necessary. Pipe coat primer should be applied immediately after
cleaning of pipes. Entire pipe length shall be cleaned but both ends of the pipe shall be left without
coating and wrapping for a distance of 230mm, for joints which shall be coated and wrapped manually, at
site, after laying, welding and testing of pipes.
3.1.8.4 Priming operation
Pipe coat Primer shall be applied on the pipe in a uniform coat leaving no drops or runs. The entire
surface of the pipe should be primed without any patch left out. Any holiday or unprimed surface shall be
re primed immediately. Any un cleaned pipe shall be scraped down to the surface of the pipe and re
primed with pipe coat primer which shall essentially be a thin layer for quick drying.
The pipe surface shall be dry at the time of applying of the pipe coat primer.
Freshly primed pipe shall be placed on clean square cut skids and shall not be allowed to come in contact
with ground or any other foreign matter. It shall remain on skids until lifted or cradled after coating and
wrapping operation.
All primed pipes which have excessive coat of dust accumulated over them before primer is dry or where
primer has become dead, shall be re primed. Drying time shall be minimum 24 hours. The application of
pipe coat membrane shall be taken up soon after primer coat has dried up completely and in any case
within three days after priming. Otherwise fresh coat of primer shall be applied.
3.1.8.5 Wrapping
1. Hot application
Membrane shall be blown under tension by means of a blowtorch. In this process, the inner surface of the
membrane, being 10 micron thick polyethylene layer is burnt while at the same time the polymeric mix
under it is softened taking care that the central core is not overheated. This molten polymeric mix shall
then be pressed over the pipe surface so that no air is entrapped or no voids formed underneath.
The coating shall adhere perfectly to the pipe surface and free from air bubbles, wrinkles, holidays,
irregularities and discontinuities, etc.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.8.6 Electrical inspection of coated with holiday detector
After coating wrapping operations have been completed, electrical inspection of all exterior coating of the
pipe with a holiday detector to be done. The operating voltage in no case shall exceed 15000 volts.
3.1.8.7 Lowering of pipes into the trenches
1. After the application and inspection of coating and wrapping, the welded-pipe line shall be lowered into
the excavated trench on the next day after completion of coating and wrapping.
2. The pipe shall fit the trench without being forced to remain in place until the back-filling operation is
completed. Any extra excavation that may be required for this purpose shall be done by the Contractor at
no extra cost to the owner.
3. In lowering the line, vertical slack loops shall be placed at regular intervals. Slack loops shall move
horizontally from side to side of the trench after lowering. Until enough of the lowered line is securely
anchored by back-fill, slack loops shall be suspended above the trench on padded support of sufficient
strength to prevent collapsing of the trench, and in sufficient number so that the pressure at the points of
support will not damage the coating and wrapping. Slack loops shall be lowered into the trench without
being forced into it, only early in the morning when the pipe temperature is normally at its lowest value
and the trench shall then be back-filled. Excessive slack shall be removed by widening the trench as may
be necessary, for which no extra payment shall be made to the contractor.
4. Vertical and lateral bends of the lowered line must be fitted into the trench with proper clearance and the
Contractor shall be responsible for doing at his own expense whatever work that may be necessary for
ensuring proper clearance.
5. The trench into which the coated and wrapped line is to be lowered must present an even and smooth
bottom, and care shall be exercised by the contractor to remove there from all hard projecting objects so
that the protective coating and wrapping of pipe is not damaged.
6. Water if any, present in the trench at the time of lowering- in, shall be pumped out by the Contractor
before lowering in the pipe, to enable checking of the trench to conform to the specifications. If the trench
has collapsed, the Contractor shall make the necessary repairs, as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.1.9 Painting of above ground pipelines
Following standards and code of practice shall be followed for painting
Superior Quality Synthetic Enamel IS: 2932
Color for ready mixed paint IS: 5
Code of practice for painting IS: 1477
Painting shall be carried out in three stages
1. Cleaning and surface preparation
2. Applying primer
3. Applying finish coat
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.9.1 Cleaning and surface preparation
Cleaning may be carried out manually or mechanically to ensure removal of all extraneous matters
including oil, grease, etc.,
Mechanical cleaning may consist of,
a. Hand chipping / De scaling
b. Hand scraping
c. Hand brushing or machined wire brushing
Any or both of the above methods may be selected for cleaning the surface of pipes with the concurrence
of the Engineer-in-Charge
3.1.9.2 Painting
1. General:
a. These technical specifications shall be applicable for the work covered by this contract. Over and above
and without prejudice to the various codes of practices, standard specifications, etc. it being
specifically understood that contractor shall carry out the work in all respects with the best
quality of materials and work man ship, and in accordance with the best engineering practice and
instructions of ELC.
b. Whenever it is started in the specification the specific material is to be supplied or a specific

contractor at his own cost.
2. Scope:
1. Scope of work covered in the specification shall include, without being limited to the following.
2. This specification defines the requirement for surface preparation, selection application of paints, on
equipment vessel, machinery, piping, ducts, steel structures etc.
3. Extent of works:
The following surfaces and materials shall require painting.
1. All structural steel work, walk ways, pipe structural steel supports, ladder etc.
2. All uninstalled carbon and low alloy piping fitting and valves including painting of identification marks)
up to 80 deg .C.
3. Equipment and piping contained in a package unit as necessary.
4. All uninstalled equipment like columns, vessel, drums, storage tanks, heat exchangers ,pumps etc, up
to 80 Deg. C.
5. Identification colour bands on all piping as required including insulated aluminium clad galvanized, SS
and nonferrous piping.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

6. Identification lettering/numbering on all painted surface of equipment/piping and painting of arrow
indicating direction of flow.
7. Hazardous content making/identification signs on painted surface of equipment/piping.
8. Supply of all primers, paints and all other materials required for painting.
9. All uninstalled carbon and low alloy piping, furnaces, ducts, stacks etc. for temperatures 80 Deg – 400
Deg. C.
The following surface and materials shall not require painting:
a. Non ferrous materials
b. Austenitic stainless steel
c. Plastic and /or plastic coated materials
d. Insulated surface of equipments and pipes except colour coding wherever required
e. painted equipment lime blowers ,pumps ,valves etc. with finishing coats in good condition and
with matching colour code
4. Documents
The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the following documents issued to him for
execution of work.
1. Schedule of quantities for piping, equipment, etc .machinery and structure
2. Piping line list
3. Painting specification including special civil defence requirement
Piping and equipment shall be painted only after the mechanical completion and testing on systems
are completed.
5. Codes & Standards:
a. Without prejudice to the provision of clause 1.0 above and the detailed specification of the following
codes contract & standards shall be following for the work covered by this contract.
IS: 5 - Colours for ready mixed paint and enamels
IS: 101 – Methods of test for ready mixed paints and enamels
IS: 161 – Heat resisting paints
IS: 2074- Specifications for ready mixed paint, red oxide zinc Chrome priming
IS: 2339 – Aluminium paint for general purposes individual Container
IS: 2379 – Colour code for identification of pipe lines
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

IS: 2932 – Specification for enamel, synthetic, exterior, a) Undercoating b) Finishing
Swedish standard No. 055900-1967.This standard contains Photographs of the various standard on
four different degrees Of rusted steel and as such as preferable for inspection purpose by the
Engineer-in-charge.
b. The contractor shall arrange, at his own cost, to keep a set of above standards at site.
c. The paint manufacturer’s instructions shall be followed as far as practicable at all times. Particular
attention shall be paid to the following.
I) Proper storage to avoid exposure, as well as extremes of temperature
II) Surface preparation prior to painting
III) Mixing and thinning
IV) Application of paints and the recommended limit on time intervals between coats.
d. Any painting work (including surface preparation) on piping or equipment shall be commenced only
after the system tests have been completed and clearance for taking up painting work is given by the
EIC who may, however ,at his discretion authorize in writing , the taking up of surface preparation or
painting work any specific location, even prior to completion of system test.
6. Equipment
a. All tools, brushes, rollers spray guns, blast material hand power tools for cleaning and all
equipment to be used shall be suitable for the work and all in good order and shall be arranged by the
contractor at site and in sufficient quantity.
b. Mechanical mixing shall be used for all painting mixing operations.
7. Surface preparation:
General:
1. In order to achieve the maximum durability, one or more of following methods of surface preparation
shall be followed, depending on condition of steel surface and as instructed by EIC adhesion of the paint
film to surface depends largely on the degree of cleanliness of the metal surface proper surface
preparation contributes more to the success of the paint protective system:
I) Manual or hand tool cleaning.
II) Mechanical or power tool cleaning.
III) Blast cleaning.
2. Mill scale , rust and foreign matter shall be removed fully to ensure that a clean and dry surface is
obtained .The minimum acceptable standard in case of hand and power tool cleaning shall be St . 2 as
per Swedish SIS 055900- 1967, and in case of blast cleaning shall be Sa 2 ½ as per Swedish SIS
055900 1967.
Remove all other contaminants, oil, grease etc .by use an aromatic solvent prior to surface cleaning.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Blast cleaning shall be performed where dust can contaminate surface under such cleaning or during
humid weather conditions having humidity exceeding 85%.
Irrespective of the method of surface preparation the rust cost of primer must be applied by brush
on dry surface .This should be done immediately and in any case within 4 hours of cleaning
of surface. However, at times of un favourable weather conditions the EIC shall have the liberty to
control the time period at his sole discretion and or to insist on re cleaning as may be required before
primer application is taken up. In general, during unfavourable weather conditions, blasting and
painting shall be avoided as far as possible.
3.1.9.3. Procedure of surface preparation
1. Manual of hand tool cleaning
Hand tool cleaning normally consists of the following:
a. Hand de-scaling and /or hammering.
b. Hand scraping.
c. Hand wire brushing.
2. Rust mill scale spatters, old coating and other foreign matter shall be removed by inserting scrapping
tools or emery paper cleaning wire brushing or combination of the above methods. On completion of
cleaning loose materials shall be removed from the surface by cleaning rags and the surface shall
be brushed ,swept, deducted and blown off with compressed air to remove any loose matter.
a) Mechanical or power tool cleaning
Power tool cleaning shall be done by mechanical striking tool, chipping hammers grading wheels or
rotating steel wire brushes .Excessive brush of surface shall be avoided as it can reduce paint adhesion
.On completion of cleaning the detached rust mill seat etc. shall be removed by clean rags and/or washed
by water or steam and thoroughly dried with compressed air jet before application of paint.
b) Blast Cleaning
The surface shall be blast cleaned using one of the abrasives sand or chilled cast iron or malleable iron
and steel at pressure 7 Kg/cm2 maintaining constant velocity and pressure chilled cast iron, malleable
iron and steel shall be in the form of shot or grit of size not greater than 0.055 maximum in case of steel
and malleable iron and 0.04 maximum in case of chilled iron compressed air shall be clean and free
from any scale or rust and must show a grey white metallic luster ,primer of first coat of paint shall be
applied within 4 hours of surface preparation.
Blast cleaning shall not be done outdoors in bad weather without adequate protection nor when there
is dew on the metal which is to be cleaned humidity exceeding 85%.
3. Rub down and touch up of primer:
The shop coated surface shall be rubbed down thoroughly with emery paper to remove all dust
rust and other foreign matters, washed with degreasing solvent (white spirit) to completely remove
grease etc. then cleaned with warm fresh water and air dried. The portions, where from the shop
coat has peeled off, shall be touched up and allowed to dry before giving one coat and of anti
corrosive primer. The compatibility between shop coat and primer should be as curtained from paint
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

manufacturer .In case degreasing with white spirit is not effective, the surface should be finally wiped
clean with an aromatic solvent like xylol or light naphtha.
4. Non-compatible shop coat primer.
The compatibility of finishing coat should be confirmed from the paint manufacturer .In the event of use of
primer such as zinc rich epoxy, inorganic zinc silicate etc, as shop coat the paint system shall depend on
condition of shop coat .If the shop coat is in satisfactory condition showing no major defects, the
shop coat shall not be removed .The touch up primer and finishing coat (s) shall be identified for
application by EIC.
Shop coated (coated with printer and finishing coat ) equipment should not be repainted unless
paint is damaged.
3.1.9.4 Paint materials
Manufacturers shall furnish the characteristics of all paints indicating the suitability for the required
service conditions. Primer and finish coats shall be first class quality and shall confirm to the followings:
1. Primer (P-1) Zinc ethyl silicate primer.
2. Under coats (U-1) High build epoxy MIO undercoat.
3. Finish coat (F-1) Aliphatic polyurethane finish paint.
4. Finish coat (F-2) Aluminium finish paint.
5. Linings: L1 Epoxy based tank liner.
Notes:
1. All primers and finish coats should be cold cured and air drying unless otherwise specified.
2. Technical data sheets for all paints shall be supplied at the time of submission of quotations.
3. All paints shall be supplied in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions for surface preparation and
application.
Manufacturers
The paints shall confirm to the specifications given above and first Class quality in their products range of
any of the following manufacturers:
(i) Asian paint
(ii) Bombay paints
(iii) British paints
(iv) Jenson and Nicholson
(v) Shalimar paints.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.9.5 Storage
All paints and painting material shall be stored only in rooms to be provided by contractor and approved
by EIC for the purpose. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent fire .The storage building
shall preferable be separate from adjacent building. A signboard hearing the works
“PAINT STORAGE-NO NAKED LIGHT-HIGH INFLAMABLE” shall be clearly displayed out site.
3.1.9.6 Colour code system
The system of colour consists of a base /ground colour and colour Bands / strips superimposed on it. For
identification of piping, the colour code as per Table 1 & 2 (placed at the end) shall be used which is for
products being processed and utility items being used in ONGC (Based on Indian standard, British
standard and the EIL standard).
1. Colour bands/strips
Colour bands/strips (as given in Table 1 & 2) are superimposed on the base/ground colour to distinguish
one kind or condition of a fluid from another kind or condition of the same fluid, or one fluid from another
but belonging to the same group, for example diesel fuel from the furnace fuel.
1.1 Identification & Size
a) The width of colour band shall confirm to the following table shown below: (As per IS 2379:1990
reaffirmed – 1996)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (mm) WIDTH: L (mm)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80 NB and below 25 MM
Over 100 NB up to 150 NB 50 MM
Over 200 NB up to 300 NB 75 MM
Over 350 NB 100 MM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NB – Nominal Bore
b) The relative proportional width of first colour band to the subsequent bands shall be 4:1.
1.2 Application
a) Colour bands shall be applied at the following location (IS 2379:1990 - reaffirmed 1996)
i) Battery limit points.

ii) Intersection point and change of direction points in piping ways.
iii) Other points such as midway of each piping way, near valves, junction joints of service
appliances, walls, on either side of pipe culverts.
iv) For long stretch yard piping at 50m interval; and
v) At start and terminating points.
b) Colour bands shall be arranged in the sequence shown in Table 1 & 2 and the sequence follows the
direction of flow.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

c) All un-insulated pipes having temperatures above 1000 C (Heat resistance aluminium painted) need be
identified as special case by using Teflon tape.
d) For insulated pipes, nominal pipe size means the outside diameter of insulation.
3.1.9.7 Positive identification system
Positive identification system includes lettered label/ legend, direction of arrows and danger sign and
shall be used as superimposed on colour coding system for positive identification of the contents of the
piping system (Based on British Standard, Indian Standard and ANSI standard)
Lettering Label
Positive identification of the contents of piping shall be by lettered label giving the name of the contents in
full or the abbreviated form at the locations stated at Application (a) and next is colour coding indication.
The lettering shall be as per IS 2379-1990 reaffirmed 1996. The recommended size of letters for pipes of
different diameters are given as under
LABEL FOR LETTERING
Outside diameter of pipe or Size of legend (mm)

Covering (mm)
20 to30 10
Above 30 to50 20
Above 50 to80 30
Above 80 to150 40
Above150 to 250 63
Over 250 90
Direction of flow: Flow Direction
1. Flow direction shall be indicated by arrow in the location and next to the colour code indication and
lettered label.
2. The colour of arrow shall be black or white and in contrast to the colour on which they are
superimposed.
3. The size of the arrow shall be as per IS 2379 and indicated
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

TABLE FOR DIMENSIONS ARROW
S.No. Outside diameter of pipe (mm) Size of dimension A,B,C & D

1 Up to 200 A= 65, B= 30, C=95 & D=20
2 Above 200 A= 90, B= 30, C=95 & D=30
4. For pipes with small diameter, if the label with a code indication is attached to the pipe, the flow shall
be shown by the pointer end of this label.
Hazardous warning
To indicate that a pipeline carries a hazardous material, a band of diagonal strips of black and golden
yellow as (per IS 2379:1990 reaffirmed 1996 (c) shall be painted on the ground colour at location stated
at 1.2.2. – Application (a) and next to the colour coding identification and lettered label.
Further if material is flammable or explosive material, chemically active or toxic materials, etc, is indicated
by lettering.
Visibility of marking
Attention shall be given to visibility with reference to pipe marking. Where lines are located above or
below the normal line of vision, the lettering shall be placed below or above the horizontal centreline of
the pipe (as per IS 2379:1990 reaffirmed-1996 Para 10)
Colour of Valves
Painting of Valves as per IS 2379:1990 reaffirmed-1996 as per the following table
Condition Colour of valve

Valves on Fire fighting piping Red
Valves on piping carrying hazardous material Golden yellow with black strips
Valves on water carrying piping (potable or non French blue
potable)
All other piping Same colour as the main piping
1. Example below shows the colour code for a pipe carrying sour gas where light grey and dark violet colour
bands have sequence numbers C and D. Arrow indicates the direction of flow.
2. A: diagonal strips of black & golden yellow indicate hazardous nature of content in the pipeline.
3. B: dialog box is label, in which information mentioned is either stencilled or painted.
4. C & D: Light grey and dark violet colour bands indicating sour gas.
5. E: A diagonal black strip on white back ground shows the wall.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.9.8 Painting for civil defence requirement:
1. All columns, all tanks in offsite, large vessels, Spheres shall be painted for camouflaging
2. Two coats of selected finishing paint as per defence requirement shall be applied in a particular pattern
as per the instructions of Engineer in charge.
3. Camouflaging Methods
a. Disruptive painting for camouflaging shall be done in three colours in the ratio of 5:3:2 (all matt finish).
Dark Green Light Green Dark Medium Brown
5: 3: 2:
b. The patches should be asymmetrical and irregular.
c. The patches should be inclined at 30 to 60 to the horizontal.
d. The patches should be continuous where two surfaces meet at angle.
3.1.9.9 Piping colour codes apart from standards
ONGC’s own colour coding system-as already adopted at the Hazira complex- is to be adopted for
product pipelines not covered in any of the above 04 mentioned standards.
3.1.9.10Standardized painting scheme for fire equipment, fire tenders, etc.,
Standardised painting scheme for fire equipment and appliances is proposed based on OISD: GDN-115
as per Table.
3.1.9.11Identification of Vessel, piping
1. Equipment number shall be stenciled in black or white on each vessel, column, equipment &
machinery (insulated or uninsulated) after painting. Line number is black or white shall be stenciled
on all the pipe lines of more than one location as directed by EIC, size of letter printed shall be as below:
Column & Vessels - 150 mm (height)
Pump compressors and other machinery - 50 mm (height)
Piping 3” & above - 40-150 mm
Piping (below 3) - Flanging with 40 letters
2. Identification of storage tanks: The storage tanks shall be marked as detailed in the drawing.
3.1.9.12 Inspection and testing
01. All painting materials including primers and thinners brought to site by contractor for application
shall be procured from reputed manufacturers as per specification and shall be accompanied by
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

manufacturer’s test certificate .In case such certificate are not available , EIC may direct the
contractor to have the materials tested in accordance with relevant specifications at
owner/outside laboratory accepted by EIC ,and all costs there shall be borne by the contractor.
02. Engineer In-charge at his discretion , may call for additional tested in material accompanied by
manufacturers test certificates. Contractor shall arrange to have such tests performed including
batch wise test of wet paints for physical and chemical analysis . All costs there shall be
borne by the contractor.
03. The painting work shall be subject to inspection by EIC at all times, a particular
following stage inspection will be performed and contractor shall offer the work for inspection and
approval of every stage before proceeding with the next stage. The record of inspection shall
be maintained and the stages of inspection are as follows:
a) Surface preparation.
b) Primer application.
c) Each coat of paint.
In additional to above record should include. Type of shop primer already applied on equipment
e .g .Red oxide zinc chromate or zinc chromate of red lead primer etc. Any defect noted during the
various stage of inspection shall be rectified by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of EIC before
proceeding further irrespective of the inspection ,repair and approval at intermediate stage of work ,
Contractor shall be responsible for making good any defects found during final inspection /guarantee
period /defect liability period as defined in general condition of contract. Dry film thickness (DFT)
shall be checked and recorded after application of each coat.
04. Primer application
After surface preparation the primer should be worked by brush application to cover the crevices
corners, sharp edges etc. in the presence of inspector nominated by EIC.
05. The shades of successive coats should be slightly different colour in order to ensure application
of individual coats .The Thickness of each coat and complete coverage should be checked as
per provision of this specification. This should be approved by EIC before application of successive coats.
06. The Contractor shall provide thickness measuring instrument (Elkomter) with appropriate range for
measuring dry film thickness of each coat.
07. Prior to application of paint on surface of chimney, thickness of the individual coat to be checked by
application of each coat of same paint on test panel shall be determined by thickness range such as
Elkomter. This shall be approved by EIC before application of paints on the surface of chimney.
08. The discretion of EIC the paint manufacturer must provide the expert technical service at site as and
when required .This service should be free of cost and without any obligation to the owner, as it would
be in the interest the of manufacturer to ensure that both surface preparation and application are
carried out to their recommendations.
09. Final inspection shall include measurement of paint by film thickness, check of finish and
workmanship. The thickness should be measured at as many paint/locations as decided by EIC and
shall be within + 10% of the dry film thickness.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.9.13 Guarantee:
01. The contractor shall guarantee that the chemical and physical properties of material used for in
accordance with the specification contained herein to be provided during execution of work.
02. The contractor shall produce internal test reports from manufacturer regarding the quality of the
particular batch of paint supplied. The EIC shall have the right to test the samples of paint at random
for quality of same as stipulated in clause II above. Batch test reports of the manufacturer’s for
each bath of paints supplied shall be made available by the contractor.
3.1.9.14 Paint System
The paint system should very with type of environment envisaged in and around the plants. Three
types of environment are considered for selection of paint system:-
1. Normal industrial Environment.
2. Corrosive Industrial Environment.
3. Coastal and Marine Environment.
Note.1 Primer and finish coats of any particular paint System shall be from same manufacturer in
order to ensure compatibility.
Note.2 Shop primed equipment and surface will only be ‘spot Cleaned’ in damaged areas by means of
power tools Brush cleaning or hand tool cleaning and then spot Primed before applying top coat unless
otherwise specified.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Colour scheme
SL. Description of Products Colour Code Identification

NO.
1. Slop oil Light brown Black
2. Oily water Black No band
3. Drinking water Sea green i) French blue

ii) Signal red
4. Condensate water Sea green i) Light brown

ii) Signal red
5. Wash water Sea green Canary yellow
6. Sea/river Sea green White

Untreated water
7. Waste Water Sea green i) Canary yellow

ii) Signal red
8. Treated water Sea green Light orange
9. Compressed air up to 15 kg/cm2 Sky blue -
10. Compressed air above 15 kg/cm2 Sky blue Silver red
11. Plant air Sky blue Silver grey
12. Instrument air Sky blue French blue
13. Drainage Sky blue -
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Colour scheme used in process in ONGC for Fire equipment, Fire tenders, etc.
Item/Application Standard paintng

colour
A. Extinguishers : Water based, Foam,DCP,CO2 Fire red paint (shade

B. All fire tender/ Jeep, Fire engines (except foam No. 536 of IS-5-AS
tank foam piping & Nitrogen cylinder) AMENDED)
C. Fire tender water piping/ Wet risers/ Fire hose
reel box
D. Fire tender water pump & engine/water
pipeline in engine &
Pump.
E.DCP tank & DCP piping
Dark Admiralty grey
Foam tank & foam piping / nitrogen
Pale cream
Driver compartment & inside of the lockers
Black
Chassis & wheel arches
Canary yellow with
Fire service insignia & identity nomenclatures black border on both
sides of the vehicle
equipment
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

STORAGE TANKS AND OTHER STRUCTURES:
Under coat Min.Total

Sl. Description Temp Surface Primer + DFT in Remark
No. Range Preparation Finish Coat Micron
Deg .C
1.1 Piping ,pipe Up to Blast cleaning One coat One coat U1 275
structural steel 80 P-1 120 microns+2
supports Degree SA 2 1/2 75-80 microns coats of F1 40
C. (min) to 45 microns
each.
1.2 Storage tank Blast cleaning One coat Two coats of 325
(internal) P-1 L1 125 microns
SA 2 1/2 75-80 each.
microns
1.3 Storage tank -- Blast cleaning One coat of One coat U1 275
(external) P-1 120 microns+2
SA 2 1/2 75-80 microns coats of F1 40
to 45 microns
each
1.4 Structural steel -- Blast cleaning One coat One coat U1 235
work etc. which P-1 120 microns+2
have not been SA 2 1/2 75 micronS coats of F2 (25
galvanized microns each).
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.1.9.16 Inspection and testing
The Contractor shall carry out or arrange to carry out at his own cost, all necessary tests and certification
and produce test reports and certificates if and when asked.
3.1.10 Hydrostatic test
• All erected lines shall be tested for at least an hour at a pressure of 10.5 Kg/cm2.
• When an existing line or portion thereby is modified, cut or welded, this shall be tested once
again. The nature of the test and test pressure shall be same as above.
• New lines connected with the existing lines shall be tested by providing suitable blanks before
looping. Such lines shall be drained, flushed and kept ready for hook-up.
• When it is impracticable to isolate the piping to be tested, the condition for the test shall be
determined locally by the parties concerned.
• The Engineer-in-Charge shall be notified well in advance by the Contractor of all testing and such
testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
• Test Fluid.
• Fresh raw water shall be used for Hydrostatic Testing.
3.1.10.1Test preparation
• Existing piping which has not been relocated or modified shall be isolated with blinds or blanked
off during the test.
• Temporary line laying / connected with the existing system for testing purpose shall be carried
out by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
3.1.11 Procedure for hydrostatic testing
• Before carrying out the Hydrostatic testing, all lines shall be thoroughly cleaned.
• The pressure gauges to be used in testing shall be checked at instrument shops or with other
outside agency designated by the Owner / Consultant. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to get the pressure gauges calibrated.
• Lines shall be slowly filled with water. It shall be ensured that no air pockets are left over in the
line.
• All vents and other connections shall be left open, while filling the line for removal of air.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• Tests shall be considered complete only after the Engineer-in-Charge has given approval.
• All lines shall be completely drained after hydrostatic testing and closed with blinds.
3.1.12 Inspection and testing
1. The Owner / Consultant / Inspector shall have free access to all places where the work is being done or
where pipes are manufactured or any other place concerned with the work. The Contractor shall provide
all means for carrying out inspection.
2. The Contractor shall notify sufficiently in advance, the time of commencement of welding work and
acceptance tests, to enable the Owner / Inspector to supervise the same.
3. The acceptance criteria for all inspection and testing shall be as stipulated in the relevant clauses of this
specification and / or code, for pressure piping ANSI/ASME B 31.3.
4. The acceptance criteria for bought out items like pipes, fittings, valves and instruments shall be as
mentioned in the respective specifications. The Owner reserves the right to inspect and witness the tests
for all items, before dispatch. The Contractor shall however submit material test certificates, for Owner’s /
Consultant’s approval before erecting them.
3.1.13 Performance test
1. After erection of all the equipments, piping etc. the entire system shall be tested for the performance.
2. In case the system is found inadequate, the system shall be redesigned / modified at no extra cost to the
owner.
3.2 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR STORAGE TANKS
3.2.1 SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for the design, detailed engineering, procurement
(including third party inspection), supply, transportation, calibration, painting, commissioning, materials,
fabrication, testing and erection of vertical, cylindrical, fixed conical roof steel storage tanks in various
sizes and capacities for internal pressures approximating to atmospheric pressure and filled liquid
pressure.
3.2.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
The design and manufacture of storage tanks shall comply with all currently applicable statutes,
regulations and safety codes in the locality where the equipment will be installed. The equipment shall
also conform to the latest applicable Indian / British / USA Standards. In particular, the equipment shall
conform to the latest editions of the following standards in absence of standards specified in the Data
sheet.
API-650 : Welded steel tanks for oil storage
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

IS-803 : Code of practice for design, fabrication and erection of
vertical mild steel cylindrical welded oil storage tanks
API-2350 : Overfill protection for storage tanks in petroleum facility
API-2000 : Venting atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks
OISD-117 : Fire protection facilities for petroleum depots, terminals

and pipe line installations
OISD-108 : Recommended Practices on Oil storage and handling
OMR : Oil Mines regulations
The main design codes and standards, which shall be considered as minimum requirements, are listed
below. Latest version of these shall be followed.
ANSI/ASME B 31.3 : Chemical plant and petroleum refinery piping
ANSI B 16.5 : Steel pipe flanges and flanged fittings
ANSI B 16.9 : Factory made wrought steel butt weld fitting
ANSI B 16.10 : Face to face and end to end dimensions of

ferrous valves
ANSI B 16.11 : Forged steel fittings socket
ANSI B 16.34 : Steel valves flanged and butt welding ends
ANSI B 16.20 : Ring joint gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipes Flanges
ANSI B 16.21 : Non Metallic flat gaskets for pipe flanges
ANSI B 16.25 : Butt welding ends
ANSI B 18.2 : Square & hex. Bolts and screws
ANSI B 36.10 : Welded and seamless wrought steel
ANSI B 36.19 : Stainless steel pipe
API 594 : Wafer type check valves
API 598 : Valve Inspection and Test
API 600 : Steel Gate Valves. Flanged or Butt welding Ends
API 602 : Steel Globe Valves. Flanged or Butt welding Ends
API 601 : Metallic Gasket for Piping
API 607 : Fire Test for Soft seated ball Valves
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

API 609 : Butterfly valves to 150-PSI (g) and 150°
API 599 : Steel Plug Valves. Flanged or Butt welding Ends
ASME B 16.34 : Steel Globe, Check, Ball Valves
AWWA C-504 : Rubber seated Butterfly valves
MSS-SP-25 : Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges,

and Unions
MSS-SP-43 : Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding fittings
MSS-SP-44 : Steel Pipeline Flanges
BS 5352 : Forged Steel Gate, Check Valve, and Globe Valve
BS 5156 : Inspection and Test for Steel Valves
BS 1868 : Flanged steel check Valve for Petroleum Industry
BS 1873 : Flanged Steel Globe Valve for Petroleum Industry
BS-5351 : Steel ball Valve for Petroleum Industry
BS-5155 : Cast Iron & Carbon Steel Butterfly Valves
EJMA : Expansion Joints
TEMA : Heat Exchanger
ASME Sec- VIII, Div I : American standard for Vessel Design
API 650 : Storage Tank Design
IS -803 : Storage Tank Design (Indian STD)
API-2350 : Overfill protection for storage tanks in petroleum facility
API-2000 : Venting atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks
OISD-117 : Fire protection facilities for petroleum depots, terminals

and pipe line installations
OISD-108 : Recommended Practices on Oil storage and handling
OMR : Oil Mines regulations
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.2.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
3.2.3.1 Minimum thickness
The thicknesses shown on the Data Sheets and/or drawings for shell, side plates, roof and bottom plates
are the minimum acceptable thicknesses, even though the Code may permit a thickness less than that
shown on Purchaser’s Data Sheets and/or drawings. The minimum acceptable thickness includes
specified corrosion allowance.
3.2.3.2 Connections and appurtenances
• When connections and appurtenances are installed on tanks conforming to this specification, the use of
designs as specified in the applicable codes is required, except that all alternate designs which provide
equivalent strength, tightness and utility are permissible, if agreed to by purchaser.
• Flange facings shall be in accordance with the details indicated in the data sheets.
• Manhole necks, nozzle necks, reinforcing plates and shell plate openings, which have either sheared or
oxygen-cut surfaces, shall have surfaces made uniform and smooth, with the corners rounded, except
where such surfaces are fully covered by attachment welds.
3.2.3.3 Roof and structures
All roofs and supporting structures shall be designed to support dead load, plus a uniform live load of not
less than 125 kg/m2 of projected area and wind load as specified in the Data Sheet.
Flat heads, side plates, etc. shall be adequately stiffened to support the loads as specified in the Data
Sheet and/or drawings.
3.2.4 EARTHING CLEATS
Each tank, when specified, shall be provided with drilled cleats welded to the tank for electrical grounding,
Material of cleats shall be same as that of the shell and details shall be as per the Specification.
Storage tanks shall not be anchor bolted to their foundation, unless otherwise state in Data Sheets and/or
drawings.
3.2.5 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
01. All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise specified.
02. All flange bolt holes shall straddle with main tank centre line.
03. All internal and external SS surfaces shall be acid picked and passivated after fabrication as per ASTM
A-380.
04. Thicknesses specified on the data sheets are the minimum thicknesses and the same shall be achieved
after forming/machining.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

05. Vendor shall provide suitable vent holes for SORF flanges (size 150 NB and above) and all pads. The
size of vent holes shall be ¼” NPT for pads and 1/8” NPT for SORF flanges. All air spaces shall be air
tested at 1.25 kgs/sq.cm (g) pressure with soap solution for leaks. Vent holes shall be plugged with hard
grease after testing. Vent holes shall be provided at the bottom most points.
06. All internals shall be designed in such a way that they are able to pass through manholes.
07. All internals (coils, pipes, etc.) are to be suitably supported inside the tank.
08. Pancake type of internal coil shall be sloped 1:100 towards outlet nozzle of coil.
09. All flat covers shall be suitably stiffened.
10. All weld seams shall be located in such a way that they are clear of nozzles / pads / cleats / saddles /
brackets, etc.
11. Liners on cover flanges / blinds shall be suitably plugged.
12. No load/external force bearing parts shall be directly welded to the tank. The same shall be welded on to
a suitable pad which in turn shall be welded to the tank. The thickness of pad shall be the same as the
tank plate thickness onto which the pad is welded.
13. All gasket contact faces of flanges shall have machined finish. The same shall also have serrations on
raised faces as per ANSI B-16.5 unless otherwise specified.
14. Longitudinal weld seams of adjacent shell sections shall be staggered 180 deg apart.
15. All level indicator nozzles shall have the same face of flange elevation.
3.2.6 MATERIALS
• All materials shall be of high grade, free from defects and imperfections, of recent manufacture, unused
and of classifications and grades as specified in the Data Sheets and/or drawings. All material shall be as
specified on Data Sheets and/or drawings. Vendor, however, may offer substitute materials at the time of
quotation. Any exception to the material specified shall be approved by Purchaser before commencing
manufacture.
• Manufacturing date of the steel plates to be used for tank fabrication shall not be more than one year old.
3.2.7 FABRICATION DRAWINGS
• The fabrication drawings shall be made based on this specification, codes and regulations, data sheets
and/or drawings. These detail drawings must be sufficient detail to show operating and design conditions,
materials, and method of construction, typical weld details, dimensions, detailed table of connecting
nozzles with identifications, gasket details, structural details and any other information necessary to
permit ONGC to check against this specification including consultant’s data sheets and/or drawings.
• Purchaser’s/Engineer’s approval of Consultant design and drawings constitutes certification of overall

dimensions only, and does not certify approval of Consultant’s design as a storage tank nor relieves
Consultant of any responsibility with respect to design in accordance with the code requirements.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.2.8 FABRICATION
• Prior to fabrication, the material shall be checked with its mill test certificate to ensure the correctness of
the material for the intended purpose.
• Basic lines for location of nozzles and other attachments shall be clearly shown on the storage tanks by
means of centre punching. These shall be located so as not to come or lap over shell longitudinal or
circumferential seams. All nozzles 40 NB and below, shall be gusseted.
• Prior to cutting out plates and drilling, the dimensions shall be rechecked.
• Reinforcing pads around manhole and nozzle openings shall not come on or lap over longitudinal seams.
• Nozzle and manhole necks shall be flush with the inside surface of the tank, unless otherwise specified.
• Plate for tanks shall be straightened by pressing or other non-injurious methods prior to bending. Shell
plates shall be shaped to suit the curvature of the storage tanks, prior to erection.
• Storage tank/sub-assemblies of the tank shall be fabricated in shop depending on its size and fabrication
facilities available with vendor.
• Handrails shall be provided around the roof of the storage tanks, unless otherwise specified. Toe (skid)
plate shall be provided.
• Fabrication tolerances for the storage tanks shall be in accordance with the specification FTD-01.
• Spiral stairs to tank shall be provided with hand-railing.
3.2.9 WELDING
3.2.9.1 Scope
• This specification covers the minimum welding requirements of the welded joints of Vertical/ Cylindrical
welded storage tanks of various sizes capacities for internal pressures of approximately atmospheric
value.
• All welding or any related operations in connection with the above shall be done in strict accordance with
the codes specified in Data Sheets.
• The welding procedure in general and the qualification of the welder shall be as specified in IS:823, IS:
817and ASME Sec. IX (latest)
3.2.9.2 Procedure and performance qualifications
Each Manufacturer / Fabricator shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by his organisation
and shall conduct tests to determine,
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• The suitability of the process utilized for each class of work and the ability of each individual welding
operator / welder to make sound welds under standardised test conditions for each class of work on
which he operates. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable codes (latest revisions).
The tests shall also confirm to applicable local rules and regulations.
• The results and specimens from qualification tests of welding processes, welding operators and welders
shall be made available to the Engineer / Inspector on request. All such qualification tests and specimen
tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Purchaser’s representative or the Inspector. The Inspector
shall have the authority to reject unsatisfactory process or operators or the workmanship. The decision of
the Inspector in this case will be final and abiding. In case of doubt a retest may be allowed at the
discretion of the purchaser’s representative / Inspector.
• A certificate of qualification of procedure, welding operator and welder shall be kept on file by the Vendor
/ Contractor and shall be made available to the Purchaser’s / Inspector at any time upon request. The
certificate for procedure shall designate welding process, material specification, pipe diameter, and wall
thickness, the thickness range, qualified no. of passes, the position of welding and the welding
parameters. The Certificate of Performance shall designate the material specification, thickness range
qualified position qualified, etc.
3.2.9.3 Preparation of weld joint
• The edges of surfaces of the parts to be joined by welding shall be machined or thermal cut and shall be
cleaned of oil, scale or rust. When thermal cutting is used all slag, scale or serrations shall be removed by
grinding or any other approved means to have a smooth surface for welding.
• The weld joint configuration will be as shown in the approved fabrication drawings. Any change in the
joint configuration must be done in consultation with and the prior approval of the Engineer/Inspector.
• Reinforcing pads around manhole and nozzle openings shall not come or lap over the tank welded
seams.
• Shells / side plate joints shall be double welded joints unless otherwise specified.
• When shell/side plates of unequal thickness are welded the inner surface of the shells shall be coincided
with each other.
• All the seam joints shall be butt joints. All the longitudinal and circumferential butt joints shall have
complete penetration and fusion through the full thickness of the parent plate.
3.2.9.4 Process
• The welding processes that are used in the welding of the joints are restricted to shielded metal arc
welding, shielded gun metallic arc welding and shielded gas tungsten arc welding only.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• No production welding shall be undertaken until the welding procedures which are to be used have been
qualified.
• The surfaces for welding shall be cleaned of paint, oil rust, scale or other objectionable material which
may be detrimental to welding.
• The specification of electrodes, voltage, welding speed, the current and the polarity should be as
specified in the approved welding procedure or as otherwise agreed in writing. Any deviation from the
approved procedure will be treated as objectionable and may disqualify the procedure and the welder or
the welding operator.
• The welding procedure shall be such as to assure substantially full root penetration and thorough fusion
in the lands of the root and in the entire weld preparation.
• Each layer of weld metal in a multilayer welding shall be cleaned of slag and other deposits before
applying the next layer.
• Tack welds should be made by a qualified welder and as per welding procedure and shall be ground or
removed completely when the purpose is served. They should not form a part of the final weld. The
reverse side of double welded but joints specified to have complete penetration and fusion shall be
thoroughly removed to sound metal prior to welding on second side. This can be done by chipping,
grinding or melting out the metal by any approved method.
• The welding sequence for tack welding and final welding of the bottom shell roof plates shall be such as
to minimise the distortion due to welding.
• All butt joints shall be provided with a uniform and smooth reinforcement (the thickness of which shall not
exceed 3 mm) so that the finished face area of fusion extends above the surface of the adjoining plates
without a sharp angle. The Inspector / Purchaser’s representative have the authority to reject any
unsatisfactory process of operation or workmanship at any stage of fabrication.
3.2.9.5 Welding consumables
• The welding processes are restricted to the following shielded metal arc welding, shielded gas metallic
arc welding and shielded gas tungsten arc welding.
• The electrodes for shielded metal arc welding should conform to the codes specified.
• In case of low hydrogen electrodes, the electrodes should be baked in the electrode oven, prior to
welding, as specified by the electrode manufacturer. The type of electrode used should be only those
recommended by the manufacturer for use in the position in which the welds are to be made. Electrodes
which have the areas of flux covering broke away or damaged should be discarded.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.2.9.6 Welding sequence
• The welding sequence for tack-welding and final welding of the bottom, shell and roof plates shall be
such as to minimize the distortion due to welding shrinkage.
• The welding sequence to be adopted shall be the subject of agreement between ONGC and the
Contractor.
3.2.9.7 Welding electrodes
• Electrodes shall be in accordance with IS-814 (Part-1 or Part-II) as required. This shall be stored in a dry
place in their original packets or cartons.
3.2.10 TESTING
3.2.10.1Hydro-testing
• Upon completion, tests shall be conducted on tank bottom, shell and roof in accordance with applicable
codes. The tanks, when filled with water by contractor, must be free from sweating, leaks, bulges and any
other defects. The cost of all tests shall be deemed to have been included in the price quoted for the
tanks and no extra payment will be made for the tests.
3.2.10.2 Inspection of welding
• The examination or inspection of the completed weld includes the visual inspection and the Radiographic
inspection (if specified).
• The representative of Purchaser / Inspector shall at all times have free access to all parts of the shop
while the fabrication work is going on. The Vendor/Contractor will provide all the tools and inspection
facilities to the inspecting authority.
3.2.10.3 Visual inspection
• The visual inspection shall be performed prior to, during and after welding. Inspection before welding
consists of checking the proper bevelling to form the correct included angle, the root opening and the
proper root face.
• Complete welds shall be checked for correct size and profile. Welds shall be free from under cuts,
overlaps, spatter, arc strikes, abrupt ridge and valleys. Weld surfaces shall be free from craters, which if
any, shall be filled with metal before final acceptance. All under cuts shall be corrected by deposition of
additional weld metal.
3.2.10.4 Radiographic examination
• The radiographic examination of the welds can be Random Radiography or full Radiography confirming
to the requirements of the codes specified.
• All weld surface irregularities shall be removed so that the resulting radiographic contrast due to any
surface irregularity may not be confused with the internal defects of the weld. The finished surface of the
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

weld reinforcement shall have a uniform crown with a maximum height of 3mm or weld reinforcement
may be flush with the surface of the base metal. Surface irregularities may be removed by any suitable
mechanical process.
• A system of positive identification of the film shall be provided. This may include the job no. the part no.
whether original or subsequent exposure, lead numbers, lead letters and arrows showing the areas of
interest that is being radio graphed. These images should appear clearly on the radiograph.
• The Inspector shall have the authority to ask for check radiography in case he doubts the ability of the
welder, welding operator, the adopted welding procedure. The check radiography shall normally not
exceed a maximum of 10% of the length welded.
• In case of spot radiography the spot to be radio graphed will be selected by the Inspector. The
acceptance standards of the full as well as spot radiography are as given by Radiographic Standards of
the relevant codes and standards.
• Repair Welding: All defects in welds requiring repairing shall be removed by flame or arc gouging or
grinding, clupping or machining or any other approved method.
• After removing the defect liquid penetrant examination can be taken to ensure that the defect is fully
removed before repair welding is carried out.
• All repair welds shall be made using the same or other qualified welding procedure as that used in
making the original welds.
• All repair welds shall meet the requirements of the codes which are mentioned in specification for Storage
Tanks.
3.2.11 GENERAL INSPECTION
All items covered by this specification shall be subjected to inspection by the Purchaser / Engineer or the
inspection authority at no additional cost to the Purchaser. The Vendor / Contractor shall advise
Purchaser promptly when material is ready for inspection.
All work of fabrication shall be done in accordance with the code specified in clause 2.0, Specification for
Storage Tanks with the permissible alternatives specified in the Purchase Order. The workmanship and
finish shall be first class in every aspect subject to the closest inspection by the Manufacturer’s inspector,
whether or not the Purchaser waives any part of the inspection.
3.2.12 RECORDS
Records shall be maintained by the Vendor / Contractor on each weld made including length welded, etc.
The records shall include the name of the operator or welder, materials joined, electrodes and filler metal
types, etc.
10908 0 0 1 1 8 2 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

SPECIFICATION
FOR
ELECTRICAL WORKS
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 x 2000 M3) AT ONGC DOCUMENT No.

PAGE 1 OF 62

14.08.09\ELECTRICAL\ELECTRICAL NEW.DOC
REVISION RECORD

10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ( 2 x 2000 M3) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS PAGE 2 OF 62
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

INDEX
S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 ELECTRICAL 6
1.1 DESIGN BASIS FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS 6
1.1.1 Introduction 6
1.1.2 Ambient conditions 6
1.1.4 System characteristics 7
1.1.5 Cables 9
1.1.6 Area classification 11
1.1.7 Lighting system 11
1.1.8 Earthing system 12
1.1.9 Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) system 13
1.1.10 Conceptual power distribution layout of additional storage area – 13

Becharji ETP installation
1.2 TECHNIAL SPECIFICATION AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS 13
1.2.1 Scope of work for electrical installation 13
1.2.2 Safety regulations for temporary electrical installations during 15

construction activity at site
1.2.3 Specifications for lighting panel (MCB distribution board) 16
1.2.4 Specification for medium voltage switchgear panel 17
1.2.5 Specification for LV cables: 243381-ETD-02 17
1.2.6 Specifications for FLP light fixtures, DB’s, plugs, sockets, 17

hand lamps, JB’s and cable glands
1.2.7 General specifications for electrical materials for electrical installation work 17
1.2.8 Electrical installations– Standards and Specifications 24
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
1.2.9 Installations and field tests for electrical installations 33
1.2.10 General notes for power and earthing 37
1.2.11 General notes for lighting 38
1.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR MV SWITCH GEAR PANEL 40
1.3.1 Scope 40
1.3.3 Main bus bars 43
1.3.4 Circuit breakers 43
1.3.5 Fuses 45
1.3.6 Motor starters 45
1.3.7 Single phasing preventers 46
1.3.8 Instrument Transformers 46
1.3.9 Instruments 47
1.3.10 Protective Relays 47
1.3.11 Miscellaneous accessories 47
1.3.12 Internal Wiring 48
1.3.13 Terminal Blocks 48
1.3.14 Earthing 48
1.3.15 Tests 49
1.3.16 Inspection 49
1.3.17 Guarantee 49
1.3.18 Drawing and Instruction Manuals 49
1.3.19 Spares 50
1.3.20 Tools 50
1.3.21 Quality Assurance 50
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
1.3.22 Deviation 50
1.4 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR L.V. CABLES 51
1.4.1 General 51
1.4.2 Codes and Standards 51
1.4.3 Climatic conditions 51
1.4.4 Constructional Requirement 52
1.4.5 General Requirements 53
1.4.6 Inspection 53
1.4.7 Tests 54
1.4.8 Guarantee 54
1.4.9 Instruction Manual 54
1.4.10 Data Sheet / List of Cables 54
1.4.11 Quality Assurance 54
1.4.12 Deviation 54
1.5 SPECIFICATION FOR FLP LIGHTING FIXTURES, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS 54

AND PLUG SOCKETS ETC.,
1.5.1 Scope 54
1.5.2 Codes & standards 55
1.5.3 Flameproof lighting fittings – construction 55
1.5.4 Tests 56
1.5.5 Inspection 56
1.5.6 Guarantee 56
1.5.7 Drawings 56
1.5.8 Distribution boards for hazardous area 56
1.5.9 Plug, sockets, hand lamps, jbs, cable glands for hazardous area 59
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.0 ELECTRICAL
1.1 DESIGN BASIS FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS
1.1.1 Introduction
Customer : Oil & Natural Gas Corporation
Project : Construction of 2 nos of 2000 m3 tanks and allied

works at Becharji ETP installation
Electrical Power Supply Source : Gujarat Electricity Board
ONGC have decided to set up a new 2 x 2000 M3 capacity tank at Becharji ETP installation.
ONGC is getting power from GEB at 11 KV at existing ETP installation.
At Becharji ETP plant ONGC have 11 kv feeder for feeding power to existing ETP plant as well as proposed
ETP new pumping station, Street lighting and area lighting for the new area and adequate size of DG set as
a standby source of supply. The transformer and DG set both are connected to main LT panel through
changeover switch. For the proposed expansion spare feeders are made available in main LT panel as well
as in lighting panel, same shall be used for distribution of supply.
For instrumentation control supply, UPS supply shall be available from existing system.
1.1.2 Ambient conditions
Max. ambient temperature : 50 °C
Min. ambient temperature : 4 °C
Design temperature : 40 °C
Altitude above MSL : 96 Meter
Rain fall : Max. recorded (in 24 hrs):270 mm
Max. recorded (in 1 hr):94.8 mm
Seismic condition : Zone – V
Atmosphere : Dusty, Dry, Corrosive, Semi Arid
1.1.3 Codes and standards
The electrical design and the electrical installations shall be in accordance with established codes, good
engineering practices and shall comply with all statutory rules and regulations applicable in the country.
The latest versions of following codes, standards and statutory regulations shall be considered as minimum
requirements:
• Bureau of Indian Standards BIS
• The Indian Electricity Rules IE Rules
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• The Indian Electricity Act IEA
• National Electricity Code NEC
• Central Mines & Research Institute CMRI
• International Electro technical commission IEC
• Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers IEEE
• The Petroleum Rules 4
• Director General of Mines & Safety DGMS

Codes and standards
IS 5571 Guide for selection of electrical equipment for hazardous area

IS 5572 Classification of hazardous areas for electrical installations
IS 3961 Recommended current ratings for cables
IS 3043 Code of practice for Earthing
IS 732 Code of practice for electric wiring installations with system voltages not exceeding 650V
IS 6665 Code of practice for industrial lighting
IS 13346 General requirement for electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmosphere
IS 13408 Code of practice for the selection, installation and maintenance of electrical apparatus for
use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
IS 2309 Code of practice for the protection of buildings and allied structures against lightning.
IS 10118 Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of switchgear and control gear
SP 30 National Electric Code (NEC) – BIS publication
1.1.4 System characteristics
415 / 240V AC equipment
Voltage : 415/220V + 10%
Frequency : 50Hz +3%, -6%
Fault level : 50KA (Assume at transformer secondary)
Earthing System
415V / 220V AC : Solidly earthed
1.1.4.1 Electrical load details of the existing electrical system
Total Operating load : Approx. 840 KVA
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.1.4.2 Existing and proposed power distribution scheme
Conceptual Power Distribution Layout for proposed facilities in Becharji ETP installation has been attached
here with. However, ONGC shall provide spare feeder from the existing power distribution LT Panel in the
proposed PMCC room for Lighting load.
All the Switchgears and Control gear components including all accessories and Panel Construction shall
conform to IS 13947, IS 4237, IS 11353, IS 8623, IS 2147 and other relevant standards.
The Incoming feeders shall be made available to cater maximum load including 20% spare capacity for any
future expansion. De-rating factor of 0.9 shall be considered while working out the ampere capacity of the
Switchgear.
Busbars shall be of electrolytic aluminium and shall be painted. Joints shall be taped / shrouded.
For aluminium busbars, current density of 0.8 A / sq.mm shall be considered for working out the busbar
size.
1.1.4.3 Locations of panels / distribution boards
LDB for proposed tank area - Location – Sub-station Room at ETP
Instruments Panel for proposed tank area - Location – Control Room at ETP
The new pump motor operated through electrical starters panel with a Local control stations near motor-
pump sets and the High Mast and street lighting will be operated through lighting panel having photo control
units of LDR based. Lighting power from Spare feeders of Existing main lighting panel shall be made
available for the proposed facility.
1.1.4.4 Selection of starter feeders for motor feeders
Motor Starters up to 11 KW Motors : DOL type
Motor Starters above 11 KW : Star - Delta type
Each Starter feeder of MCC shall be comprised of SFU, Power contactor(s), Auxiliary Contactor(s), Digital
O/L relay with Single Phasing Preventer, Master STOP Push Button, Ammeter with CT (above rating 11 KW
motor feeders), ON, OFF & TRIP Indication Lamps.
The selection of ratings for Switches, Fuses, Contactors and Digital relays to be used in the starter
assembly shall be based on the type-2 co-ordination as per IS 13947.
1.1.4.5 Control system
For Local control stations of motor feeders, following should be considered: -
• For motors up to 11KW : Stop push button on panel, at control room and start–stop
push button station near pump-motor sets.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• For motors above 11KW : Stop push button with ammeter on panel, control room and
on local push button station near pump-motor sets.
Control station enclosure shall have following protections as per the site condition: -
• For installation in hazardous area : Flameproof & weatherproof type made of LM 6 alloy
1.1.4.6 Voltage drop
Voltage drop
Sl. System Description Maximum permissible voltage drop

No.
1 Between main L.T. Panel or any power / 2.5%
lighting distribution board
2 At LT motor terminal during running 5%
condition
3 At LT motor terminal during starting 15%
condition
4 Between Lighting DB and Lighting Panel 1.5%
5 Between lighting panel and lighting point 4%
6 DC supply circuits / UPS circuits 5% or as per instrumentation
requirement
1.1.4.7 Power factor improvement
MM recommends for the power factor improvement from the initial value of 0.8(assumed) to 0.98.
This will help in optimizing on the I2R losses and will prevent the switchgear and cables from excessive
heating and deterioration of their service life.
Heavy duty MPP/APP type capacitors shall be connected to the main L.T. panel bus bars to achieve the
above power factor improvement.
1.1.5 Cables
1.1.5.1 L.T. cables
1.1KV grade, PVC insulated stranded Cu. Conductor, extruded PVC inner sheathed and FRLS extruded
PVC outer sheathed, round / flat steel wire armoured cable.
Up to 4.0 sq.mm Consider copper conductor cable.
Above 4.0sq.mm consider copper conductor cable.
All Cables shall be of multi stranded type only.
Minimum conductor Size:
• For Power Feeders : 4 sq.mm
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• For Control Feeders : 2.5 sq.mm
All cables shall be of multi stranded type only.
For all lighting feeders and single phase loads, the size of the Neutral conductor will be the same as that of
Phase conductor.
Normal L.T. Cables shall conform to IS 1554, IS 8130, IS 5831, IS 3975, IS 3961, IS 10810, IS 10418 and
other relevant Indian Standards.
1.1.5.2 Cable sizing
Cable Sizing shall depend on the following criteria:-
• Current carrying capacity
• Fault withstanding capacity
• Voltage drop
• Trip Device Rating
• Ambient Temperature
• Cable Laying Conditions
• (De-rating due to ambient air temperature, ground temperature, grouping and proximity of
cables with each other, thermal resistivity of soil etc.)
Installation mode
In readymade cable trenches, Overhead in Pre- fabricated G.I. cable tray, on pipe / cable rack in external
area, Buried under ground in S.S. / G.I. / PVC / RCC pipes embedded in the floor / buried in the ground /
fixed in the wall etc.
1.1.5.3 Cable tray
Pre fabricated, ladder type G.I. cable trays for 300/450/600/750 mm width with 75mm side collar.
Pre fabricated, perforated type G.I. cable trays for 50/100/150/200 mm width with 50mm side collar.
Cable end terminations
In hazardous areas, cable end terminations shall be done using flameproof and weatherproof double
compression cable glands and tinned copper lugs for copper conductor cables and aluminium lugs for
aluminium conductor cables.
In non-hazardous areas, cable end terminations shall be done using weatherproof, single compression
cable glands and tinned copper lugs for copper conductor cables and aluminium lugs for aluminium
conductor cables.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.1.6 Area classification
Hazardous Areas: -
Becharji ETP (Classification of Hazardous area is Zone-2, Gas Group II A & II B and suitable Temp. class
are T5 up to 100°c and type of enclosure for the equipments shall be as per IS 5571, 5572 and IS 2148)
As recommended by ONGC, all cable shall confirm to DGMS standards and all lighting fixtures, power
outlets etc in the hazardous area shall be of flame proof type with DGMS approval number. However non
FLP fixtures shall be used in a closed non hazardous area .
1.1.7 Lighting system
Lighting load shall be grouped as Road lighting loads, Cross over lighting loads and power socket point will
have their common lighting panels. Emergency lights are not envisaged for this facility.
1.1.7.1 Lighting lux levels (illumination levels) as per IS 3646
External Area Lighting : 25 – 30 lux
1.1.7.2 Maintenance factor to be considered,
0.3 for Outdoor areas
1.1.7.3 Type of the lighting fixtures – flame proof
a) Road Lighting
1 x 70W/125W HPSV, Industrial, Flameproof and Weatherproof type Street light fixture with non integral
control gearbox and with IP-65 class of protection, Fixtures shall be mounted on Street light poles of height
suitable to road width.
b) Cross over Lighting
1 x 125W/160W HPMV, Industrial, Industrial, Flameproof and Weatherproof type Street light fixture with non
integral control gearbox and with IP-65 class of protection, Fixtures shall be mounted on poles of height
suitable for cross over lighting for tank.
c) High mast lighting
2 x 400W, MHL type Flood light Fixtures, Industrial, Industrial, Flameproof and Weatherproof type Street
light fixture with non integral control gearbox and with IP-65 class of protection, Fixtures shall be mounted
on High mast pole of total height of 20 Meters.
1.1.7.4 Mains / point wiring
Light point / power plug point wiring shall be carried out with 3c x 2.5/4 Sq. mm copper conductor FRLS
PVC insulated, armoured cable.
1.1.7.5 Switches, sockets, etc
16 A, 240 V, flameproof and weatherproof type hand lamps with two outlets.
63 A, 3P+N+E, Three phase, flameproof and weatherproof type switch & socket.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.1.7.6 Emergency lighting to avoid momentary black outs
ONGC have informed that there is no need to provide Emergency lights. From DG supply within 10 to 15
minutes lighting supply should be available to avoid black out.
1.1.8 Earthing system
Earthing system shall be designed as per IS: 3043 to have low impedance to the ground and current
carrying capacity consistent with the fault current. The earth grid resistance to the ground shall not exceed
1.0 ohm in all hazardous and non-hazardous areas.
1.1.8.1 Earthing electrodes
The earth electrodes made of 65mm dia. heavy duty G.I. Pipe in accordance with IS: 3043 shall be provided
for the equipment / tank body earthing. A minimum separation of 2 meters shall be maintained between the
electrodes as per IS: 3043.
1.1.8.2 Earthing conductor
Cross section of the earthing conductor shall be designed to prevent fusing of conductor and deterioration of
the joints under adverse conditions of fault for 1 sec. For equipment body earthing, galvanized steel earthing
conductor shall be used. The galvanizing shall be of 900 gm/m2 min.
All electrical equipment using three phase supply shall have double earthing by connecting two Nos. G.I. /
Cu earth strips / conductors / Copper Conductor, PVC insulated cables from the frame of the equipment to
the earth grid. The earthing strips/conductor/cable shall be protected against mechanical damage. The
joints and tapping in the main earth grid shall be made in such a way that reliable and good electrical
connections are ensured.
For Main Earth Grid 50 x 10 mm G.I. Strip
For PMCC and LDB 50 x 6 mm G.I. Strip
For Lightning Protection 32 x 5 mm G.I. Strip
For Push Button Stations 1 x 4 sq.mm Cu. FRLS Wires
For 1-Phase Power Sockets 1 x 4 sq.mm Cu. FRLS Wires
For 3-Phase Power Sockets 1 x 16 sq.mm Cu. FRLS Wires
Pump Motors up to 15 HP 1 x 4 sq.mm Cu. FRLS Wires
Pump Motors from 15 HP to 30 HP 1 x 16 sq.mm Cu. FRLS Wires
Pump Motors from 30 HP to 75 HP 32 x 6 mm G.I. Flat
Pump Motors above 75 HP 50 x 6 mm G.I. Flat
For Storage Tanks, Vessels, etc. 50 x 6 mm G.I. Flat
All the equipments (i.e. three phase equipments, Storage vessels) will have two earthing connections.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.1.8.3 Lightening protection
To prevent the onsite installations from the Lightning strokes, G.I. rod type Lightning finials with Copper
spikes shall be installed on the pole of height equivalent to that of ONGC’s existing poles.
The value of resistance to general mass of earth, of an earthing system provided for lightning protection
shall not exceed the value of 5.0 ohm.
A separate earthing grid with dedicated earth pits shall be formed for Lightning Protection system as per IS
2309, IEC 61024-1.
1.1.9 Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) system
An 110V UPS with battery bank shall be provided for the instrumentation load consisting of tank level
gauging, fire detection system and alarm & indication panels etc. The UPS & its battery bank shall be kept
at the Existing control room. Sizing of the UPS shall be done for the above loads along with control supply
of instrumentation panel. UPS system having both outputs AC as well as DC. The UPS system shall have
adequate rating with 30 minutes battery backup.
1.1.10 Conceptual power distribution layout of additional storage area – Becharji ETP installation
Conceptual Power Distribution Layout of additional storage area at Becharji ETP installation has been
attached along with design basis.
1.2 TECHNIAL SPECIFICATION AND GENERAL NOTES FOR ELECTRICAL WORKS
1.2.1 SCOPE OF WORK FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
1.2.1.1 General
The scope of work under this contract shall include tapping of L.T. Power supply from the Existing L.T.
Panel feeder identified to feed power to proposed PMCC for additional storage area of becharji ETP. The
scope of work also includes laying of underground cable and further distribution of electrical power to
various areas of plant at proposed additional storage area, Laying of cable for power and lighting purpose
including installation of associated Equipment, earthing system and lightning protection system.
1.2.1.2 Contractor’s scope of work
The contractor has to provide all required materials as per the schedule of work, installation of the entire
system for power, lighting, emergency lighting, earthing grid (loops) and equipment connections to earth ,
power factor improvement equipment, communication system, etc. as specified and shown in the bill of
material and in the associated drawings.
The scope of work shall also include taking delivery of the free supply items for the installation of the system
including associated electrical utility services required to make the system operative within the scheduled
time.
After erection of the system as per the scope, the same shall be tested and put in to operation as a part of
the scope of work.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All supervisory, skilled and unskilled labour, materials, testing and commissioning of the installation are part
of the scope of this Contract.
Contractor shall include the price, cost of supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the entire
system, including materials and labour, within his scope. Contractor will not ask for any extra cost from the
client at later date in respect of such items implicitly covered in the scope of work.
The provision of all testing instruments / kits for testing and commissioning of the system shall be arranged
by the contractor as a part of his scope of work. Energising, testing and commissioning of complete
electrical system.
Contractor shall include the liaison work for getting approval and permissions of necessary documents and
drawings from Electricity board and any other Statutory Authorities for L.T. installation and other installation,
if any, and following up with Electricity board for getting power as per the schedule given by Owner. Owner
shall pay all statutory fees towards these works.
Drawings pertaining to the installation shall also be got approved by the contractor from the Licensing
Authorities / Electrical Inspector as a part of the scope of work.
Contractor will have to make his own arrangement for supply of the power and water for his requirement.
1.2.1.3 Deviations
No deviations in the scope of work will be accepted by ONGC.
1.2.1.4 Changes in scope of work
Owner shall be free to alter, add to or delete any part of the job without any compensation to the contractor,
in case the contractor fails to provide sufficient labour / materials under his scope for the execution and
completion of the work on schedule as per owner’s assessment.
1.2.1.5 Set of documents / information to be provided by contractor
Information to be provided along with the contract
• Photo copy of valid electrical contractor’s license for the area / State of the project.
• List of qualified engineers with designation and work experience.
• List of electrical tools, testing equipment / instruments in possession.
• List of the years, clients and capacities of the electrical systems installed in MVA.
Documents to be submitted immediately after the date of award of contract
• Field quality assurance plan with time schedule for each activity of electrical installation work.
• Samples / technical details of equipment / materials to be supplied by the contractor.
• List of construction / working drawings to be submitted for approval of local statutory authority.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• Detailed site organization chart showing the information of the personnel to be proposed to deploy
at site along with their detailed bio-data.
1.2.2 Safety regulations for temporary electrical installations during construction activity at site
It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide and maintain any temporary electrical installation he
may intend to execute with due regard of safety at site.
All switchgears, cabling, wiring, equipment, installations, etc., shall comply in all respects with the latest
statutory requirements and safety provisions, i.e. as per The Indian electricity act, The Indian electricity rule,
guide lines laid down in respective Indian Standards, National Electricity Codes.
The contractor shall ensure that all his equipments and electrical wiring, etc., for any construction activity is
installed, modified, maintained by a licensed electrician / supervisor. A test certificate shall be produced to
the owner / their representative for his approval before charging the electrical system.
At all the times, the above regulations shall be followed by the contractor, failing which the owner has a right
to disconnect the power supply without any prior notice to the contractor. No claim shall be entertained for
such dis-connection by the owner / their representative. Power supply will be reconnected only after
production of fresh certificate from authorized electrical supervisor.
The owner is not liable for any loss or damage to the contractor’s equipment as a result of variation in
voltage, frequency or any interruption in power supply or other loss to the contractor arising there from.
The contractor shall ensure that the electrical equipments installed by him are such that the average power
factor does not fall below 0.90 at his supply point. In case power supply falls below 0.90 in any month, he
will reimburse to the owner at the panel rate determined by the owner for all units consumed during the
month.
The contractor will have to provide and install his own light and power meters which will be governed as per
the rules laid down by the respective power supply authority. The meters shall be sealed by the owner / their
representative.
In case of damage to any of the owner’s / other contractor’s equipment on account of fault, intentional or
unintentional on the part of the contractor, the owner reserves the right to recover the cost of such damage
from the contractor’s bill. Cost of any repair or maintenance at the owner’s / other contractor’s end due to
any fault in the contractor’s installation shall be to contractor’s account at the rate decided by the owner /
their representative.
Contractor shall indicate the total requirement of construction power as single point power supply in his
tender.
Contractor should strictly follow the guide lines mentioned as below: -
All panel boards, cabling, wiring, motors, lighting, hoisting equipment and other dangerous installations
should be provided with efficient safeguards and protections. Adequate precautions should be taken to
reduce / minimize the risk of any hazard or accident.
All the Switchgears, Protective devices should be sized properly to feed the required load as well as to
provide the perfect over current, short circuit and earth leakage protection. All the power and lighting
distribution feeders shall be provided with either earth leakage relay (ELR) or with earth leakage circuit
breaker (ELCB) with maximum leakage sensitivity of 100mA.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All the cables and wires laid shall be mechanically protected and shall be laid in a manner to avoid any
accidental hazard. The cables and wires shall have damage and puncture free insulation and conductor
size should be properly selected to feed the required load current without causing any damage to the
switches and cable insulation. There should not be any loose, unprotected joints (by means of PVC tape,
connector strips, etc.) on the cables / wires.
All the panel boards, Power switch sockets should be of metal clad type and weatherproof type (if located
outside) and shall be installed at a min. height of 1.5 meter from the floor level. The doors of all the panel
boards, switches, and plug sockets should be always kept in closed condition to avoid any accidental
access to the live terminals.
Power sockets should have interlock facility in such a manner the insertion or removal of plug cannot be
possible when switch is ‘ON’ condition.
1.2.3 Specifications for lighting panel (MCB distribution board)
1.2.3.1 Specifications
Relevant Indian standard specifications and codes shall apply for lighting panel boards and their
components wherever such standard specifications exist. The panel shall be approved by the fire insurance
association.
Lighting Panels shall be generally comprised of Isolators, MCBs, ELCBs, ELMCBs and HRC fuses (if asked
for in BOQ), set of separate phase terminal strips, Neutral terminal strip and Earthing terminal strip and any
other components as indicated in the bill of quantities.
1.2.3.2 General requirements
Lighting panels shall be made of 14 SWG sheet steel and painted with powder spray to prevent corrosion.
Lighting panels shall have properly hinged cover of min. 2 mm thick CRCA sheet on its front so that all the
electrical components and accessories can be accessed only after opening of the front cover.
After opening of the front cover, the panel shall have another hinged door made of min. 2 mm thick CRCA
sheet with necessary cut outs for mounting the all electrical components with adequate clearances.
The panel shall be suitable for Top / Bottom entries for incoming and outgoing Cables/Circuits. The
incoming switchgear component shall have suitable provision for terminating a looping cable (of max. 50 sq.
mm size) for feeding to another panel in the zone.
The entire panel wiring shall be carried out using 660/1100V grade FRLS insulated, flexible, multi core
Copper conductors of reputed make and of rating considering the respective Isolator / MCB/ ELCB rating
with all derating factors.
The switchgear components such as MCBs, ELCBs, etc. shall be of 10KA breaking capacity with mid trip
position for easy identification of the fault conditions. The components shall have shock proof and safe
finger touch terminals.
The components shall have lower watt losses and shall have provision for mounting the additional
accessories such as auxiliary blocks, shunt trip, etc.,
Lighting panels shall be suitable for 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 415/240 Volts as per the distribution schemes
indicated in the relevant drawings.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The lighting panels shall be completely dust and vermin proof, double door type and provided with neoprene
gaskets and free of mechanical and electrical defects. The degree of protection for the panel enclosure shall
be minimum IP 54.
Knockouts for branch circuit conduits or cables shall be provided on the top and bottom as required.
Tinned copper sockets shall be provided for the main connections to the panel.
All panels shall be self-supporting, wall / steel structure mounting type unless otherwise specified in the
schedule of quantities
All the lighting panels shall be provided with two external earthing terminals and suitable tinned copper lugs
for connection to the earthing system
The neutral terminal block shall have sufficient number of terminals for all single-phase outgoing branch
circuits.
Means for easy identification of each and every branch circuit shall be provided.
Vendor shall furnish the GA drawings with supporting and connection arrangement and wiring diagrams
with the detailed bill of quantities, for the approval of owner / consultant, before executing the work.
1.2.4 Specification for medium voltage switchgear panel
The specification for Medium Voltage Switchgear Panel is attached here with this tender document.
1.2.5 Specification for LV cables: 243381-ETD-02
The specification for LV Cables is attached here with this tender document.
1.2.6 Specifications for FLP light fixtures, DB’s, plugs, sockets, hand lamps, JB’s and cable glands
The specification for Light Fixtures in Hazardous area, Distribution Boards, Plug Sockets, Hand Lamps,
Junction Boxes and Cable Glands is attached here with this tender document.
1.2.7 General specifications for electrical materials for electrical installation work
1.2.7.1 General
All materials covered in these specifications shall be of heavy duty rigid type, neat in appearance and
suitable for the purpose specified.
The materials shall be of standard and reputed makes and shall conform to the requirements/approval of:
a) Fire insurance Association
b) Indian Electricity Rules & Relevant Indian Standard Codes
c) Electrical Inspector
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

d) Owner and Engineer-in-charge
Any materials not approved by any of the above mentioned authorities, shall be replaced by suitable
approved materials free of cost. Routine and type test certificates and technical literature shall be furnished
for all items.
Relevant drawings and technical data, where applicable, shall be furnished to owner for his approval, before
supply of the items.
1.2.7.2 Power, lighting and control cables
a) General
All conductors shall be copper as per DGMS guide and specified on the drawings. Sizes and types
specified on the drawings shall not be changed without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
Ends of cables shall be properly sealed to prevent ingress of moisture.
Wherever specified as half core in multi core cables, the half core shall be a neutral conductor having
reduced section in relation to the main conductor size.
The insulation of conductors in the multi core cables shall be colour-coded to facilitate identification. The
colours shall be red, yellow and blue for phases, black for neutral and green for earthing.
All single core copper cables shall preferably have stranded conductors unless otherwise specified.
The insulation shall be suitable for operation in an ambient temperature of 45 Degree C with a maximum
conductor temperature of 70 Degree C without any harmful effects.
b) Specifications
1100 Volts multi core armoured cables with PVC / XLPE insulation and extruded PVC inner and extruded
FRLS outer sheath shall conform to I.S.S 1554 (for PVC) and I.S.S. 7098 (for XLPE).
660 Volts single core unarmoured wires and cables with PVC FRLS / XLPE insulation shall conform to
I.S.S. 694.
c) Multi core power cables
Multi core power cables shall be of 1100 Volts grade, PVC FRLS / XLPE insulated and extruded PVC inner
and extruded PVC FRLS outer sheath and armoured type, of make as approved by ONGC
d) Wires and cables
Single conductor wires for lighting shall be of minimum 2.5sq.mm. Copper as indicated in applicable
drawings.
All wires for lighting and power plug points shall be 660 Volts/1100 Volts multi stranded, flexible, PVC FRLS
insulated unarmoured type of make as approved by ONGC.
Single core for power receptacles shall be of minimum 4sq.mm. Copper unless otherwise indicated on
applicable drawings.
e) Multi core control cable
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Multi core control cable shall be 660/1100 Volts PVC FRLS / XLPE insulated and extruded PVC inner and
extruded PVC FRLS outer sheath armoured type of make as approved by Owner/Consultant.
Each core shall be of 2.5 sq mm. Copper or 4 sq. mm. as indicated in applicable drawings.
The size and number of cores shall be as indicated in the drawings.
f) Flexible wires
Minimum sizes of flexible stranded wires shall be of 2.5 sq. mm. Copper conductor.
Voltage grade of the flexible wires shall be not less the 660 Volts.
Insulation shall be of FRLS PVC unless otherwise specified in the drawings.
1.2.7.3 Conduits
a) General
All Conduits shall be of heavy duty PVC type. The conduits shall be of make as approved by ONGC
All conduits shall have a smooth interior, free from burrs and sharp edges.
The sizes of the conduits shall be as indicated in the applicable drawings.
Flexible conduits shall be of steel reinforced PVC type and of make as approved by ONGC
b) Specifications
All rigid PVC conduits shall conform to I.S. Specifications 9537.
All flexible conduits shall conform to I.S.3480
1.2.7.4 Conduit fittings
All conduit fittings shall have a smooth interior free from burrs and sharp edges.
All conduit fittings shall be of heavy duty PVC type as specified in the schedule of quantities.
Each conduit fitting shall have a gasket and screwed on rigid covered for hazardous areas. The gasket shall
be of neoprene type. Gaskets need not be provided for conduit fittings for non-hazardous areas conduit
fittings.
1.2.7.5 Earthing systems
a) Materials
Earthing electrodes, buses, strips and wires shall be of galvanized steel/copper as per relevant drawings
and I.S. specifications.
Sizes of the earth electrodes, the main earthing bus and the earth wires shall be as mentioned in applicable
drawings/specifications.
Earthing clamps, nuts, bolts, etc. shall be of copper or galvanized steel as shown on the drawings.
Lightning finials shall be of G.I. / Copper (as per the schedule of rates and drawings) as per I.S.
Specification 3070 and/or the type as indicated in the applicable drawings.
1.2.7.6 Lighting fixtures and lamps
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

a) Specifications
Relevant Indian standard codes and specifications shall be applicable for lighting fixtures and their
components wherever such specifications and standards exist. Lighting fixtures shall also have the
approval of the fire insurance association.
b) Type of fixtures
• Incandescent Fixtures
• Fluorescent Fixtures
• Compact fluorescent fixtures
• Mercury Vapour Fixtures
• Sodium Vapour Fixtures
• Metal Halide Fixtures
• Halogen Fixtures
c) General requirements for all fixtures
All fixtures shall be suitable for 240 Volt, single phase, 50 Hz supply.
Fixtures of each type shall be of one make and identical with one another.
All incandescent and mercury vapour lamp fixtures shall have porcelain lamp holders of suitable type and
size for the wattage of lamp specified.
All fixtures shall be supplied complete with all necessary accessories and lamps.
All fixture components shall be suitable to withstand a high humid atmosphere so that any damage due to
corrosion, distortion etc. can be avoided.
All fluorescent fixtures shall have detachable reflectors with easy access for maintenance purpose.
Fluorescent and mercury vapour fixtures shall have super low loss ballasts, noiseless in operation similar to
Super Low Loss type or Electronics type as approved by Owner/Consultant and also suitable condensers
for high power factor. Chokes shall be suitable for a range of voltage of 210-240V. If necessary, tapping
shall be provided for 210,220,230 and 240V.
All fluorescent fixtures shall have rotor lamp holders with cadmium plated spring loaded contacts.
All fixtures shall also have earthing provision made as per Indian Electricity Rules.
1.2.7.7 Lamps
a) General
All lamps shall be rated for 240V.
Wattage shall be as indicated in the Schedule of Quantities.
i) Incandescent lamp
All lamps of 100watts or above shall preferably be screw type ES for medium base and GES for goliath
base.
All lamps shall be frosted type and glare-free.
ii) Fluorescent tubes
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All tubes shall be white type, shall have high lumen output (3250 lumens) and of make as approved by
Owner/Consultants
iii) Mercury vapour lamp
These lamps shall be colour corrected, avoiding glare and distortion.
b) Specifications
Relevant Indian Standard Specifications and Codes shall apply for Lighting Panel Boards and their
components wherever such Standard Specifications exist. The panel shall be approved by the Fire
Insurance Association.
c) General requirements
Lighting panels shall be made of 14SWG sheet steel and painted with powder spray to prevent corrosion.
Lighting panels shall be suitable for 3Phase, 4Wire, 415/240 Volts as per the distribution schemes indicated
in the relevant drawings.
The lighting panels shall be completely dust and vermin proof, double door type and provided with neoprene
gaskets and free of mechanical and electrical defects. The degree of protection
for the panel enclosure shall be IP54.
Knockouts for branch circuit conduits or cables shall be provided on the top and bottom as required.
Tinned copper sockets shall be provided for the main connections to the panel.
All panels shall be self supporting, wall mounting type unless otherwise specified in the schedule of
quantities.
All the lighting panels shall be provided with two external Earthing terminals and suitable tinned copper lugs
for connection to the Earthing system.
The neutral terminal block shall have sufficient number of terminals for all single phase outgoing branch
circuits.
Means for easy identification of each and every branch circuit shall be provided.
1.2.7.8 Miscellaneous accessories
a) Switch fuse units
Switches shall have H.R.C. fuses for each phase as indicated in the drawings.
The switches shall be load breaking type suitable for breaking circuits on full load.
All switches shall be rated for 500 Volts and shall be metal clad heavy duty type and shall have neutral links.
The sizes shall be as specified and indicated in the applicable drawings.
For exposed and outdoor locations, the switches shall be weather-proof type i.e. IP55.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Nameplates of adequate size shall be provided to indicate the name of the equipment and/or the circuit
number controlled by the switch fuse unit.
A nameplate and/or designation number shall also be provided approximately on the top middle portion of
the complete assembled unit, as mentioned in the drawings, for identification.
b) Switches – single pole
Single pole general purpose switches shall be of 250Volts, conforming to I.S. specifications. Switches above
5A shall be of rotary type.
Unless otherwise shown in the drawings, all single pole switches shall be of minimum 5 amperes rating.
Each 5A switch shall have a porcelain base mounted in a sheet steel box with the operating knob projecting
out of the box and held in position by a threaded tightening ring from the outside. The rotary switches shall
be as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
Unless otherwise specified switch housing shall have threaded hub for heavy wall rigid conduit as approved
by the Owner/Consultant.
Switch housing shall be provided with earthing screw.
c) Socket outlets and plugs – single phase metal clad type
Single phase socket outlets, receptacles and plugs shall be 3 pin, 250Volts, conforming to I.S.1293. Ratings
are as specified in drawings.
Each socket outlet unit shall be provided with a single pole Industrial rotary switch of suitable rating unless
otherwise indicated.
The socket outlet and switch shall be encased in a suitable metal box. The metal box shall be provided with
earthing screw. Approval from Engineer-in-charge is essential before taking up fabrication.
The socket outlets shall have suitable Porcelain bases and metal cover.
The unit (of socket outlet and switch) shall be complete with necessary integral wiring and/or interlocking.
Each socket outlet shall be provided with an attached metal cap to cover the outlet when not in use to make
the receptacle safe and weatherproof.
The earthing pin of the plug shall be the one to contact first and break contact last at the time of inserting or
removing the plug as the case may be.
The earthing terminal shall be connected to the encasing metal body of the unit.
d) Three phase receptacles – metal clad type
These receptacles and plugs shall be 4 Pole, 500 Volts and of current rating as indicated on the applicable
drawings.
Each receptacle and plug shall be coupled to a 3-pole & neutral switch to form a complete unit.
An interlock shall be provided to prevent the insertion or withdrawal of the plug with the switch ON.
This unit of switch with interlocked plug and socket shall be of a make being approved by
Owner/Consultant.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The socket shall be suitable for surface or flush mounting as indicated in the drawings.
A nameplate of adequate size shall be provided to indicate the name of the equipment connected.
For flush mounting, the switch shall be of the rotary type of approved make and the combination of socket
and switch shall be mounted in a M.S. sheet metal box suitable for conduit/cable entry.
The M.S. sheet metal box shall be provided with duplicate external Earthing terminals and tinned copper
lugs for connection to the Earthing system.
e) Push button stations (General purpose)
Metal clad start-stop push button stations shall be of momentary contact type with provision for locking in
‘OFF’ position. The boxes shall be supplied with necessary cable /conduit entry at the bottom.
All contacts shall be silver tipped and be capable of interrupting minimum 10Amperes at 250Volts without
damage to the contacts.
Push button stations shall be provided with mounting holes for mounting on the wall or on a steel frame as
shown the drawings.
A nameplate of adequate size shall be provided to indicate the name of the equipment and/or circuit number
controlled by the push-button station.
The degree of protection for the push button enclosure shall be IP 55 and the unit shall be provided with
suitable rain hood and made weatherproof type is to be installed in outdoor area.
The push button stations shall be provided with an Ammeter wherever mentioned in the drawings.
Flame proof materials / accessories
All flame proof materials / accessories shall be of cast iron or LM-6 or suitable alloy metal. The enclosure
shall conform to the requirements of IS: 2148 or IS: 6381 as indicated. Further, flameproof accessories shall
meet all requirements of Indian Electricity rules, Fire Insurance Association of India, Electrical Inspector,
CMRS Dhanbad, Chief Inspector of Explosives (Nagpur), Director General (Factory safety), Service and
labour Institute (Bombay), DGMS etc.
1.2.7.9 Cable glands and cable terminating accessories
All cable glands shall be of brass metal and screwed type and single compression type for indoor
application and double compression type for outdoor application.
Cable glands for Hazardous area shall be of flame proof, double compression type.
All cable sockets for cable termination shall be of tinned copper only.
Cable identification tags shall be of 6 mm thick aluminium flat of suitable size with neatly engraved marking.
Cable trays shall be G.I. Perforated or M.S. painted site fabricated Ladder type as indicated on the drawings
and the schedule of quantities.
1.2.7.10 Hardware and structural steel
All hardware and structural steel being used for the various installations, Cable trays, supports, frames, etc.
shall be as per relevant I.S. The sizes of the sockets shall be as per the approved drawings.
All nuts, bolts, washers, spring washers, etc., shall be of galvanized steel.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.2.8 Electrical installations– Standards and Specifications
1.2.8.1 General
a) Scope of work
The scope of work shall include the furnishing of all labour, superintendence and services required to install
a complete and operable electrical system as herein specified and covered by the accompanying drawings.
The items of work include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Complete electrical power and lighting systems, covering 415 volts Switchgear, switches, starters,
lighting installation, cabling and other equipment including all outside conduits, wiring and
incidentals as required.
• Complete branch circuit wiring installation for lighting receptacles and miscellaneous items.
• Installing and connecting all lighting luminaries complete with lamps, unless otherwise specified.
• Installing complete earthing system and test thereof.
• Installing and connecting motor starters where specified.
• Temporary electric lights and powers facilities, if required on the instruction of Engineer-in-Charge.
• Complete conduit and wiring system including supply of plugs and sockets for telephones.
• Materials or appliances, general purpose / weatherproof / flameproof as required, forming part of

the electrical system and necessary for its operation, though not specifically mentioned, shall also
be installed without additional charges.
b) Drawings
• The work covered by these specifications is shown on the drawings, which constitute an integral
part of the specifications.
• The electrical contractor shall work in close co-ordination with the architectural, structural, plumbing
and piping contracting sections, to avert possible installation conflicts.
• Discrepancies if any on different plans, or between plans and actual field conditions or between
plans and specifications shall be promptly brought to the attention of the Engineer-in-Charge at site
for a decision before proceeding with the work.
• The drawings and specifications shall be considered complementary so that anything or any matter
shown upon one or described by the other or fairly implied by either or both shall be done and
performed as if shown upon and described by both.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• One set of drawings shall be kept as record drawings. All deviations of the actual proposed
installations as shown on the drawings should be marked in red on these drawings. On completion
of the project, as-built drawings shall be prepared by the electrical contractor incorporating these
changes and four sets of such drawings shall be handed over to the Engineer-in-Charge at the time
of final handing over.
c) Personnel
All work shall be performed by Contractor under the direct supervision of a qualified person appointed by
him and regularly engaged in the installation of electrical equipment. The contractor shall place in charge of
the work at all the times during the construction. A qualified and experienced electrical engineer shall be
responsible for keeping liaison and co-ordination between Employer’s personnel and his own men at site.
He shall also submit progress reports every fifteen days. Anyone not deemed capable by the owner shall be
replaced immediately upon such advice.
d) Tools and testing equipments
The work shall be performed using tools and testing equipment designed and approved for the purpose.
The following tools and testing equipments are recommended for carrying out the electrical installation work.
The electrical contractor shall bring tools and equipment which may be necessary to carry out / complete
the work, in addition to the tools and equipment suggested hereunder, if asked for by Engineer-in-Charge.
5000 volts constant pressure type motorized insulation tester (megger)

1000 volts constant pressure type insulation tester (megger)
500 volts constant pressure type insulation tester (megger)
Universal Earth Tester
Welding Sets
Cutting Tools
Derricks, if required
Jacks
Electric Blower
Drilling Machines (different sizes)
Grinding Machine
Cable Crimping Tool
L.T. Cable termination and jointing kits.
Relay testing kit
Tong Tester
Portable Voltmeter
Pipe bending machine
Phase sequence indicator
Portable test lamps with prongs
Tachometer (0-3000 r.p.m.)
Constant pressure type continuity tester
Wiremen kits
Fitter’s tools
Vices
Die sets with difference dies
Ladders (different sizes)
Cable laying tools
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

e) Materials and equipment
The materials and equipment to be installed as indicated on the electrical drawings and materials and
equipment specifications, shall conform to the applicable codes and specifications. The materials and
equipment wherever specified and / or indicated as supplied by others shall be installed by the contractor as
recommended and advised by the manufacturers of such equipment. Care shall be taken in handling the
materials to properly protect them from damage during transport and installation. All electrical materials
supplied by the contractor shall be new, unless agreed otherwise in writing by Engineer-in-Charge.
The contractor shall obtain the approval of Engineer-in-Charge for all the materials to be used by him prior
to installing them. Equipment damaged by the contractor in the course of handling, installation or test shall
be replaced or repaired by him without any additional charges and subject to the approval of the owner /
engineer-in-charge.
f) Codes and specifications
All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the latest Indian Electrical Codes and
Standards. Installation shall be approved by the Chief Electrical Inspector. It will be the Contractor’s
responsibility to obtain the approval of the electrical installation work from all Statutory Authorities.
g) Cutting, patching and excavation
The contractor shall do all excavation and cutting required for the installation work and shall be responsible
for any damage that may be caused to the work of others. He shall, where possible, keep the excavation,
cutting and patching to a minimum. If the electrical contractor fails to perform his work in the proper manner
or at proper time and due to this, additional excavation, cutting and patching is required, the contractor shall
do such additional cutting and patching without any extra cost and time implication to ONGC.
h) System of working
The work shall be carried out in a systematic way in proper sequence and order. Priorities of work shall be
fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge at site. All these priorities shall be strictly adhered to. Until the particular
part of the work is approved or certified complete by the Engineer-in-Charge at site; the contractor shall not
take up the consequent work connected with the part work completed but uncertified as completed.
i) Protection
The contractor shall furnish and place proper guards for prevention of accidents. He shall provide and
maintain any other necessary constructions required to ensure safety of life and property involved in his
work.
1.2.8.2 L.T. switch board
These shall be installed with utmost care as per the recommendations of the manufacturer and the
drawings. The electrical contractor shall be responsible to replace or repair any part, free of cost, if it gets
damaged during the installation or due to mishandling of equipment.
All connections shall be made as per vendor’s drawings and before commissioning, over load and relay
settings shall be adjusted as directed by the equipment supplier / Engineer-in-Charge.
If any switch bends is supplied in sections, assembly of the same will be the electrical contractor’s
responsibility. Relays and instruments, if received separately, will be installed and connected by the
electrical contractor.
Installation of all switchgear shall conform to IS - 10118.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

After the installation, assembly and connection, the tightness of all connections shall be checked. All panels
and modules shall be cleaned by blower before energizing.
1.2.8.3 Wires and cables
a) General
Installation of wires and cables shall be in accordance with I.S. 732. All wires shall run from box to box
without splices. Sharp bends shall be avoided. They shall be pulled in or laid in such a manner that the
insulation is not damaged at the time of installation or in service. Care shall be exercised to ensure
avoidance of any moisture in terminations. The wire / cable being laid shall be in one length, and straight
joints shall be avoided as far as possible.
Insulation shall be removed for making terminations in such a manner that the conductor is not damaged.
Conductors shall be clean and free from burrs.
The current carrying ability of the terminations shall be equal to or greater than the wire / cable being
terminated, without dependence on the solder. The termination shall be mechanically secure, without
dependence on the crimping. Solder and soldering flux if used shall be non-corrosive and of a make
approved by the cable or wire manufacturer.
Minimum wire size shall be 2.5 sq. mm. copper. Above 10 sq. mm. sizes, all wires shall be stranded. All wire
and cable runs under (i) poured concrete or road beds and (ii) passing through walls shall be in (i) RCC
pipes and (ii) conduit sleeves respectively.
No wire or cable shall be run through any equipment foundation unless specifically indicated in the
drawings, or directed in writing by Engineer-in-Charge. Cables shall be kept at least 300 mm away from
steam or other hot lines. Where closer than this, asbestos barrier shall be used between pipe and cables.
The armouring of all armoured cables shall be electrically continuous from Switchgear to equipment and
shall be terminated by an appropriate gland fitting and grounded at both ends. Minimum bending radius
shall be 12 to 15 times the outside diameter of the cables as recommended by the cable manufacturer.
The colour code of wires shall be same throughout the installations and shall be approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge. (Where more than one neutral is carried in the same conduit, the neutral conductors shall be
identified.)
Where colour coding is not practicable or possible, the above scheme shall be achieved by the use of
colour bands provided by the electrical contractor.
No oil, grease or compound other than powdered soap stone shall be used to facilitate the pulling of wires.
Buried cable shall be installed with sufficient slack in the trench along the cable length.
The electrical contractor shall arrange all cables and wires in neat formations along the wall or in suitable
cable trays as shown and indicated in the drawings, including supply and installation of all supporting steel
work like angles, channels, etc. and painting of the same.
b) 415 / 240V system
Wires drawn in conduit will be un armoured. Cables laid in trays or buried in the ground shall be armoured.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The number of wires and conduit sizes indicated for the various circuits (control, alarm and signal) were
decided for a general scheme of wiring. The actual number of wires installed for each circuit and the
required size of conduit shall, however, be as required to accomplish the specified results as required by the
manufacturer of the said control equipment.
Wires connected to the same phase and for the required neutral only can be grouped in one conduit, for
lighting installation.
No single core wire alone shall run in any conduit unless clearly shown in the drawings.
This part of the specifications cover the responsibility of selecting the proper branch circuit designation in
the panel boards and to install the branch circuit wiring in accordance with the phasing sequence as shown
on the drawings, so that the loads are balanced across all the phases as closely as possible and to cause
minimum unbalance in the panel board neutral wires. If any changes are to be made, approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge is essential.
No wire shall be pulled until the complete conduit is installed. No splices or joints shall be permitted in either
feeders or branches except at the outlet of accessible junction boxes.
Termination of wires and cables at main boards, M.C.Cs, lighting /power panels, fixtures, etc. is to be done
preferably with solder less tinned copper terminal lugs duly crimped and using petroleum jelly at all
connections. Special permission shall be taken from the Engineer-in-charge for termination with soldering
method.
1.2.8.4 Buried cables
Only armoured cables shall be buried directly in the ground. Trench for H.T. cables shall be minimum 900
mm deep and for L.T. and other lower voltage cables shall be 600 mm deep or as specified in the drawings.
Where both H.T. and L.T. cables follow the same route, one trench may be used. In that case, the higher
voltage cables shall be installed at 900 mm and then the trench shall be filled to 600 mm with sand and
pebbles and the low voltage cables shall be then installed. High voltage cables shall be spaced minimum
75 mm on centre.
When it is necessary to pull the cable into the trench, rollers or a greased wooden trough should be used to
reduce friction. A series of sleeves may be necessary to guide the cable around corners. Care should be
exercised to avoid contact with sharp stones and other heavy objects in the trench. A two-inch layer of sand
or clean earth shall be placed at the bottom of trench to avoid sharp objects coming in contact with the
cables.
After the cables are installed, cover the cables with 150 mm of rock-free earth or sand, place a layer of
bricks or concrete tiles over that and backfill to grade. Concrete markers shall be placed at each bend and
at approximately 15 meters intervals along straight runs to show the location of the cables. These markers
shall extend above the grade by 25 mm.
Cables shall be laid with slight slack in the trench to allow for the settlement of earth.
After confirming with the Engineer-in-Charge, necessary loops shall be made at the locations indicated by
him.
Concrete-lined cable trenches for cables inside buildings, if shown on the drawings, shall be provided by
others.
1.2.8.5 Motors
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Normally, along with the driven equipment, motors may be installed by other contractors but whenever the
electrical contractor installs a motor, he shall co-ordinate with the other contractor to align the motor properly
with the driven equipment.
The electrical contractor shall be responsible for checking and correcting the direction of all electrical motors
connected by him.
At least 300 mm. length of flexible conduit shall be provided before connecting cables / wires in conduit to
the terminal box for all motors which are belt driven. In case belt driven motors are connected directly with
cable, then some slackness in the cable shall be provided.
Installation of motors shall conform to IS-900.
1.2.8.6 Lighting
The lighting system will operate from 415/240 V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 cycles A.C. supply. Lighting branch
circuits will be supplied from miniature circuit breakers in the lighting panel as indicated in the applicable
drawings. All branch circuits shall be operated on single phase 240 V supply.
Lighting panels and lighting fixtures shall be installed as shown in the applicable drawings.
All lighting circuits will run in rigid PVC heavy duty conduits unless otherwise indicated on the drawings.
Any lighting fixtures so located that the light from them would be obstructed by pipes or other objects shall
be brought to the attention of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative for necessary
correction or change in location as may be desired.
1.2.8.7 Conduits
All conduits shall be heavy duty, PVC as specified in the schedule of quantities. Minimum size shall be 19
mm unless specifically stated otherwise. Conduits and fitting shall be cleaned to remove sludge, dirt or trash
from the inside, prior to installation.
The conduits shall be securely fastened by means of straps and hangers designed for the purpose. Conduit
runs on walls, columns or partitions shall be secured with hot dip galvanized C-Clamps or saddles and back
spacers. These straps and hangers shall be fastened at each 400 mm length. Where supported on masonry
walls, the conduit shall be spaced at a minimum of 6 mm from the wall using galvanized mild steel spacers.
Conduit half straps (C-Clamps) attached to masonry or concrete walls, floors screw anchors or lead
anchors. A maximum of four 900 bends only shall be used from pull point to pull point. The maximum
distance between pull points shall be 90 metres but this shall be reduced by 15 metres for each 900 bend.
Screws used for fixing C-Clamps on to spacers shall be of brass only special permission shall be taken from
the Engineer-in-Charge for using hot dip galvanized screws.
All conduit bends shall be made with conduit benders designed for the purpose. Bends shall not be less
than 6 times the nominal size of the conduit. They shall be free from creeps and flattening. In general,
exposed conduit runs shall be in straight lines parallel to or 900 to the building or pipe racks in which they
are running. Each conduit run shall be completed before the wire or cable is pulled in. Whenever conduit
enters outlet boxes, panels, pull boxes, switches or conduit fittings, an offset shall be formed on the conduit
as close to the fittings as possible.
In no case shall conduits be fastened to other pipes or installed in such a manner as to obstruct the ready
removal of pipes for repair or replacement.
All conduit openings shall be capped with steel / PVC caps (conduit plugs) during or immediately after
installation. Before wires are drawn into conduits, the conduits shall be thoroughly cleaned by use of a swab
or blown out with compressed air.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All outdoor conduit fittings shall be provided with neoprene gaskets.
Conduit installation should conform to I.S. 732.
In concealed conduit system, grooving in the wall shall be neatly carried out by electrically driven cutter only
and be of ample dimensions to permit the conduits to be fixed in the manner desired. Chases in the wall
shall be done before the plaster work is done by civil section, and after laying of conduit in wall, the chased
portion should be filled in by electrical contractor with suitable material and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
Fixing of conduit pipes in chase should be done by means of staples or saddles not more than 400 mm
apart.
Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided to permit periodical inspection and to facilitate removal of wires
when necessary.
Positions of lighting panels, switches, sockets etc. shown in drawings shall be adhered to. If desired by the
Engineer-in-Charge, the positions of these shall be changed without any extra cost.
The heights for switches and receptacles are as indicated on the respective drawings / standard notes.
All conduit drops from ceiling to the wall must be nearly in the centre of the wall. Conduit drops going out of
the wall will have to be made good by the contractor at his cost without damaging / weakening the building
structure.
1.2.8.8 Earthing
a) General
All electrical equipment shall be earthed as per details on applicable drawings.
All metal vessels, process pipe lines, tanks, buildings and other metal structures that may receive lightning
stroke or develop a static charge shall be earthed, as per details on applicable drawings.
All equipment to be earthed shall be cleaned down to bare metal before attaching the ground wire.
NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR EQUIPMENT EARTHING.
All earthing connections shall be carried out in an approved manner and with specified materials. Typical
methods of earthing as per standard drawings will be adopted for the earthing, as indicated in the applicable
drawings.
The entire plant shall be earthed by a series of ground loops. The loops will be effectively earthed by means
of earthed electrodes.
All earth connections shall be applied bitumen compound if welded with the system earthing grid /
equipment. However, welding should be avoided as far as possible.
Sizes of the earth wires shall be as shown in the applicable standard drawings.
Copper strip if used shall be tinned at the joints.
Armouring of cables shall be earthed at both ends through suitable cable glands.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Earthing wires and cables shall be terminated on the earth bus with solder less cable sockets with silicon
bronze / G.I. bolts.
Each earthing wire shall be in one length from the equipment to the earth bus.
Pipe electrodes in earth pit as per standard drawing shall be provided unless otherwise indicated in the
relevant drawings. The earthing electrode and pits shall be in accordance with IS: 3043.
The earth pit centre shall be at a minimum of 2 metres distance from the nearest building. Distance of not
less than 2 meters shall be maintained between centres of two earth pits.
The neutrals of transformers shall be connected to separate earth electrodes.
Specialized earthing shall be provided to the sensitive equipment by means of dedicated Cu. earthing pits,
Cu. earthing conductor and Cu. earth bus bar mounted on the insulators.
240V equipment
All 240 V equipment shall be earthed with minimum one number of 12 SWG cu. Wire unless stated
otherwise on the relevant drawing.
For lighting circuits in conduits, one number 12 SWG copper wire shall run inside the conduit for earthing.
Fluorescent fixtures and all other fixtures provided with earthing terminals shall be earthed by 12 SWG
copper wire.
Switch and single phase lighting receptacle housings shall be earthed with 12 SWG copper wire. The
earthing wire shall be connected to the earthing screw on the switch or receptacles by a solder less cable
socket duly crimped.
All street lighting poles shall be earthed as indicated in the drawings.
415V equipment
All 415 V equipment shall be earthed by 2 independent paths to earth through earth wires. The earthing
conductors shall be of the sizes as specified on the drawings and be of G.I., aluminium or bare copper
where buried. Outside the building, a minimum of 300 mm of cover shall be provided.
All motor frames, hoist rails, pipe racks, etc. shall be effectively earthed, as shown on the applicable
drawing.
Earth strip extending above the floor shall be protected from mechanical injury by running it through GI pipe
sleeve to at least 300 mm height.
The entire conduit system, supports, cabinets, transformers, motor control centres and equipments shall be
effectively earthed as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the latest Indian Codes.
All three phase receptacles shall be earthed with 8 SWG G.I. wire or as specified in the drawing.
1.2.8.9 Connection
All The Earthing system connections shall generally cover the following:
Equipment earthing for personnel safety
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

System neutral earthing
Static and lightning protection
The following shall be earthed:
System neutral
Current and potential transformer secondary neutral
Metallic noncurrent carrying parts of all electrical apparatus such as MV and LV switchgears,
motors, neutral earthing resistors, capacitors, UPS, welding receptacles, power sockets,
lighting / power panels, distribution boards, control stations, lighting fixtures, etc.
Steel structures / columns, rail loading platforms, etc.
Cable trays and racks, lighting masts and poles.
Storage tanks, spheres, vessels, columns and all other process equipments.
Fence and gate for electrical equipment
Cable shields and armour.
Flexible earth provision for wagon, truck.
Shield wire
1.2.8.10 Receptacles and switches - Comm. type conforming to IS 3854, IS 1293, IS 2500
All single pole switches shall be commercial modular type and shall be connected to phase wire only.
The switches shall be mounted in such a way that circuit is ON when the knob is pressed in at the
bottom.
All three phase receptacles shall be wired with the same sequence of rotation of phases.
The electrical contractor shall consult the architectural plans to check for door swings. Where switches
are located near doors, they shall be located “on the lock side” ensuring that the switch board is not
covered or hidden by the door.
In general, all receptacles and switches shall be mounted at a height of 600 mm from the finished floor
level unless otherwise shown in the drawings.
Where more than one switch of the same phase is shown at one place, then these should be all mounted
in a common hot dip galvanized M.S. box. Switches of different phases shall be mounted in different
boxes.
Switches proposed to operate on emergency power (i.e. DG set, etc.) should have an indicator for the
separate identification.
1.2.8.11Push button stations
The contractor shall check the actual location of the push-button stations in the field so that the mounting
channel does not interfere with the removal and maintenance of the motor or equipment.
1.2.9 Installations and field tests for electrical installations
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.2.9.1 Scope
The work to be performed under these guidelines cover the quality assurance plan for the inspection and
testing of electrical installations.
1.2.9.2 General requirements
The electrical contractor shall furnish necessary meters, instruments, temporary wiring and labour to
perform all required tests, adjustments and wiring of all equipment installed and/ or connected under the
contract including electrical equipment supplied by others, if any, to determine proper polarity, phasing,
freedom from grounds and shorts and the proper operation of the equipment, meters, relays, etc. All
testing instruments shall be calibrated and certified for accuracy by competent authority.
Inspection and testing shall be carried out to ensure that all equipment and materials have been installed
as required and as per the relevant International Standard Specifications and Codes, Local Rules and
Regulations, requirements of Fire Insurance, Chief Electrical Inspector and any other authorities having
jurisdiction. The installation must pass all inspection and will be subjected to the approval of the
Engineer-in-charge and the concerned local authorities.
Before the electrical facilities are placed in operation, the contractor shall make suitable tests to establish
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge that all equipment, devices and wiring have been correctly
installed, are in satisfactory condition and will operate as intended.
All tests shall be performed by or under the direct supervision of men qualified for carrying out inspection
and testing.
Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to witness all tests, and he shall be informed in this regard two
weeks before the tests are to take place. Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to approve the test results
before circuits or equipment will be energized for the first time.
If motors record low insulation resistance, then they must be dried to obtain the required insulation
resistance values. Approval of the drying methods shall be obtained from Engineer-in-charge before
applying heat.
All results of the tests shall be recorded on prescribed test data sheets. All tests described herein shall be
recorded on forms provided or agreed upon by Engineer-in-charge. Test reports shall include, for each
test, the date of performance and name of the person in charge of the test.
Before starting the tests, a visual inspection of the material / equipment is to be made to determine that
all components are installed as per drawings and in a neat and workman-like manner and that, in general,
the equipment is ready for testing.
In case of fault, the contractor shall isolate the fault and shall take necessary steps to eliminate the fault
to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. All defects through faulty workmanship of contractor or of
equipment and material supplied by him shall be corrected or replaced at his own expense.
Before commencement of any test, all equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned by blower and checked for
proper and rigid connection of termination, fixing of foundation bolts, etc.
Contractor shall submit all formats for tests to be conducted on each equipment/system in accordance
with these specifications for approval to the Engineer-in-charge / Consultant before entering the test
readings.
1.2.9.3 Test procedures
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

a) Medium voltage switchgear
Main L.T. Switchboard / Power Control Centre / Power Motor Control Centre
Before switchgear is energized, the insulation resistance of each bus shall be measured from phase to
phase and from phase to earth. Measurements shall be repeated with circuit breakers in operating
position and contacts open. Each test shall be held until constant reading is obtained. Minimum time shall
be ten seconds. Minimum megger reading shall be 10 Mega ohms.
Before switchgear is energized, the insulation resistance of all D.C. control circuits shall be measured
from phase to earth. Minimum acceptable value shall be 1 Mega ohm.
Each adjustable protective relay shall be set, calibrated and tested by using a cycle counter, load box,
ammeter and voltmeter as required or by using a suitable relay test set having good wave form. Settings,
calibration points and test points shall be in accordance with values given for the approved relay settings
for the job.
Test all current transformer secondary circuit by applying current (thro secondary injection test) to
transformer secondary windings and verifying that relay(s) and/or meter(s) operate properly.
Test all the relevant circuit breakers for proper interlocking operation. The sequence of interlocking is as
indicated on single line diagram.
Test the operation of tie breakers / bus couplers.
The following tests shall be performed on all circuit breakers before they are operated:-
• Contact alignment shall be checked and adjusted where necessary in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions.
• Each circuit breaker shall be drawn out of its cubicle and shall be closed manually, and then its
insulation resistance shall be measured from phase to phase and from phase to earth.
• All adjustable direct acting trip devices shall be set using values given in the approved relay
settings for the job.
Before switchgear is energized, the following tests shall be performed on each circuit breaker in its ‘test’
position:-
• Close and trip circuit breaker from its control switch, push button or operating handle.
• Test operation of circuit breaker latch and check switch, where provided.
• Test proper operation of lockout device in the closing circuit, where provided, by simulating
conditions, which would cause a lockout to occur.
• Trip breaker by manual operation or by applying current or voltage to each of its associated
protective relays.
• All automatic control operations and interlocks shall be tested for correct operation.
After completion of tests, all test results shall be recorded in standard format approved by Engineer-in-
charge, witnessing site engineer and contractor’s representative.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All test reports shall indicate the details of the instruments used for test with date and time of test.
After commissioning of the equipments, all measuring and indicating instruments to be checked properly
for operation. Any improper operation of these indicating lamps / instruments shall be corrected by
checking fuse / connections, polarity, etc. If still these are found to be not in working condition, the
Contractor should report the same to the Engineer-in-charge for suitable action for replacement.
b) Other distribution boards
Before energizing, the insulation resistance of each bus shall be measured from phase to phase and from
phase to earth with circuit breakers/isolating switch open. Measurements shall be repeated with circuit
breakers/isolating switch closed.
The distribution boards shall be checked for rigid mounting, earthing connections, proper rating and size
of components, interlocking and overload settings.
Motors
• General inspection
• Check for installation according to drawings.
• Check equipment for clean and dry conditions, proper lubrication of bearings, earthing and
terminations.
Testing
• Before connecting power cables to motor, the insulation resistance of all motor windings shall be
measured with 500 Volts megger for 415 Volts systems and with 5 KV megger for H.V system.
Minimum megger reading shall be 10 Mega ohms. Measurements shall be repeated after power
cable terminations are completed.
• After checking the direction of rotation, all motors shall be run uncoupled for a minimum period of
4 hours before the driven equipment is placed in regular service.
• Do not energize motors that are coupled to equipment without approval of Engineer-in-charge.
L.T. Cable
• A megger test shall be made for continuity and proper end-to-end connection and correct
termination after installation, on all feeder cables including motor feeder cables.
• Record test data between phase to phase and phase to earth.
• The test voltage, duration of test and test procedure shall be in accordance with IS: 4288.
Wiring
Before energizing, the insulation resistance of every circuit shall be measured from phase to phase, from
phase to neutral and phase to earth.
The insulation resistance of the circuits noted below shall be measured as follows:-
Motor feeders: with motors disconnected, measure insulation resistance from load side of circuit breakers
or contactors.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Motor control circuits: With push buttons and over current devices connected, measure insulation
resistance from phase to earth.
Lighting feeders: Measure insulation resistance with circuit breakers or switch-fuse units on panel boards
connected but with lighting branch circuit breakers or switches open.
Lighting branch circuits: Measure insulation resistance after all lamp holders, receptacles, fixtures, etc.
are connected but before fixing of lamps.
Where splices or terminations are required in circuits rated above 600 Volts, measure insulation,
resistance of each length of cable before splicing and/or terminating. Repeat measurements, after splices
and/or terminations are complete.
Measure the insulation resistance of buried cable circuits before cable trenches are backfilled. Repeat
measurements after backfilling.
Test light intensity of each room by light intensity meter at working height and record the same.
All receptacles shall be tested for correct phase sequence and by test lamp for operation of switch and
continuity of earthing.
Alarms
All electrical alarms shall be tested for proper operation by causing alarm to sound under simulated
abnormal conditions.
Earthing
Earthing shall be carried out as per IS Code of Practice: 3043 and as shown in the relevant drawings.
Specifications
Check that earthing system is installed as per drawings.
Check that all connections are tight and connections are protected from mechanical injury.
Testing
The resistance to ground shall be measured at the following locations:
The resistance of the system/neutral earthing should be maintained preferably at less than 1 Ohm.
At each earthing point provided for lightning protection, the earth resistance shall preferably not exceed 1
Ohm.
At any one point of each system used to provide earthing to electrical equipment enclosures, resistance
shall not preferably exceed 1 Ohm. Measurements shall be done before connection is made between the
earth and the object to be earthed.
1.2.10 General notes for power and earthing
All dimensions are in millimeters, unless otherwise mentioned.

For cable sizes and details of circuit numbers, refer respective Electrical single line diagrams
indicated in the layout drawing.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All L.T. Power and control cables shall be 1.1 KV grade, aluminium / copper stranded conductor, PVC /
XLPE insulated, Extruded PVC inner sheathed and extruded FRLS PVC outer sheathed, flat / round wire
armoured.
Wherever cables cross roads or drains, cables shall be laid in stranded RCC pipes (provided by civil
contractor). The RCC pipes shall be sealed by electrical contractor with jute, felt, etc. in an
approved manner after laying of cables.
Cable trench shall be sealed with water-proofing compound at the entry to the building after laying
of all cables by electrical contractor.
Cables shall be laid in G.I. pipe sleeves wherever they cross walls, beams, etc.
Cables running along wall, beam, column, etc., shall be installed with G.I. spacers and saddles at an
interval of 400 mm. Cables on trays shall be clamped with common saddle.
Wherever cables are to be embedded directly in the floor, they shall be embedded with their top at least
40 mm below finished floor level.
Minimum bending radius for cables shall be as under:
• 1.1 KV grade single core cable 15 times d

• 1.1 KV PVC/XLPE armoured Multi core cable 12 times d
Cables buried in the ground shall have slight slack to allow for settling of the earth.
For cables buried in ground, cable route markers shall be provided on the surface of the ground along the
cable route at every 15 Mtrs. intervals, at every bend and where change of level takes place.
All cables shall be provided with suitable aluminium tag, indicating circuit description and size of cable at
both the ends and also at every bend.
Pipe sleeves provided in fire walls, including spare sleeves, shall be sealed by electrical contractor
with bitumen-based cold-setting compound.
The main earthing strip outside the building shall be laid at a minimum depth of 350 mm below
finished grade level.
No earthing strips for system/equipment earthing shall be connected to the earthing strip provided
for lightning protection system.
Test point shall be provided in lightning down conductor on insulator mounted on column/wall at
1500 mm above finished grade level.
All earthing joints and connections shall be carried out as per enclosed standards with duplicate
conductors for systems of 415 V, 3 phase & above and single conductor for 240V, 1 phase
system.
Isolators, plug receptacles, starters, push button stations, distribution boards, etc. shall be installed with
their bottom side at 1200 mm above finished floor level.
Location of isolators, starters, push button stations, etc, shall be finally checked in the field by electrical
contractor to ensure ease of removal and maintenance of motors and other equipment.
Push button stations located in out-door areas shall be provided with M.S. canopy duly painted with
primer and finishing coats.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Main earth grid, all switchgear panels, isolators, push button stations, motors, equipment, vessels, etc.,
shall be earthed with wire/strip as per following list for G.I. conductor and for copper conductor, as
applicable connected to the nearest earth bus
For PMCC 65 x 10 mm G.I. Strip
For PDB, LDB 50 x 8 mm G.I. Strip
For Lightning Protection 32 x 5 mm G.I. Strip
For Lighting Panels 16 sq. mm Cu. FRLS wires
For Push Button Stations 4 sq. mm Cu. FRLS wires
For 1-Phase Power Sockets 4 sq. mm Cu. FRLS wires
Pump Motors up to 30 HP 16 sq. mm Cu. FRLS wires
Pump Motors from 30 HP to 75 HP 25 x 6 mm G.I. Strip
Pump Motors above 75 HP 50 x 6 mm G.I. Strip
For Storage Tanks, Vessels, etc. 50 x 6 mm G.I. Strip
All the equipments (i.e. three phase equipments, Storage vessels) shall have two earthing connections.
Al. earth bus bar shall be used for connecting copper earthing wires using tinned copper lugs of suitable
sizes. Bus bar shall be installed on wall structures near the equipments / motors / LCS.
1.2.11 General notes for lighting
All dimensions are in millimeters, unless noted otherwise.
Wiring for non-flameproof type lighting fixtures and 6/16A, 1 phase, receptacles shall be carried out with
250 V grade, stranded, 2.5 / 4 sq. mm copper FRLS PVC insulated flexible wires in heavy gauge PVC
conduit. For flameproof type light fixtures and power sockets and for non – flameproof type fixtures
wherever asked for, 3C X 2.5/4 sq. mm armoured copper FRLS PVC cable of 1.1 KV grade shall be used.
Lighting fixtures, switch boxes and receptacles shall be earthed by 12 SWG G.I / 14 SWG Cu. wires
running all along the conduit / cable, connected to the nearest earth bus.
Switches and receptacles of same phase located closed to each other shall be housed in a common 14
SWG MS enclosure.
A maximum of following nos. and size of the wires can be taken through conduits of the sizes indicated.
(Conduit of less than 19 mm dia. shall not be used).
Conduit size maximum nos. of wires in a conduit

mm 2.5 sq. mm 4 sq. mm 6 sq. mm
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

19 4 2 2
25 6 5 4
38 12 10 9
Conduits and cables shall be supported at every 400 mm interval respectively with GI. spacers and
clamps.
Threaded conduit terminating on flameproof equipment shall be made of minimum 25 mm length of

engaged threads.
Conduits shall be sealed properly at entry to flame proof switchgear and also wherever passing from non
hazardous area to hazardous area.
Switches, switch boxes, receptacles, etc. shall be mounted in such a manner that their bottom side shall
remain at a height of 1200 mm from the finished floor level. Lighting Panels shall be mounted at 1500mm
height from FFL.
Looping of wires / cables should be made from fixture to fixture.
Casings / battens shall be fixed by means of screws and PVC wall plugs at intervals of 400 mm.
Conduits and conduit fittings shall be of heavy duty PVC type.
Conduits / cable runs shown on drawings are for guidance. Exact locations shall be determined at site by
the Electrical contractor.
Lighting fixtures, switches, receptacles, junction boxes, etc. located in hazardous areas shall be of
flameproof construction as per IS: 2148.
Conduits / cables for lighting fixtures located outside the building shall come out from inside near the
location of the lighting fixtures.
Wiring shall be colour coded and wires of the same phase only shall run in the same conduit.
Three phase lighting distribution board/ lighting panels shall be earthed with two independent earth strips
/ wires connected to the nearest earth bus, as per std. drawing. Single phase lighting distribution board /
lighting panel shall be earthed with one earth wire.
All emergency lighting units shall be mounted at 2500 mm height from F.F.L. However, receptacles for
the same shall be mounted in such a manner that their bottom side shall remain at a height of 1200 mm
from the finished floor level.
All runners, G.I. Pipe sleeves, tray buckets, cleats, supports, etc. required to mount the lighting fixtures /
lighting distribution boards / receptacles / switch boxes / lighting panels and laying of cables / conduits
shall be provided by the Electrical contractor.
All telephone and computer points shall be at 750 mm height from F.F.L
1.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR MV SWITCH GEAR PANEL
1.3.1 Scope
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

This specification covers the requirement for Medium Voltage (MV) Switchboard or Main LT Panel or
Power Control Centre (PCC), Motor Control Centre (MCC) or the combination of both of these
(PMCC) and Power Distribution Board required to distribute power in the plant / building at medium
voltage. The panels should be extendible type as indicated in drawings.
The enclosed drawings and / or data sheets form part of the specification.
The drawings and specifications complement each other and what is shown or called for in one shall be
interpreted as being called for in both. Material(s), if any, which may have been inadvertently omitted but
fairly implied as required to make a complete assembly of the switchgear as shown in the drawing and
the specification to make the unit properly operational shall be construed as required and covered in the
Vendor’s scope.
1.3.2 Codes and standards
The design, manufacture and performance of the equipment shall comply with all Indian Standards, I.E.
Rules, Statutory Regulations and Safety Codes currently applicable in the locality where the equipment
will be installed.
Unless otherwise specified, the equipment shall conform to the latest applicable Indian Standards and, in
particular, the following:
Details of codes and standards
CODES DESCRIPTION
IS : 2147 Degree of Protection provided by enclosure for low

voltage switchgear and control gear.
IS : 13947 Specification for low voltage switchgear and control
gear.
IS : 2705 Specification for current Transformers.
IS : 3156 Specification for voltage transformer.
IS : 1248 Specification for direct acting indicating analogue
electrical measuring instrument and their accessories.
IS : 8623 Specification for low voltage switchgear and control
gear assemblies.
IS : 3231 Specification for electrical relays for power system
protection.
IS : 5578 Guide for marking of insulated conductors.
IS : 11353 Guide for uniform system of marking and identification
: of conductors and apparatus terminals.
IS : 13703 (Part 2/Sec 1) Specification for Low-voltage fuses not exceeding
1000V AC or 1500V DC.
General requirement,
All identical equipment and parts shall be interchangeable.
The switchgear shall consist of indoor, floor-mounted, metal-enclosed, compartmentalized (if not
indicated specifically in data sheet), modular type, totally front side operated vertical sections.
It shall be dust and vermin proof and shall be easily extensible on both sides.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

All doors and removable covers shall be gasketed all around with neoprene gaskets.
Each vertical section shall comprise the following:
• Metal-enclosed busbar compartment, running horizontally throughout the length of the

switchgear.
• Individual feeder modules in multi-tier formation.
• Shrouded main and vertical busbars and individual feeder connection.
• Vertical cable alley and busbar alley with doors or covers covering the entire height of the feeder
module panel.
• Horizontal wire way for control wiring.
• Space heater with thermostat and MCB in each vertical panel.
• Sheet steel barrier between two adjacent vertical sections except for horizontal bus bar MK
compartments.
• Separate door for each feeder module.
• 20 % additional space in the panel (in terms of vacant feeder compartments of various sizes), to
accommodate the future requirement, if any.
• Totally front operated panel, i.e. cable and busbar alleys of suitable sizes (minimum 300 mm
width) shall be on the panel front side only.
• Each vertical panel should be divided into the distinct zones for busbars, feeders, power cabling,
control cabling and power & control terminals.
The switchgear unit shall consist of rigid structural frame enclosed by 2 mm thick cold rolled (CRCA)
sheet steel. Doors and covers shall be of 1.6 mm thick cold rolled (CRCA) sheet steel. Structural
framework with foundation bolts, etc. at the bottom shall be provided to mount the switchgear directly on
concrete/steel channel base.
The switchgear shall be provided with removable cable gland plate (of minimum 3 mm thickness), with
pack hole for cable entry, as indicated in the data sheet.
Separate metal labels shall be provided for switchgear modules, relays, instruments, switches, etc.
Approval for the type of label shall be taken from the Owner/Consultant.
Control switches, push buttons, indicating lamps, meters and relays shall be mounted on the front door.
Current Transformers (CTs) and Voltage Transformers (VTs) shall be mounted on the fixed portion. For
fully draw out / semi draw out execution, all other equipment shall be mounted on withdrawable chassis
with suitable guides for easy withdrawal.
Painting shall be done by surface coating comprising pre-treatment, electrostatic powder spraying and
curing. The surfaces to be coated shall be chemically de-rusted and degreased at a temperature of 70o
to 80oC, zinc phosphatised and then passivated at about 60oC and, after proper drying, subjected to
spraying of powder charged at about 90 KV through electrostatic guns. Curing shall be done in stoving
oven at 180o to 200o C for 12 to 15 minutes ensuring a uniform and continuous coating. The colour of the
shade shall be 631 of IS 5.
Feeder control and motor control equipment not incorporating circuit breaker shall either be of fully draw
out, semi draw out or fixed type execution, as specified in the drawing/data sheet.
In the case of fully draw out type withdrawable chassis, all electrical power and control connections shall
be of plug-in type.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

In the case of semi draw out type withdrawable chassis, all electrical power connections shall be of plug-
in type. All control connections shall be of screwing-in type.
300 mm clearance shall be provided between the finished floor and the bottom of the lower most feeder
compartment.
Panel lifting lugs shall be of removable type and to be fixed with panel using bolts and nuts.
Fixed type-both power and control connections shall be of bolted/screwed type.
All feeders name plate shall be provided. Name plate shall have white letter with Black background with
rear engraving.
Name plate shall have following details:
• Feeder rating with type of feeders.
• Feeder description.
• Feeder Module No.
The MCCs shall be divided into convenient shipping sections not exceeding 2.5 metres.
Complete panel shall be mounted on a base frame made out of ISMC 100 x 50 sections.
Every panel shall have independent vertical busbar chamber / alley.
The panel shall be divided into following compartment:-
• Busbar Chamber
• Connector Chamber
• Main Incomer feeder
Individual switch - disconnector fuse chamber with motor starters etc.,
Each chamber shall be divided into two by 16 SWG cold rolled steel plates.
Door opening shall be away from the cable alley and be provided with interlocking arrangement. Suitable
keys shall be provided. Door interlock defeat arrangement shall be provided.
Each vertical panel shall be provided with maximum six modules. Minimum height of motor feeder shall
be 600 mm and SFU feeder shall be 250 mm.
Switchgear shall be provided with removable minimum 3 mm thick cable gland plate. Brass cable glands
and crimping type copper cable lugs for cables shall be provided if specified in data sheet.
The cable alley shall be provided with hinged doors for easy access to cables inside the cable alley. The
compartment door shall be as far as possible, open away from the cable alley.
Doors with half round knob (No screws) for easy opening and closing
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.3.3 Main bus bars
Main bus bars shall be of uniform cross section in aluminium or copper as specified in the drawing/data
sheet.
Wherever aluminium to copper connections is required, suitable bimetallic connections/clamps shall be

provided.
Maximum temperature of the bus bars and the bus connections shall not exceed 85oC.
The bus bars shall be provided with heat shrinkable sleeves and colour coded for identification.
Separate supports shall be provided for each busbar. If common support is provided for all busbars, anti-
tracking barriers shall be incorporated.
In order to avoid any accidental hazards, busbar compartments shall be protected with 3 mm thick
hylem / Bakelite sheets.
The size of the neutral busbar shall be similar to that of phase busbars in the case of Main L.T. Panels,
PCCs, PMCCs, PDBs, Main and Sub Lighting DBs. However, the neutral busbar shall be of half size that
of phase busbars in the case of Motor control centres.
1.3.4 Circuit breakers
1.3.4.1 Air circuit breaker (ACB) – If applicable
Air-break, fully draw-out type circuit breakers shall consist of the following:
• Shunt trip.
• Mechanical OPEN/CLOSE position indicator, visible with door closed.
• Emergency trip push button.
• `Red’, `Green’, ‘Blue’ and `Amber’ indicating lamps for Breaker ON, Breaker OFF and Breaker
trip on fault.
• There shall be `Service’, `Test’ and `fully withdrawn’ positions for the breakers along with their
indications on the breaker front face.
• Anti pumping and over & under voltage trip facility should be provided.
It shall be possible to with-draw the breaker only in open position.
Compartment door of the breaker shall not open unless the breaker is in open position.
Automatic safety shutters shall be provided to cover live contacts when carriage is withdrawn.
Relays shall have potential-free contacts and shall have variable time settings.
Facility shall be provided for blocking under-voltage releases.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Manual operating mechanism shall be of spring charged stored energy type.
Power-operated mechanism shall be of motor-wound spring-charging stored energy type. Emergency

manual charging facility shall also be provided.
Indicators shall be provided to show `charged’ and ‘discharged’ conditions of the spring.
The operating mechanism shall be trip-free.
The breaker shall be provided with the microprocessor based release with breaker control through RS
485 port and communication with PC through universally used protocol if asked for in the drawing.
The Micro processor release should have over current / short circuit and earth fault protections along with
their indications due to which the breaker has tripped.
It shall be ensured that circuit breaker body is grounded while it is racked-in into the panel.
Trip circuit healthy indicating lamp with integral push button shall be provided.
FRP Barrier plate between Incoming and Outgoing terminals of ACB shall be provided.
1.3.4.2 Moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB)
The moulded case circuit breaker (MCCB) shall be air break type and having quick make quick break with
trip free operating mechanism.
Housing of the MCCB shall be of heat resistant and flame retardant insulating material.
Rotary type operating handle of MCCB shall be provided in front and should clearly indicate
ON/OFF/TRIP positions and should have padlocking facility.
The electrical contact of the MCCB shall be of high conducting non deteriorating silver alloy contacts.
The MCCB should have shunt trip release, earth fault release with adjustable current setting facility and
mechanical interlock facility.
The MCCB shall be provided with adjustable type thermal overload release and adjustable type short
circuit protection device. All the release shall operate on common trip bus bar so that in case of operation
of any one of the releases in any of the three phases, it will cut off all the three phases and thereby single
phasing of the system is avoided.
The MCCB wherever called for in the appended drawings shall provide an earth fault relay.
The MCCB shall provide required sets of extra auxiliary contacts for the indication circuit, control circuit
and for remote signalling purpose and should have inbuilt indications for tripping due to over current,
short circuit or earth fault.
The electrical parameters of the MCCB shall be as per the description given in the appended drawings.
1.3.5 Fuses
Fuses shall be of link type with visible indication of operation and shall have rupturing capacity of more
than the fault level specified.
Fuses of smaller capacity rating for control circuit shall be of cartridge type.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1 no. fuse pulling handle shall be provided for each Switch-board / Power Control Centre / Motor Control
Centre.
1.3.6 Motor starters
1.3.6.1 Contactors
Contactors shall be air break, double break, single throw, electromagnetic type.
Main contacts shall be of silver faced copper.
Minimum Two `N.O.’ and two `N.C.’ auxiliary contacts shall be provided for each power contactor.
However, additional nos. of auxiliary contactors should be added in the control scheme as per the
requirement.
The auxiliary contacts shall be wired to the terminals.
1.3.6.2 Direct-on-line (DOL) starters
DOL starters shall be suitable for AC3 utilisation category as per IS: 13947(Part-4 /Sec-1). It shall be
comprised of: -
• FSU
• Contactor
• O/L relay with built-in SPP feature
• Separate SPPR
• Mushroom Headed stay put type. Red Stop PB.
• Start Push Button - Optional.
• O/L Relay reset push button on door
• Red, Green & Amber indicating Lamps (LED) for ON, OFF & Trip indications respectively.
• Set of auxiliary contactors, selector switches as per various control requirements.
1.3.6.3 Automatic star delta starters
These starters shall comprise of following: -
• FSU
• Set of power Contactors (3 nos.).
• O/L relay with built-in SPP feature
• Separate SPPR
• Electronic Timer.
• Mushroom Headed stay put type. Red Stop PB.
• Start Push Button - Optional.
• O/L Relay reset push button on door
• Red, Green & Amber indicating Lamps (LED) for ON, OFF & Trip indications respectively.
• Set of auxiliary contactors, selector switches as per various control requirements.
• Starters shall be suitable for AC3 utilisation category as per IS: 13947 (Part-4 /Sec-1).
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.3.6.4 Thermal Overload Relays
Starters shall be complete with three-element, ambient temperature compensated, time-lagged thermal
overload relays with adjustable settings.
Thermal overload relays shall be of Auto / hand reset type. A hand reset push button, separate from
the stop push button, shall be brought out on the front of the compartment door.
1.3.6.5 Micro Computer Motor Protection Relay
Starters shall be complete with Micro computer based Motor protection relay with display facility for the
motors of 20HP and above rating and without display for motors below 20HP rating.
The relay shall have over current protection (with medium tripping characteristics), Under current
protection, Instantaneous short circuit protection, Single phasing protection, Current unbalance protection
for all the ratings of motors and for motors above 75HP ratings, in addition to the above standard
protections, the relay should be provided with Stator Ground Fault Protection, over temperature
protection and locked rotor protection.
1.3.7 Single phasing preventers
Separate single phasing Preventer shall be provided in the starters along with inbuilt SPP provided with
over load relay. The relay shall be current operated and hand reset type with separate hand reset push
button.
1.3.8 Instrument Transformers
CTs and VTs shall conform to the requirement of IS:2705 and IS:3156 respectively. The ratings
specified are indicative only and it shall be Vendor’s responsibility to ensure that the ratings offered
are adequate for the relays/meters provided considering lead resistance, etc.
CTs and VTs shall be of dry air insulated type.
Facility shall be provided in the terminal blocks for shorting and earthing the CTs and terminal blocks.
VTs shall be provided with adequately rated primary and secondary fuses.
1.3.9 Instruments
Indicating instruments shall be of Digital type, 144 x 144 Sq. mm size, suitable for flush mounting.
Watt-hour and Var-hour meters shall be suitable for 3 phase, 4 wire system, balanced as well as
unbalanced load and suitable for semi-flush mounting.
All KWH meter shall have computer interface facility through RS 485 port.
1.3.10 Protective Relays
Relays shall be Micro processor based / Static type and suitable for flush or semi flush mounting with
connections from rear. Protective relays shall be in draw out cases. Load analyzer / Load manager shall
have communication port to interface with the Plant DCS / Control room.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Relay operation / trip indication shall be provided on door.
All protective and tripping relays and timers shall be provided with fault display LEDs.
1.3.11 Miscellaneous accessories
Breaker control switch shall be:
- Spring return-to-neutral type with pistol grip handle.

- Lockable in neutral position.
Indicating lamps shall be multiple LED type made from FR type polycarbonate material with Low voltage
glow protection (up to 50V) and translucent lamp covers. Lamps shall be replaceable from front. The
power consumption of each indicating lamp should not exceed 0.5 Watts.
The lamps shall have translucent covers. Lamps shall have diameter of 22.5.
Push buttons shall be momentary contact type rated for 10A at 500 V AC. The colour of push buttons
shall be as follows:
Start - Green
Stop - Red
Trip - Amber
Spring Charger - Blue
Trip Circuit Health - White
All push buttons are required to have functional labels.
Power pack (110V DC) shall be provided for supplying 110V DC to annunciator panel, indications and
tripping circuit with 30 min. battery backup. Vendor to furnish the calculations for VA rating of the control
transformer.
1.3.12 Internal Wiring
All wiring inside the switchgear shall be carried out with 650V grade FRLS PVC insulated flexible
stranded copper wires. Minimum size of conductor for control wiring shall be 2.5 mm2 Copper. Control
circuits shall be provided with HRC fuses.
Ferrules shall be provided on each wire.
All wiring shall be terminated on terminal blocks with crimping type Copper cable lugs.
Power connections for 63A and above shall be carried out with PVC insulated copper links.
Vertical / horizontal Al. wire ways shall be provided to run the control wires within the same vertical panel
and / or between different vertical panels.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The control power supply shall be tapped from R phase and Neutral before / after the main fuses of each
feeder. Control circuit shall have protection fuses. Wiring shall be carried out to facilitate testing of
control circuit, without energizing the power circuit.
1.3.13 Terminal Blocks
All terminal blocks for power and control circuits shall be of 450V grade stud type and shall be
properly separated from each other.
Terminal blocks of different voltage groups shall be segregated and suitably labelled.
Terminals shall be numbered as per wiring diagrams.
Minimum 20% spare terminals shall be provided.
Shorting links shall be provided for all C.T. terminals.
All spare contacts of contactor shall be wired upto terminal blocks.
1.3.14 Earthing
An earth bus extending throughout the length of the Switch-board / PCC / MCC/ PMCC / DBs / APFCR
Panel shall be provided.
The earth bus shall be of sufficient cross section to carry safely momentary short circuit current for 1 sec.
All non-current carrying metal parts shall be effectively bonded to the earth bus.
All doors shall be bonded to earth, wherever electrical switchgear is mounted on door.
1.3.15 Tests
Vendor shall test the switchgear to conform to IS: 4237 with all components assembled and fully wired.
The following routine tests shall be carried out on all the components and the assembled
switchgear, as per relevant standards :-
Mechanical and Electrical Operation tests by simulating operating conditions as at site.
Secondary wiring conformity test with a low voltage (6 Volt) tester.
High voltage test (2.5 KV for one minute).
Test for verification of calibration of releases thro’ primary injection test.
CT Polarity test.
Insulation resistance test before and after HV test.
Earth continuity test with a low voltage (6 volts) tester.
Test for verification of calibration of protective relays through secondary injection test
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Number of copies of the routine and type test certificates as asked for shall be submitted for Owner’s
approval before despatch of the switchgear.
1.3.16 Inspection
Inspection, including witnessing routine tests, will be carried out by Owner / Owner’s authorised
representative as per Owner’s inspection conditions.
1.3.17 Guarantee
Vendor shall guarantee design materials/workmanship and performance of medium voltage switchgear
panels as per Owner’s guarantee conditions.
1.3.18 Drawing and Instruction Manuals
Vendor shall submit number of sets of G.A. drawings, bill of quantities, make of materials, standard
product catalogues, etc., as asked for along with the initial offer and number of sets as asked for by client
of the following drawings for approval after award of contract.
Complete assembly drawing of the switchgear, showing plan, elevation and typical sections with
dimensions and location of terminals for external connections.
Switchgear elevation and layout plan with floor openings and floor fixing arrangements.
Schematic diagrams with terminal and ferrule numbers for each module/switchboard panel.
Wiring diagram for each module indicating terminal blocks and various apparatus.
Final list of apparatus for each module.
Characteristic curves for circuit breaker releases, relays of each type, fuse, and thermal overload relays.
Manufacturer’s descriptive literature on various components used in the switchgear.
Index sheet with document reference data like Number description, Number of sheets, Rev. No. etc.
The Vendor shall submit CPRI test certificates for short time rating test and temperature rise test.
Detailed calculations of Busbar sizing shall be furnished.
One print of each drawing will be returned to vendor with comments and required clarifications, if any.
Vendor shall incorporate these and send within fifteen days, seven prints of each drawing marked
“Certified for record and use”.
After final review, number of copies and reproducibles as asked for by client shall be furnished as final
certified drawings. As built drawings shall be submitted after installation and commissioning along with
CD.
Vendor shall also submit number of copies as asked for of `Installation and Instruction’ manual.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.3.19 Spares
Vendor shall submit the list of recommended spare for 2 years of operation of switchgear and quote
separately.
1.3.20 Tools
One complete set of all special or non-standard tools per switchboard required for installation, operation
and maintenance of switchboard, with two nos. fuse handle for every type used in MCC.
1.3.21 Quality Assurance
Vendor shall submit their internal quality assurance plan followed for manufacturing of the equipment for
approval of owner / consultant. This shall be adhered to and shall be monitored by owner / consultant
during manufacture.
1.3.22 Deviation
1.4 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR L.V. CABLES
1.4.1 General
These specifications are for 650/1100 Volts grade solid/stranded, copper/aluminium conductors, PVC
insulated and sheathed galvanized round/flat steel wire armoured and PVC FRLS overall sheathed
cables.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.4.2 Codes and Standards
The cables shall comply with all currently applicable Standards, Electricity Rules, approval of Fire
Insurance Association and Electrical Inspector.
Unless otherwise specified, cable shall conform to the following latest applicable Standards.
Table 1: Details of Codes and Standards
IS : 1554 PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables

IS : 8130 Conductors for insulated electric cables and flexible cords
IS : 5831 PVC insulation and sheath of electric cables
IS : 3975 Mild steel wires, strips and tapes for armouring of cables
IS : 10810 Methods of test for cables : Mass of zinc coating on steel
Part 41 armour
IS : 209 Specification of zinc

IS : 3961 Recommended current ratings for cables: Part – 2 PVC
Part-2 insulated and PVC sheathed heavy duty cables
IS : 10418 Drums for electric cables
IS : 10810 Method of test for cables : Part 58 Oxygen Index test
Part 58
IS : 10810 Method of test for cables : Part 61 Flame Retardant test
Part 61
IS : 10810 Method of test for cables : Part 62 Fire Retardant test for
Part 62 bunched cables
IEC : 332-3 Tests on electric cables under fire conditions
IEC : 502 Extruded solid dielectric insulated power cables for rated
voltages from 1KV up to 30KV
IEC : 540 & Test methods for insulation and sheaths of electric cables
540A and cords
ASTM : D2863 Standard method of test for flammability of plastics using
oxygen index method
The cables and accessories shall also conform to the provisions of Indian Electricity Rules and relevant
statutory regulations.
1.4.3 Climatic conditions
Cables shall be installed in air/ground, in atmosphere having maximum ambient temperature and relative
humidity as specified in data sheet.
1.4.4 Constructional Requirement
1.4.4.1 Conductor
The material of conductor shall be Electrical grade high conductive, compacted, aluminium / copper.
Conductor shall be solid for conductor of nominal area up to and including 4 sq.mm and stranded beyond
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

4 sq.mm. Conductors of nominal area less than 25sq.mm shall be circular or shaped. Cables with
reduced neutral conductor shall have sizes as per table 1 of IS 1554 (part-1).
Strand details shall be as below:
6 to 10 sq mm [CU/AL] - 7 strands
1.4.4.2 Insulation
The material of insulation shall be with PVC compound applied over the conductor by extrusion.
Insulation shall be free from contamination and water voids and shall withstand all mechanical and
thermal stresses under steady state and transient operating conditions. The thickness of the insulation
shall be as per relevant Indian standards.
Control cables having 6 cores and above shall be identified with prominent and indelible numerals on the
outer surface of the insulation. Colour of the numbers shall be in contrast with the colour of insulation.
1.4.4.3 Inner Sheath
The inner sheath shall be applied over the cores by a method of extrusion and shall be of PVC
conforming to the requirements of Type ST-1 PVC compound as IS: 5831. The thickness of inner sheath
shall be as per relevant standards. There will be no sheath for single core cables.
1.4.4.4 Armouring
If armouring is specified for multicore cables, the same shall be single round galvanized steel wires /
galvanized steel strips as per the requirement. If armouring is specified for single core cables, the same
shall be with H4 grade hard drawn aluminium round wire of 2.5 sq.mm diameter.
Requirement and methods of tests for armour material, galvanizing uniformity and dimensions of armour
shall be as per relevant standards.
1.4.4.5 Outer Sheath
This shall consist of extruded ST-2 flame retardant PVC compound (IS:5831) having oxygen index value
of minimum 30% at 27 ± 2 deg. C, is resistant to termite and rodent attack. Outer sheath shall be of black
colour, external surface of which shall be embossed with voltage designation and manufacturer’s name at
regular interval. The thickness of outer sheath shall be as per IS: 1554– part-1.
Sequential marking of the length of the cable in metres shall be provided on the outer sheath at every one
metre. The embossing / engraving shall be legible and indelible.
PVC / Rubber end caps shall be supplied free of cost for each drum with a minimum of twenty per
thousand metre length.
Outer sheath with FRLS compound shall be provided for better fire resistance.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.4.5 General Requirements
The cables shall be suitable for laying in trays, trenches, ducts, conduits and for underground buried
installation with uncontrolled backfill and possibility of flooding by water and chemicals. Cables shall be
suitable for keeping in a proper looped position for longer period without occurring of any damage to the
insulations and armour.
The material of conductors shall be from annealed high conductivity copper/aluminium. The maximum
conductor temperature in deg. C shall be limited to data as specified in data sheets. Conductor shall be of
either circular or sector shaped stranded conductor or circular solid construction as specified in data
sheet.
Cables shall be supplied wound on non returnable wooden drums of heavy duty construction and of
suitable barrel diameter and shall be covered fully with wooden battens. Wooden drums shall be properly
seasoned and treated with anti rodent material and painted with good quality paint to increase the life of
the drum. Ferrous parts used shall be treated with a suitable rust preventive finish or coating to avoid
rusting during transit or storage.
Drums shall be suitably marked with manufacturer’s name, customer’s name, project title, cable type,
size, voltage grade of cable, length of cable in metres, drum number, IS certification mark, gross weight,
rolling direction etc.
Packing should be sturdy and adequate to protect the cables from any injury due to mishandling or other
conditions encountered during transportation, handling and storage. Both cable ends shall be sealed with
PVC / heat shrinkable end caps so as to eliminate the ingress of water during transportation, storage and
erection.
Negative tolerance on cable drum length is not acceptable.
The material of insulation shall be of PVC FRLS as specified in Data sheet. Also insulation of cores shall
be colour coded for identification. Insulation shall be free from contamination and voids.
Unless otherwise specified, cables shall be supplied in following drum lengths: -
Medium voltage power cables up to and including 6 sq.mm 1000 Mtr.
Medium voltage power cables from 10sq.mm up to and 500 Mtr.

including 300 sq.mm
Control cables up to and including 27 cores
1.4.6 Inspection
The cables shall be tested and inspected as per the Owner’s inspection conditions.
1.4.7 Tests
After completion of manufacture of cables and prior to despatch, the cables shall be subject to type,
routine, acceptance and special tested as detailed below.
All routine tests, acceptance tests, type tests shall be carried out as per IS 1554 part 1 and IS: 7098
Part 2.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The inner and outer sheath of XLPE cables shall be subjected to all the tests applicable for PVC cables.
The test requirements for insulation and sheath of PVC cables shall be as per IS: 5831.
Number of copies of type test and routine test certificates as asked for shall be submitted for owner’s
approval before despatch as per the Owner’s conditions.
1.4.8 Guarantee
Vendor shall guarantee design materials/workmanship and performances of cables as per Owner’s
guarantee conditions.
1.4.9 Instruction Manual
Number of copies of catalogues giving all technical details and instruction booklets on installation as
asked for shall be furnished. Cables shall be packed suitably to facilitate installation / transportation and
to prevent damage during transportation.
1.4.10 Data Sheet / List of Cables
The enclosed data sheet indicates detailed technical requirement for LV cable.
1.4.11 Quality Assurance
Vendor shall submit their internal quality assurance plan followed for manufacturing of the equipment for
approval of owner / owner’s representative. This shall be adhered to and shall be monitored by owner /
owner’s representative during manufacture.
1.4.12 Deviation
1.5 SPECIFICATION FOR FLP LIGHTING FIXTURES, DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND PLUG
SOCKETS ETC.,
1.5.1 Scope
This specification covers the requirement of lighting fittings for hazardous area.
1.5.2 Codes & standards
The design, manufacture and performance of the lighting fitting for hazardous area with all accessories
shall conform to the following Indian Standards of latest revisions.
i) IS: 2148 Flame proof enclosures for electrical apparatus.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

ii) IS: 2206 Flameproof electric lighting fitting.
(Part-1 & 2) (Well glass and bulkhead type and fitting using glass tubes.)
iii) IS: 8239 Classification of maximum surface temperatures of electrical equipment

for use in explosive atmospheres.
iv) IS: 5571 Guide for selection of electrical equipment for hazardous areas.
v) IS: 5572 Classification of hazardous area for electrical installation.
vi) IS: 6381 Construction and testing of electrical apparatus with type of
protection “e”
vii) IS: 8289 Electrical equipment with type of protection “n”
viii) IS: 1913 General and safety requirements for luminaries.
1.5.3 Flameproof lighting fittings - construction
All fittings shall be suitable for use in outdoor open locations having heavy rainfall, and shall have degree
of protection IP-55.
The lighting fitting shall be suitable for 240 volts single phase, 50Hz, A.C. System.
The body of the lighting fittings shall be of cast aluminium alloy LM-6 and should be free from frictional
sparking hazard. The complete fixture body and accessories shall be suitable to withstand corrosive
atmosphere. The Outer metallic surface shall be treated / prepared and provided with two coats of epoxy
paint. All screws, nuts, studs, clamps, supporting brackets. etc. shall be electro galvanized or zinc
passivated.
All fixtures shall be provided with sheet steel vitreous enamelled or approved type of reflector. The glass
used for the fixtures shall be clear and toughened type suitable for use under conditions involving risk of
mechanical damage and shall be type “A” as per IS 2206 or meet with the requirements stipulated by
international standards. All well glass fixtures shall be provided with a steel wire protective cage having
mesh dimensions not exceeding 50 mm.
The fixing parts of the enclosure which is to be opened for replacement of bulb shall be so fastened that
they can only be unfastened with special tools. All fixtures shall carry a special warning inscription in
English to “Isolate supply elsewhere before opening” Three sets of special tools required for maintenance
of fixtures shall be supplied free of cost.
The temperature rise of external surface shall be not exceeding the temperature specified in the
standards for the gas group for which the fitting shall be suitable.
1.5.4 Tests
Following routine tests shall be carried out and test certificates shall be furnished.
• Visual inspection and dimensional check-up.

• High voltage test.
• Hydraulic test and clearance checking.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• Number of copies as asked for by Owner of routine and type test certificates including of CMRS
Dhanbad, Chief Inspector of Explosives / IS certificate shall be furnished before despatch.
1.5.5 Inspection
Inspection including witnessing tests will be carried out by Owner or his authorised representatives as per
Owner’s inspection conditions.
1.5.6 Guarantee
Vendor shall guarantee design, materials / workmanship and performance as per Owner’s guarantee
conditions.
1.5.7 Drawings
Vendor shall submit the following drawings:-
After the order is finalized, vendor shall submit number of sets as asked for by Owner of the general
arrangement drawings with dimensions, sectional views, clearances, net weight, details of parts with
catalogue, etc. for approval before starting the fabrication/casting.
One set of drawings will be returned to the vendor after making necessary corrections, if any. After
receiving the approved prints, vendor can proceed with fabrication / casting and shall incorporate all the
changes and corrections suggested in the drawings. Vendor shall then furnish number of prints as asked
for by Owner of the certified drawings for record. Vendor shall not send any drawings unless the drawings
are checked thoroughly at his end.
Vendor shall give number of sets as asked for by Owner of maintenance and installation instruction
manuals before despatch of the equipment.
1.5.8 Distribution boards for hazardous area
1.5.8.1 Scope
This specification covers the requirement of distribution boards for hazardous area.
1.5.8.2 Codes & standards
The design, manufacture and performance of the flameproof distribution boards with all accessories shall
conform to the following Indian Standards of latest revisions.
ii) IS: 13947 Low voltage switchgear and control gear: General Rules.
(Part-1)
iii) IS: 8828 Circuit breakers for over current protection for household and similar
installations
iv) IS: 13947 Specification for low-voltage switchgear and control gear
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

(Part-3) switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse combination
units.
v) IS: 5571 Guide for selection of electrical equipment for hazardous areas.
1.5.8.3 Flameproof distribution board - construction
The enclosure shall be of flameproof type, made of cast aluminium alloy (LM6) and suitable for
indoor/outdoor installation as indicated in the schedule of quantities. A canopy shall also be supplied if
specified. The panel shall have external fixing lugs and shall be suitable for mounting on vertical face
such as wall / column or steel pedestal.
The panel shall comprise of one four pole incoming isolating device (as per drg.), bus bars and the
required number of outgoing feeder isolating devices equally distributed over the phases. Each outgoing
circuit shall have either 4 pole or 2 pole isolation. The number of outgoing feeders and ratings of incomer
and outgoing feeders shall be as per schedule of quantities and drawing.
The bus bars receiving the incoming supply and outgoing feeder elements shall be housed in separate
compartments. The separation between the compartments should be such that no flame propagation is
possible.
Incomer circuit shall have mechanical ON/OFF indication and facility for padlocking the operating handle
in off position. A flameproof cable gland for the incoming cable shall be provided suitable for the incoming
cable size. Crimping type lugs shall be provided for incoming cable.
Bus bars shall be made of high conductivity copper or aluminium and supported by non-hygroscopic
insulators. Individual compartments shall have separate inspection covers secured by screws/bolts
requiring special tools for opening.
All outgoing circuit shall also have ON / OFF indicators.
Terminals shall be provided in an independent compartment for connection of outgoing cables. Terminals
should be anti-loosening type and suitable for 2.5 / 4 sq. mm. Copper conductor of size as specified in the
schedule of quantities and drawing. In addition to the required terminals for each outgoing circuit,
provision shall be made for connection of an extra core of the outgoing cable to be used for earthing.
Power terminals shall be suitable for ring type crimping lug.
Flameproof cable glands shall be suitable for cable size as indicated in schedule of quantities.
Flameproof threaded plug to block unused cable entry shall also be provided as specified in schedule of
quantities. All cable entries (Incoming and outgoing) shall be so designed, that no water enters the
enclosure when panels are installed outdoors, and if this can-not be met all the entries should be
necessarily from the bottom.
Caution plates shall be provided on the inspection covers warning against opening without isolation.
Nameplates shall be provided for each outgoing circuit and for the complete panel indicating circuit
number and panel number. All nameplates shall be fixed by screws and shall be made from laminated
plastic with white letters on black background.
The panel shall be painted with epoxy type, acid / alkali resistant paint, while hardware shall be zinc
passivated / electro galvanized.
The supply of the panel shall be complete with all components and devices required for full and proper
operation of the equipment even though such component or devices may not be stated in detail in this
specification. Two sets of complete set of special tools for opening / closing of enclosure bolts, screws,
shall also be supplied with the panel.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Approval Certificate from CMRS or equivalent independent testing agency and general arrangement
drawings shall be furnished with the bids.
Copies of certificates from the certifying agencies shall be furnished for all the equipment used in
hazardous areas. Necessary approvals from CCOE, DGMS as applicable shall be obtained by the
contractor for all equipments installed in hazardous areas.
All non-current-carrying metallic parts of the panel shall be inherently bonded together. Two 10mm dia.
studs should be provided on the main housing for external earthing connection. Earthing terminals for
outgoing circuits should also be bonded to main housing.
1.5.8.4 Tests

1.5.8.5 Inspection
Inspection including witnessing tests will be carried out by purchaser or his authorised representatives as
per Owner’s inspection conditions.
1.5.8.6 Guarantee
conditions.
1.5.8.7 Drawings
• After the order is finalized, vendor shall submit number of sets as asked for by Owner of the
general arrangement drawings with dimensions, sectional views, clearances, net weight, details
of parts with catalogue, etc. for approval before starting the fabrication/casting.
• One set of drawings will be returned to the vendor after making necessary corrections, if any.
After receiving the approved prints, vendor can proceed with fabrication/casting and shall
incorporate all the changes and corrections suggested in the drawings.
• Vendor shall furnish number of prints as asked for by Owner of the certified drawings for record.
Vendor shall not send any drawings unless the drawings are checked thoroughly at his end.
• Vendor shall give number of sets as asked for by Owner of maintenance and installation
instruction manuals before despatch of the equipment.
1.5.9 Plug, sockets, hand lamps, jbs, cable glands for hazardous area
1.5.9.1 Scope
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

This specification covers the requirement of plug socket, hand lamp, junction boxes and cable glands for
hazardous area.
1.5.9.2 Codes & standards
The design, manufacture and performance of plug socket, hand lamp, junction boxes and cable glands
with all accessories shall conform to the following Standards of latest revisions.
ii) IS: 8239 Classification of maximum surface temperatures of electrical equipment

for use in explosive atmospheres.
iii) IS: 13947 Low voltage switchgear and control gear: General Rules.
(Part-1)
iv) IS: 5571 Guide for selection of electrical equipment for hazardous areas.
v) IS-5572 Classification of hazardous area for electrical installation.
vi) IS-8241 Method of marking for identifying electrical equipment for explosive
atmospheres
vii) IEC: 79 Electrical Apparatus for explosive gas atmosphere.
viii) IEC: 144 Degree of protection of enclosures for low voltage switchgear and control
gear.
1.5.9.3 Junction boxes - flame proof / increased safety
The control stations shall have cast aluminium alloy (LM6) housing. It shall be certified as flameproof
construction from the relevant standard authorities.
The junction boxes shall be of flameproof or increased safety type as specified in the schedule of
quantities.
The junction boxes shall have 250V A.C. terminal blocks having 10A rated brass nickel plated terminals
mounted inside the junction box to receive 2.5 / 4 sq. mm. wires. Nos. of terminal blocks shall be as per
the schedule. Ample space shall be provided for looping and for easy maintenance.
1.5.9.4 Plug receptacles - flameproof
• These shall be suitable for installation in outdoor areas and have degree of protection IP 55.
They shall also be suitable for the ambient conditions as specified in the schedule.
• Unless otherwise stated in the schedule of quantities, the equipment shall be suitable for gas
groups IIA and IIB as per I.S. 2148 and surface temperature class T6 as per I.S. 8239.
• Name plates shall be provided on the equipment as per I.S. 8241.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• The equipment shall be finished with anti-rust and anti-corrosive epoxy paint so as to be suitable
for use in atmospheres encountered in chemical / petrochemical plants and tropical climate.
• The receptacle shall be in a metallic housing.
• The gaskets provided in the equipment shall be of neoprene and all the hardware shall be hot dip
galvanized /zinc passivated.
• A set of special tools shall be supplied by Vendor even if the same may not be specified in
schedule of quantities.
• The equipments shall be provided with all necessary accessories for safe operation.
• The plug receptacles shall be either 2 poles or earth, rated for 250V single phase supply or four
pole and earth, rated for 500V, three phase supply.
• The plug receptacle shall consist of two pole switch and socket with plug, mounted in flameproof
enclosure. The switch and the socket shall be interlocked in such a way that the plug can-not be
removed when the switch is in “ON” position. The plug shall be suitable to receive flameproof
cable gland.
• The plug socket unit not having a built-in switch shall be designed so as to confine sparking
within the flameproof enclosure whenever the plug is withdrawn or inserted either accidentally or
intentionally.
• In order to prevent accidental removal of plug from the socket, the engagement and
disengagement shall be by two separate and distinct movements and positions.
• Each outlet shall be provided with a cap connected through metallic chain, to cover the outlet
when not in service.
• All internal power wiring shall be done with 660V grade FRLS PVC insulated copper wires of
suitable size.
• Stud type terminals of suitable size shall be provided for all outgoing and incoming cables.
• All plug and socket units shall be provided with one no. internal and two nos. of external earthing
terminals.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

• Scrapping earth connection shall be provided between the plug and socket.
• The plug assembly shall be mechanically rugged, and shall not unduly stress the socket or its
own pins when fitted on to the socket.
• Each socket outlet unit shall have suitable mounting frame / bracket to facilitate installation of the
unit on the vertical surface of wall/structure.
1.5.9.5 240 volts hand lamps with plugs
• The lamp holders of these hand lamps shall be suitable for 50/60W, 240V, 50Hz GLS
incandescent lamp.
• The metal casing of the hand lamps shall be corrosion resistant aluminium alloy LM6.
• Suitable handle for carrying hand lamp and a stand-type guard suspension hook shall be
provided.
• The well glass shall be thermal-shock-resistant type complete with wire guard.
• The hand lamp shall be supplied complete with 50mtr.length of 3x 1.5mm2 copper, flexible; PVC
insulated and metal braided cable, properly terminated in the hand lamp. The plug end of the
cable shall have plug suitable for the socket outlet.
1.5.9.6 Cable glands – flameproof
Cable glands shall be double seal, cone grip, flameproof and weatherproof and be of nickel plated brass
material, complete with inner and outer seal of neoprene, robust in construction, capable of clamping the
cable and armour firmly without injury to the insulation.
Each cable gland shall be marked for the size and no. of cores of the cable.
The cable glands shall be complete with of parts like compression nut, gland body, armour clamping
cone/ ring, neoprene rings for inner and outer sheath, brass washers, etc.
1.5.9.7 Tests

• Inspection
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.5.9.8 Inspection
Inspection including witnessing tests will be carried out by Owner or his authorised representatives as per
Owner’s inspection conditions.
1.5.9.9 Guarantee
conditions.
1.5.9.10Drawings
• After the order is finalized, vendor shall submit number of sets as asked for by Owner of the
general arrangement drawings with dimensions, sectional views, clearances, net weight, details
of parts with catalogue, etc., for approval before starting the fabrication/casting.
• One set of drawings will be returned to the vendor after making necessary corrections, if any.
After receiving the approved prints, vendor can proceed with fabrication/casting and shall
incorporate all the changes and corrections suggested in the drawings. Vendor shall furnish
number of prints as asked for by Owner of the certified drawings for record. Vendor shall not
send any drawings unless the drawings are checked thoroughly at his end.
• Vendor shall give number of sets as asked for by Owner of maintenance and installation
instruction manuals before despatch of the equipment.
10908 0 0 4 1 9 9 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

SPECIFICATION
FOR
INSTRUMENTATION WORKS
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B
CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 x 2000 M3) AT ONGC DOCUMENT No.

PAGE 1 OF 16

14.08.09\INSTRUMENTATION\INSTRUMENTATION.DOC
REVISION RECORD
0 14.07.2009 AU SS SP ISSUED FOR INTERNAL CHECKING

10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATION FOR INSTRUMENTATION WORKS PAGE 2 OF 16
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

INDEX
S.No. CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION 4
2.0 SCOPE OF THE WORK 4
3.0 ABBREVATIONS AND DEFINITIONS 4
5.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION 6
5.1 TANK FARM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 6
5.1.1 Radar gauges 7
5.1.2 Tank side indicator 8
5.1.3 Communication unit 8
5.1.4 TFMS software and human interface 9
5.2 CABLES 11
5.2.1 Instrument Analog signal cables 11
5.2.2 Digital signal cables 11
5.2.3 Power cables 12
5.2.4 Manufacturer’s data 12
6.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 13
7.0 TAG PLATE 15
8.0 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 15
9.0 DEVIATION AND REJECTION 15
10.0 GUARANTEE 16
11.0 DOCUMENTATION SCHEDULE 16
12.0 ATTACHMENTS 16
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

1.0 INTRODUCTION
M/s. Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Ltd. proposes to set up additional storage facility for Effluent at
existing Bechraji ETP installation at Mehsana asset. It is proposed to construct two storage tanks of
2000 M3 capacity for storage of effluent, which are to be connected with the existing system.
2.0 SCOPE OF THE WORK
This General write up together with the technical specification / data sheets attached herewith form the
requirement for design, materials, supply, inspection, testing, guarantee, packing and shipping including
accessories to be supplied for the additional storage facility for effluent at ONGC’s Bechraji ETP
installation. The scope of supply shall include,
• Radar type auto tank gauging system for the measurement of level of the effluent storage in conical
roof tank along with tank side indications – 2 nos.
• Communication interface unit in control room interfaced with TFM Computer - 1 set
• Tank farm management software for above to be loaded in the server will calculate volumetric
quantities of product in tanks & provide graphic overview / representation of Tank farm area at
TFM Computer– 1 set
• Cable, JB’s, Cable trays & other hardware - as required.
The monitoring of the storage tanks shall be carried out by the RADAR tank gauges on the aboveground
conical roof tanks with local indicators by the side of tank / at ground level. These gauges shall be
connected to the communication interface unit in multi-drop mode and in turn connected to the tank farm
management system.
The bidder’s scope of work shall broadly cover Supply, design and engineering of the specified tank
gauging systems with adequate field support during installation and commissioning.
3.0 ABBREVATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
Abbreviation Description
ONGC Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
TFMS Tank Farm Management System
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
JB Junction Box
MTBF Mean Time Between Failure
API American Petroleum Institute
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

ANSI American National Standards Institute
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory
S Indian Standard
ISO International Organisation for Standard
The related standards mentioned herein shall be of the latest revision prior to the date of enquiry.
Safety Standards:
• CCOE, Nagpur
• Cenelac or FM
Application Standards:
• OIML – International Organization for Legal Measurements
• OIML R85 Conformity to pattern requirements by the International organization of legal metrology
(OIML) r85, Edition 1998 class 2. Test report format R85 annex E shall be available. The product
shall be registered at the OIML certificate database
• R85 – Automatic level gauges for measuring the level of liquid in fixed storage tanks
• R125 – Measuring systems for mass of liquids in tanks
• API – American Petroleum Institute; Chapter 3.1B: Standard practice for level. Measurement of
liquid hydrocarbons in stationary tanks by automatic tank gauging
• ASTM – American Society for testing & Materials; Applicable tables and calculation methods for
quantity assessment of liquids (metric units)
• ISO/TC28/section 3 – Terms relating to the calculation of oil quantity
• ISO 4266 – Petroleum & Liquid Petroleum products – Measurement of level & temperature in
storage tanks by automatic method
Design Standards:
ANSI - American National Standards Institute
API – American Petroleum Institute
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

DIN - Deutsche Industry Norm “German Industry Standard”
NFPA 70 – National Fire Protection Agency; National Electrical Code (NEC)
IEC 529 - Classification of degrees of protection provided
NEMA ICS.6 – Enclosures for industrial controls and systems.
Instrumentation Cables [Analog Signal and Digital Cables]
IS: 5831-1984
IS: 8130-1984
IS: 3975-1979
IS: 1554-[Part-I]
5.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION:
5.1 TANK FARM MANAGEMENT SYSTEM:
This section specifies the requirements for the tank monitoring system including field equipment, field to
control room interface and man machine interface.
The manufacturer of the tank gauging system shall be manufacturing according to international standards
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001. Each radar tank gauge shall be individually tested for accuracy over a distance
from 1 to 12 meters as minimum. The test shall be performed in a test range approved by an international
accredited institute.
The system shall be capable to generate, capture and provide inventory data / information for display,
reporting and further data handling to perform inventory management. The Tank farm management system
shall be able to measure tank levels in metric units. Based on the measured values the system shall provide
• Volume calculation according ASTM/API tables.
• Product flow calculation.
• High, high-high, low, low-low alarm.
• Gauge diagnostics and status information.
• System diagnostics.
• Batch handling.
The system shall meet performance parameters as specified in the applicable OIML tank gauging
documents.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The system shall be able to perform alarm and error handling for all system components. As a minimum
all field equipments shall be of protection class IP 65 (NEMA 4).
All the offered instruments shall communicate over the same field bus to save cable costs.
All tank and field mounted equipment shall be designed for continuous operation in ambient temperature of
(0 to 65) degree centigrade and relative humidity of 100 % condensing. For hot climates, self ventilating sun
radiation protection shall be provided.
The control room equipment shall be designed for continuous operation in ambient temperature of (0 to
50) deg C and relative humidity of 95%.
All field devices, during normal operation, bench testing or field services shall be designed to be immune to
radio frequency & electromagnetic interference with field strength of 15 Volts/meter or less over frequency
range of 50 to 450 Hz.
Measuring range, strapping tables, spectrum analysis, software upgrades and modifications shall be
possible to configure and monitor from the control room.
5.1.1 Radar Gauges:
The Radar type tank gauging system shall employ Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave design.
The radar gauge, during normal operation, bench testing or field service, shall not generate microwave
power levels hazardous to humans. The maximum power level as per API MPMS 3.1B appendix B.2.4.2
shall not exceed 2mW. The radar gauge shall have the approval from Federal Communication Corporation
(FCC, USA) and certificate should be provided on request.
For custody quality applications, the intrinsic or bench tested accuracy of the level gauge shall be equal
to or better than ±1 mm over the entire measuring range. The test shall be performed in a test range
approved by an international accredited institute.
The installed accuracy for inventory control application shall be equal to or better than ±10 mm. Field
calibration shall be in compliance with API MPMS 3.1B.4.5. The installed accuracy shall be verified jointly by
the vendor and the user during commissioning period. The verification procedure shall be in compliance
with API MPMS chapter 3.1A and 3.1B.
Local level indicators integral to the field control units shall display exactly the same readings as indicated in
the control room operator console.
Signal frequency shaping before broadcast shall be fully processed. Signal monitoring and registering of
product surface reflection shall provide full frequency picture for possibility of complete reflection
interpretation. This should support fine-tuning, trouble-shooting and antennae contamination monitoring
and signaling.
The gauge frequency sweep must be linearized against an ultra-stable digital reference using an internal
crystal oscillator.
The sensor and electronics shall be integral in one unit. The internal electronics in the level gauge shall be
temperature stabilized. Electronics shall not be placed in antenna as it is exposed to tank atmosphere.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The entire gauge head assembly shall be mounted on the top of the tank and the sub-components i.e.
antennae, electronics, housing etc. shall be designed as separate units so that they can be freely
independently interchanged without EEPROM change either at factory or at site.
The MTBF figure for the quoted system based on installed units in the field shall be more than 65 years.
The vendor shall furnish calculations to prove the same.
For free space close to the tank wall installation vendor should provide antenna version which installed
accuracy is not influenced by the multi-path effect.
The antenna design shall be such that minimum influence from the tank wall is provided. Both inclination
and orientation of the antenna shall be adjustable. It shall have sloping surfaces to ensure condensation
drip-off.
The material of the antenna shall be proven to be compatible for the chemical composition of the tank
products and shall be acid proof stainless steel and Teflon.
The radar gauge antenna shall be factory designed to be easily removable from the still pipe to allow
access for manual gauging, temperature, dipping and sampling without affecting / altering the reference
height of the tank. The access to the still pipe shall be made without special tools or extra spool piece.
Radar type of level gauging and control room field interface shall have full galvanic isolation and surge
protection at communication and power cabling connections.
Radar gauge shall have the ability to digitally integrate peripherals with 2-wire intrinsically safe power and
communication wiring. It shall be possible to integrate peripherals without the need for separate / external
barrier circuitry units.
Applicable peripherals shall be equipped with electrical circuitry for lighting protection at interface cabling to
level gauge.
Each RADAR gauge shall be provided with 2 nos. of SPDT contacts programmable for level trip signals.
All conduit connections shall be of ½” NPT (f) unless otherwise specified in the data sheets. All cable
entries to be provided with an SS conduit plug.
The instruments shall be intrinsically safe certified by statutory bodies like DGMS / CENELEC / BASEEFA /
PTB / UL / FM / CSA / other international statutory authority for use in area classification mentioned in data
sheets. Necessary copies of electrical compliance certificates shall be furnished to client/consultant for
review.
5.1.2 Tank Side Indicator
Indicator shall be loop powered.
The indicator shall directly communicate with radar transmitter.
The tank side display at tank base level shall show level, Volume and alarm / other diagnostic information.
The level reading shall be the same as shown in TFMS PC in control room.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

5.1.3 Communication Unit
The communication unit shall act as an interface between field instruments and TFMS software and its
task shall be to continuous poll data from the field and to store it in its buffer memory. Whenever a
request for data is received, the communication unit can immediately send data from its updated buffer
memory.
The standard system shall provide a redundant RS 232 or RS 485 communication interface for data
transmission to PLC / DCS/ SCADA system.
The field instruments shall be able to communicate with 2 wire field bus via the communication unit to the
operator interface at the distance of 4 Km without any additional hardware.
The field bus protocol shall have a baud rate of 9600 as minimum and provide maximum resistance to
interference
5.1.4 TFMS Software & Human interface
TFMS software shall perform enhanced inventory management and tank monitoring facility by means of
software applications running on Windows NT / 2000 platform designed on industrial standard open
connectivity architecture
Human machine interface shall consist of a Workstation type computer machine, user configurable
graphical interface and shall perform calculations, alarm handling, configuration and data storage. It shall
have the specifications as mentioned in the datasheet.
The operator interface graphics shall have the following functionality:
• All standard windows shall have the ability to be customized on demand.
• The system interface shall have independently supported and microprocessor controlled
communication on all ports.
• All engineering function interface shall be provided for system configuration and set up. All
configuration change shall be password – protected.
• A group configuration function shall be provided which permits the plant operator to define the
grouping of tanks for display on the group view screen and the group inventory screen. Similar
function shall be available for alarms.
• A value entry function shall be provided which permits the operator to manually enter the process
values and operating parameters for each tank.
The system shall be able to accept multiple users with different privileges independently of the windows
TM operating system. Logging on and off of different users shall be stored as a event for traceability. The
system administrator with highest level of authority and password handles the assigning of user accounts.
The system shall be capable of storing unique volume tables and correction factor with atleast 1000
strapping points for each tank. These tables will provide level to volume conversion of the tank.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

The system shall provide open connectivity for users to extract appropriate data using commercial of the
shelf software e.g. MS Excel or MS Access etc.
The operator interface shall have full network support over LAN. In case of networking the system shall
have clock synchronization for all operator stations.
The following modules / views are required as minimum for the tank inventory system:
• Alarming: audio / visual alarms

• User configurable tank grouping
• Events
• Field commands
• Manual overwrites
• Views: tank as well as group related
• Tank detail
• Tabular data
• Bar graph’s
• Tank icons
• System diagnostics
• System and data recovery
• Leakage alarm
The system shall be able to generate Tank reports, Inventory balance reports, alarm reports as a
minimum and all the reports shall be publishable on printer, via e-mail or as a file. All reports may be
retrieved through on local communication.
The system shall have input for ambient air temperature. The system shall be able to use this
temperature value, combined with the product temperature for the compensation of thermal tank shell
expansion.
The system shall generate high, low & safe alarms for all the measured parameters. It shall also generate
leakage alarms for based on the change in levels or the net standard volume of the products in the
storage tank.
The system shall be capable of performing self checks on each tank gauge and data collection or control
unit.
The system shall be capable of performing historical and real time trending analysis. It shall have the
capacity to store reports on hard disc for traceability.
The system shall provide audible and visual indication to the operator of an alarm condition and provide
the operator the ability to acknowledge the alarm and disable the audible indicator. It shall also provide
the ability to disable the alarm to the operator.
The system shall provide importing and exporting flow indications based on volume movements in the
tank. Indications of estimated end time of batch shall be provided based on user set points. The basic
handling shall be able to handle multiple destinations and sources. The batch function shall generate
printable batch reports.
The system shall be able to communicate with remote station via internet and telephone connection for
remote viewing of data. The system should be connected via OPC server link to remote station.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

5.2 CABLES
5.2.1 Instrument Analogue Signal Cables
Single Pair/Triad cables:
These cables shall be screened, armoured made of excellent electrolytic grade copper with high grade
PVC covering shall be hydro-carbon resistant, corrosion resistant, flame retardant and self-extinguishing.
Each core shall be 1.0 sq.mm, made of multi-stranded annealed electrolytic grade copper conductor.
Primary insulation shall be extruded polyvinyl chloride (PVC) as per IS 5831 Type A. Thickness shall be
0.6mm minimum.
The pairs of insulated conductors shall be uniformly twisted together with a suitable right hand lay. 15 to 20
twist per meter uniformly, so as to minimize the cross talk in cables.
Color of core insulation shall be black and white for pair; black, white and brown for triad.
Individual pair/triad shall be shielded. Shields shall be aluminum backed by mylar/polyester tape with the
metallic side down helically applied with either side 25% overlap and 100% coverage.
Minimum shield thickness shall be 0.05mm. Drain wire shall be 0.5sq.mm. single or multistrand bare tinned
annealed copper conductor in continuous contact with aluminum side of shield.
Inner and outer jacket shall be made of extruded flame retardant PVC to IS 5831 Type ST1, Oxygen index
of PVC shall be over 30. Temp. index shall be over 250degC for single pair cables. Inner jacket shall be of
min thickness 0.7mm and outer jacket of 1.4mm.
Armour over inner jacket shall be of galvanized steel wire/flat as per IS1554 Part 1.
A pair/triad shall be identified with numbers at interval of not more than 250mm as per vendor’s standard.
Tolerance in overall diameter of cable shall be within ± 1mm of the offered value.
Multi Pair/Multitriad cables:
Generally the cables shall be the same as that of single pair / triad cables.
Overall shield shall be aluminum backed by mylar/polyester tape with metallic side down helically applied
with either side 25% overlap and 100% coverage. Minimum shield thickness shall be 0.075mm. Overall
drain wire shall be similar to individual pair / triad drain wire and shall be in continuous contact with
aluminum side of shield.
Overall twist of all pairs/triads shall be as per vendor’s standard.
A pair of communication wire shall be provided for multipair/triad cables. Each wire shall be 22 AWG 7
stranded copper conductor with 0.4mm thick PVC insulation.
5.2.2 Digital Signal Cables:
These cables shall be 2 core/multicore concentric 1.5 sq.mm, made of multi-stranded annealed electrolytic
grade copper conductor with tinned copper drain wire, armoured extruded PVC sheathed. In both 2 core
and multicore control cables only overall shield is adequate.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Primary insulation shall be extruded polyvinyl chloride (PVC) as per IS 5831 Type A. Thickness shall be 0.7
mm minimum.
The pairs of insulated conductors shall be uniformly twisted together with a suitable right hand lay. 15 to 20
twist per meter uniformly, so as to minimize the cross talk in cables.
Overall / individual shielding of conductors by Aluminum backed mylar tape shall be provided as per the
requirements. A copper drain wire will be in continuous contact with the shield. Asbestos / metal braiding
shall be provided wherever specified to provide electrostatic shielding and improved abrasion and stress
resistance.
Armouring shall be provided over the inner sheath. Armouring shall be generally of Galvanized steel wire or
strips. Round steel wire is to be used where the diameter over the inner sheath does not exceed 13mm.
Inner and outer jacket shall be made of extruded flame retardant PVC to IS 5831 Type ST1, Oxygen index
of PVC shall be over 30. Temp. index shall be over 250 degC for single pair cables. Inner jacket shall be of
min thickness 0.7 mm and outer jacket of 1.4 mm. The outer sheath shall be chemical resistant, corrosion
resistant, moisture resistant and flame resistant. The outer sheath shall also be anti-termite.
5.2.3 Power Cables:
For power cables, 3 core cables, conductors shall be minimum of 2.5 sq.mm sizes.
Shall be copper cable with voltage rating of up to and equal to 1100 volts.
Shall be multistranded annealed bare electrolytic copper conductor.
Cable shall have a primary insulation of extruded PVC as per IS 5831 Type A.
Inner sheath shall be extruded PVC, type ST1 and min thickness as per table 4 of IS 1554 part1.
Outer sheath shall be extruded PVC, type ST1 and min thickness as per table 7 of IS 1554 part1.
Armour over inner sheath shall be galvanized steel wire for UAD less than 13mm, Galvanized steel strip for
UAD greater than 13mm dimensions per table 5 of IS 1554 part 1.
Core identification 2 core: red and black and 3 core: red, yellow & blue.
Though the specification sheets indicate materials for various parts, it shall be the vendor's
responsibility to select and recommend the correct materials for these parts to ensure compatibility
with the process conditions specified in data sheets.
Ripcord shall also be provided for all types of cables.
In the event of any conflict between specification, data sheets, standards and codes, etc, vendor shall
refer to us for clarification and proceed only after obtaining the clarification.
Vendor shall strictly adhere to the documentation schedule attached with this specification and submit
required no. of data sheets, catalogs, and softcopies.
5.2.4 Manufacturer’s Data
Vendor shall furnish the following details:
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Standard drum length for all type of cables, maximum cable length in a cable drum & allowable.
Cable dimensions (with tolerances)
a. Diameter under armour (mm)
b. Diameter over armour (mm)
c. Overall diameter (mm)
d. Weight per kilometer (kgs)
e. Minimum bending radii
Cable conductor resistance, capacitance & inductance per kilometer. Cable armour resistance per
kilometer and short circuit current rating.
Cable current carrying capacity for defined conditions along with derating factor for varying ambient
temperature. Grouping & installation method and short circuit current rating.
Cross talk between pairs, attenuation at 100 Hz, insulation resistance, L/R ratio, dielectric constant, etc.
Vendor shall ensure the highest levels of quality throughout the entire process of manufacturing, testing
and laying of cable. Vendor shall list out all the quality control procedures carried out at the vendor’s
works and furnish the details to the Purchaser / Consultant along with offer.
Cable shall be wound on steady non-returnable wooden drums built to withstand the weight of the cable
as well as handling abuses. Each drum is marked with particulars required as follows:
• Suppliers name
• Client’s name
• PO No.
• Cable type / code
• Length of cable in the drum
• SI No. of drum
• Year of manufacture
The label shall be attached on outside and inside of the drum flange. Label shall be protected by
transparent plastic envelopes.
In multi-pair cables pair identification number to be provided at every 250 mm intervals.
6.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
The vendor shall prepare a detailed shop “Quality Assurance Program” to meet the requirement of this
specification for purchaser approval.
The supplier shall perform all tests and inspection necessary to ensure that the material and
workmanship confirm to the requirement of this specification and which the guarantees specify.
The supplier shall submit the inter inspection / test reports to client at the time of intimating them for
inspection.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Cables:
Routine tests to be carried out by vendor during various stages of manufacturing. Purchaser shall review
the related documentation.
• Insulation and sheaths : All tests as per IS:5831 except insulation resistance, voltage and spark
test shall be as per BS 5308 part II (1986)
• Armour test as per IS:3975
• Cable resistance and L/R Ratio.
• Continuity Test:
Voltage test as per BS5305 part II – An A.C. Voltage of 1kV at 50 Hz shall be applied between
conduction and shield and /or armour which shall be earthed. The test shall be done at room
temperature on the completed cable without immersion in water and maintained at 1kV for 1
minute without breakdown of insulation.
• Insulation Resistance Test:

The insulation resistance when tested at 500v d.c. after steady electrification of one minute shall
not be less than 100 M ohms on a length of 1 km at 90 degC. This test shall be carried out for
each conduction against the other bunched conduction / shield /armour for cables with
individually shielded pair, the insulation resistance measured between shields were tested at
500v D.C. after steady electrification for one minute.
• Conduction resistance and drain wire resistance as per the specification stated under electrical
characteristics.
• Cable capacitance and L/R ratio test as per specification stated under electrical characteristics.
• Electro static Noise rejection test, type wise for each lot.
• Tests for uniformity of galvanization of armour as per IS2633.
• Oxygen index test as per ASTM D2863 – 1974.
• Dimensional check for overall diameter and under armour /over armour diameter.
• Overall finish check.
• Check of drum length and overall length tolerance.
Immediately after completion of electrical tests the ends of the cable shall be sealed to prevent ingress of
moisture with suitable PVC / Rubber cables.
The vendor shall also conduct any test (other than these mentioned) called for by purchaser to check if
other cables meet the specifications, at no extra cost.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Vendor shall also perform the following standard tests:
a. AC and DC High voltage test

b. Tensile strength test
c. Spark test
d. Hot formation test
e. Drain wire resistance test
f. Static noise test
g. Cross talk attenuation test
h. Annealing test as per IS: 1554
i. Insulation thickness test
j. Capacitance, inductance, L/R test
k. Fire non-propagation test
l. Any other test required
7.0 TAG PLATE
Each equipment / JB / Instrument shall be provided with a Stainless Steel Tag plate permanently
fastened to the superstructure at a visible place. The tag plate shall have following details:
a. Manufacturer's name
b. Tag number
c. Model No. and Serial No.
d. Pressure & temperature rating
e. Body & Element material
f. Calibrated span & units
g. Range limits and outputs
h. Power supply and electrical classification
8.0 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
Unless otherwise mentioned, end connections shall be as detailed below:
a. All threaded connections shall be to NPT as per ANSI B: 2.1.
b. All flanged end connections shall be as per ANSI B: 16.5.
c. Grooves of RTJ flanges shall be octagonal as per ANSI B: 16.20.
d. Flange face finish shall be serrated concentric to paragraph 6.3.4.1, 6.3.4.2 and 6.3.4.3 of
ANSI B: 16.5.
9.0 DEVIATIONS AND REJECTION
No deviations in the scope of work will be accepted by ONGC. Offer with deviations shall be straightway
rejected by the ONGC.
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

10.0 GUARANTEE
Bidder shall guarantee the performance of all equipment and system supplied under his scope in
accordance with the approved design and specification and shall also guarantee material or design
defects for the period of 12 months from the date of commissioning of the project or 18 months from
the date of shipment of the entire system, whichever is earlier.
11.0 DOCUMENTATION SCHEDULE
Vendor shall strictly adhere to the documentation schedule attached with this specification and submit
required no. of data sheets, catalogs, and softcopies.
Vendor shall submit 2 copies of the following along with the offer,
a. Technical data and specification / catalogs or leaflet information.
b. Quality Assurance Procedure.
Vendor shall supply spare parts required for commissioning and also for 2 years trouble free operation as
a part of scope of work. List of mandatory and recommended spares shall also be provided by the
contractor.
a. Drawing showing overall drilling and mounting dimensions.
Vendor shall submit 6 copies and 1 softcopy of all the following documents in a folder to client.
a. Calibration certificates including functional test.
b. Material certificates of compliance.
c. Electrical certificates.
d. Installation, operation and maintenance manuals.
NOTE: BIDS RECEIVED WITHOUT THE ABOVE INFORMATION SHALL NOT

BE CONSIDERED FOR EVALUATION
12.0 ATTACHMENTS
Data sheet
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

LEVEL TRANSMITTER - RADAR TYPE
1 Type Radar type to measure the tank level with

l l i di output
4~20mA ti and HART protocol
2 Tag No.
3 P & ID No.
4 Line No. / Service
5 Range 12 M high x 15.5 M dia
GENERAL
6 Area Classification Zone- 1 & 2, Gas group IIA , IIB , Temp class T6 as per IS 2148
7 Mounting On top of Tank
8 Total Accuracy:Sensor & Transmitter +/ - 3mm or better
9 Process Conn. Size, Rating & Finish 18" Flanged, 150#, RF, Serarted finish as per ANSI B16.5
10 Process conn. Material CS
11 Calibrated Range 0-12M
12 Protection Class Weather Proof to IP65 as a min( NEMA 4) and exproof
13 Reference height Refer Data Sheet
14 Sensor Design Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave design
15 Sensor Enclosure PVDF / PTFE
16 Radar Frequency & Power level *
17 Antenna type *
18 Antenna Size Suitable for tank nozzle
19 Antenna Material Acid proof stainless steel / TEFLON
20 Special design features for antenna *; With sloping surfaces
TRANSMITTER
R
21 Transmitter Type Electronic ; 2 wire

22 Power supply 110 V AC, 50 Hz
23 Output 4~20mA
24 Local Indication Required
25 Configuration From front keypad of instrument
26 Switch Requirement Required; 2 SPDT Contacts
27 Conduit entry size 1/2'' NPT(F)
28 RFI/EMI protection Instrument to be protected from Radio (R) Frequency (F) Interference(I)
Electro (E) Magnetic (M) Interference (I)

conforming to SAMA PMC 33.1C
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B
PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 X 2000 M3) ONGC DOCUMENT No.

AT BECHRAJI ETP , MEHSANA ASSET.
PAGE 1 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : LEVEL TRANSMITTER - RADAR TYPE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
LEVEL TRANSMITTER - RADAR TYPE
29 IS Certification Not required

30 Surge & Lightning Protection Full galvanic Seperation
TRANSMITTER
31 Field Communication Protocol *

32 Common Mode Rejection Ratio >150dB
33 Communication Distance 4Km Max
34 Baud Rate 9600 bps min
35 Make *
OTHERS
36 Model No. *
37 Cable Glands Required : ex-proof, double compression of brass, Ni coated 1/2" NPT
38
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 2 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : LEVEL TRANSMITTER - RADAR TYPE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
TANK SIDE INDICATOR
1 Tag No.
2 P&ID No.
3 Service
4 Area Classification Zone- 1 & 2, Gas group IIA , IIB , Temp class T6 as per IS 2148
5 Display LCD
GENERAL
6 Communication Digital
7 Ambient Temperature (0 to 65) deg C
8 Protection Explosion proof
9 Power Supply Loop Powered
10 Material Cast Aluminium
11 Finish *
12 Cable entry *
13 Cable Glands Required : ex-proof, double compression of brass, Ni coated 1/2" NPT
14 Make *
OTHERS
15 Model No. *
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE
G 1 O
OF 1
DOCUMENT TITLE : TANK SIDE INDICATOR
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
TANK GAUGING SYSTEM
1 Type Float & Tape Type

2 Tag No.
3 P & ID No.
GENERAL
5 Mounting Tank Side

6 Fluid Aviation Turbine Fuel
7 Area Zone- 1 & 2, Gas group IIA , IIB , Temp class T6 as per IS 2148
8 Total Accuracy +/- 10 mm or Better
9 Process Connection 1 1/2" Flanged to ANSI B16.5, 150#, RF, Serrated finish
3 Nos.(1 no. for float and 2 nos. for guide wires); To suit tank nozzle
10 Float AISI 316SS
11 Tape / Wire AISI 316SS
MATERIAL
12 Guide Wire AISI 316SS

13 Top Anchor *
14 Bottom anchor SS
15 Pipe & Pipe Support Galvanised Iron
16 Type Large Dial & Pointer type
AD
17 Enclosure Weather proof to IP 65 as a minimum

ASSEMBLY
Y
GAUGE HEA
18 Cranking Device Required

19 Operation checker Mechanism Required
20 Connection *
21 Housing Material *
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : TANK GAUGE SYSTEM
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
TANK GAUGING SYSTEM
22 Type 2 wire ,SMART with HART protocol

23 Power Supply 24V DC
TRANSMITTER
24 Output 4 ~ 20 mA
25 Housing Material Manufacturer Standard
26 Housing Type Weather proof to IP 65 as a minimum
27 Electrical connection 1/2'' NPT(F)
28 Mounting On Tank side
29 Make *
OTHERS
30 Model No. *
31 IBR Certification
NOTES
1 * Vendor to specify
2 Mounting details, Tests certificate to be provided.

3 Inspection will be done by the Owner or by authorised Consultant
4 Vendor to note that double compression type weatherproof cable glands of nickel plated brass are
included in his scope for all electrical accessories
5 Spares required for commissioning & two years maintenance free operation to be submitted
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : TANK GAUGE SYSTEM
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
SIGNAL CABLE
1 Voltage grade 600V

2 Conductor material Stranded annealed tinned high conductivity copper
3 Conductor Size 1 Sq mm
4 Number / Nominal diameter of wire 7/0.37 for single pair/triad**
7/0.307 for multipair / triad cables**
5 Minimum insulation thickness 0.6mm
6 Insulation material Extrude PVC as per IS 5831 type A
7 Identification of cores Black and white for pairs / Black,white and brown for triads
8 No of twists per meter 15 minimum
9 Shield (individual pair) Aluminium backed mylar, tape with 100% coverage and 25% over lap
10 Overall shield for multipair Aluminium backed mylar, tape with 100% coverage and 25% over lap
11 Minimum Shield thickness 0.05 mm for individual and overall shield
GENERAL
12 Melinex tape bedding Applied under individual pair shield for multipair/triad
13 Binder tape Thickness 0.1mm, applied over laid up pairs/triads
14 Drain wire Shall be in continuous contact with aluminium side of shield
15 Material of drain wire Annealed tinned copper
16 Size of drain wire 0.5 Sq.mm
17 Number
N b off strands
t d /Diameter
/Di t off Drain
D i 7/0
0.3
3
18 Inner sheath material Extruded PVC, type ST1
19 Inner sheath thickness 0.7 mm
20 Inner sheath colour Black
21 Outer sheath material Extruded PVC, type ST1
22 Outer sheath thickness 1.4 mm
23 Outer sheath colour Blue
24 Nylon RIP Cord Longitudinally below the inner sheath
25 Armour Galvanized steel wire as per IS 1554 Part - 1
26 Nominal diameter of armour wire Shall be as per BS 5308 : Part2 : 1986
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : SIGNAL CABLE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
SIGNAL CABLE
27 Maximum DC Resistance of conductor 26.5 ohms / Km for single pair / Triad**

ELECTRICAL CHARECTERISTIC at 20 deg C 39.7 ohms / Km for multipair/ Triad**
28 Maximum mutual capacitance 250 PF/Meter**
between cores
29 Maximum mutual capacitance 400 PF/meter**
between any pair/triad & shield

30 Maximum mutual inductance 4 mH/Km**
31 Maximum L/R ratio of adjacent core 250µH/ohm**
32 Maximum drain wire resistance at 30 ohms / Km**
20 Deg including shield

33 Minimum electrostatic noise rejection r 75 dB**
34 Minimum Insulation resistance 100 M ohms/km**
CHARESTERISTICS
35 Diameter over inner sheath *

36 Diameter over armour *
MECH
37 Overall Diameter *
38 Bending radius *
39 Net weight of cable Kg/Km *
40 Make
OTHERS
S
*
41 Model No. *
NOTES
2 ** Vendor to confirm
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B
.
PAGE 2 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : SIGNAL CABLE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
CONTROL CABLE
1 Voltage grade 1100V

2 Conductor material Stranded annealed tinned high conductivity copper
3 Conductor Size 1.5 Sq mm
4 Number / Nominal diameter of wire 7/0.53 **
5 Minimum insulation thickness 0.7mm
6 Insulation material Extrude PVC as per IS 5831 type A
7 Identification of cores All cores shall be black in colour
with number printed at regular intervals not more than 1 meter
10 Overall multicore cable shield Required
11 Minimum Shield thickness 0.05 mm
GENERAL
14 Drain wire Shall be in continuous contact with aluminium side of shield

15 Material of drain wire Annealed tinned copper
16 Size of drain wire 0.5 Sq.mm
17 Number of strands /Diameter of Drain wire 7 / 0.307
18 Inner sheath material Extruded PVC, type ST1
19 Inner sheath thickness 0.7 mm
20 Inner sheath colour Black
21 Outer sheath material Extruded PVC, type ST1
22 Outer sheath thickness 1.4 mm
23 Outer sheath colour Blue
24 Nylon RIP Cord Longitudinally below the inner sheath
25 Armour Galvanized steel wire as per IS 1554 Part - 1
26 Nominal diameter of armour wire Shall be as per BS 5308 : Part2 : 1986
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : CONTROL CABLE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
CONTROL CABLE
27 Maximum DC Resistance of conductor 12.3 ohms / Km for 2 core**
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS at 20 deg C 39.7 ohms / Km for multicore**

28 Maximum mutual capacitance 250 PF/Meter**
between cores
29 Maximum mutual capacitance 400 PF/meter**
between any pair/triad & shield

30 Maximum mutual inductance 4 mH/Km**
31 Maximum L/R ratio of adjacent core 250µH/ohm**
32 Maximum drain wire resistance at 30 ohms / Km**
20 Deg including shield

33 Minimum electrostatic noise rejection ratio 75 dB**
34 Minimum Insulation resistance 100 M ohms/km**

ECH CHARESTERISTICS
35 Diameter over inner sheath *
36 Diameter over armour *
37 Overall Diameter *
38 Bending radius *
ME
39 Net weight of cable Kg/Km *

OTHERS
40 Make *
41 Model No. *
NOTES
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 2 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : CONTROL CABLE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
POWER CABLE
1 Type Copper cable
GENERAL
2 Construction Solid annealed electrolytic copper conductor
3 Voltage rating Upto & including 1100 volts
4 Primary insulation Extruded PVC as per IS 5831 type A

5 Inner Sheath Extruded PVC, type ST1 and min thickness as per table 4 of IS 1554 part 1
6 Outer Sheath Extruded PVC, type ST1 and min thickness as per table 7 of IS 1554 part 1
7 RIP Cord Required
Cable
8 Drain wire In continuous contact with aluminium side of the shield

9 Material of drain wire Multistrand bare tinned copper conductor
10 Size of drain wire 0.5 sq.mm
11 Armour Galvanized steel wire for UAD less than 13mm, Galvanized steel strip for
UAD greater than 13mm dimensions per table 5 of IS 1554 part 1
12 Core Identification 3 Core red,yellow & blue
13 Make
OTHERS
*
14 Model No. *
NOTES
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 1
DOCUMENT TITLE : POWER CABLE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
PRESSURE GAUGES
1 Type Direct Reading

GENERAL
2 Mounting Local
4 Tag No.
5 Range 0 to 20 Kg/Cm2
6 Dial White with Black markings
7 Dial Size 150 mm
8 Case and Bezel Dicast Aluminium enamelled black with screwed type inter bezel
9 Case Glycerine filled case
10 Pressure Element Bourdon
11 Element Material SS 316
12 Socket Material SS 316
GAUGE
13 Movement Material SS304

14 Window Material Shatter proof BOROSILICATE glass of Klinger / Maxos / equivalent make
15 Zero Adjustment Internal micro adjustable pointer
16 Process Connection 1/2 NPT M
17 Location Bottom
18 Nominal Accuracy Required ± 0.5% of FSR or Better
19 Resolution 0.2 kg/cm2
20 Blow out Protection Disc (Material : Neoprene)
21 Over range Protection 130% of Range
10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : PRESSURE GAUGES
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
PRESSURE GAUGES
22 Snubber Required
OPTIONS
23 Snubber Material SS316

24 Connection 1/2" NPT(F) X 1/2" NPT(M)
25 Manufacturer *
OTHERS
26 Model No. *
NOTES
2
Mounting details, Tests certificate, Operation and Maintenance manual to be provided.

10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 2 OF 2
DOCUMENT TITLE : PRESSURE GAUGES
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
1 Tag No.
GENERAL
2 P & ID No.
4 Range 0 to 60 Deg C
5 Type Bi Metallic
RTD

7 Dial White with Black markings
8 Dial Size 150 mm
9 Case and Bezel Dicast Aluminium enamelled black with screwed type inter bezel
10 Sensor Element Bi Metallic Strip
11 Stem Material SS316
12 Movement Material SS304
GAUGE
Shatter proof BOROSILICATE glass of Klinger / Maxos /

13 Window Material
equivalent make
14 Zero Adjustment Internal micro adjustable pointer
15 Process Connection 1/2 NPT M
16 Location Bottom
17 Nominal Accuracy Required ± 1% of FSR or Better
18 Resolution 1 deg C
19 Over range Protection 130% of Range
20 Manufacturer *
OTHERS
21 Model No. *
NOTES
2 Mounting details, Tests certificate to be provided.


10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 1
DOCUMENT TITLE : TEMPERATURE GAUGE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
GENERAL NOTES TO VENDOR
2 Though the specification sheets indicate materials for various parts, it shall be the vendor's responsibility to
select and recommend the correct materials for these parts to ensure compatibility with the process conditions
specified
3 Vendor’s quote shall include a detailed specification sheet for each item, furnishing as a minimum the details as
meted out in Purchaser's data sheets.
4 The bid shall be duly supported by product / technical catalogues, brochures, etc. Vendor to ensure that all
units referred to in his quote shall be to the same standards as those in purchaser's data sheets.
5 Vendor to note that double compression type weatherproof cable glands of nickel plated brass are included in his
scope
6 Vendor shall indicate the make and the model no. of all bought-out items along with catalogues and literature in
his offer.

10908 0 0 4 3 8 8 0 0 1 B

PAGE 1 OF 1
DOCUMENT TITLE : GENERAL NOTES TO VENDOR
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
OIL AND NATURAL GAS
CORPORATION LIMITED
MEHSANA ASSET

VOLUME II
GEOTECHNICAL & DESIGN REPORTS

DOCUMENT ATTACHED
S.No. DISCRIPTION DOCUMENT No.
1. GEOTECHNICAL REPORT 1115001
2. DESIGN REPORT FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1131001
3. DESIGN REPORT FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS 1331001
4. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR PIPELINE 2631001
10908 0 0 X X X X X X X A

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: GEOTECHNICAL & DESIGN REPORTS

PAGE
REV. A DATE 24/07/2009

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
10908 0 0 1 1 1 5 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: GEOTECHNICAL REPORT PAGE
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

Abstract
The report is presented herewith analyses based on thorough study of
the geotechnical investigation results.
The detailed scope of work was decided in consultation with Officials of
Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited Project Division. A complete
geotechnical in vestigation was undertaken by us to obtain the required
subsurface information to study and to indicate the nature and behavior
of soil under the application of loads of Construction of Tanks (2 x 2000
m3) for ONGC at Becharaji ETP Mehsana Asset.
Such information were obtained from the follow ing:
1. By making bore holes and collecting disturbed and undisturbed
soil/rock samples.
2. By testing soil samples in laboratory for physical properties and
strength characteristic of soils.
3. By analysis of results.
The results obtained from above w ere interpreted, analyzed and the
follow ing conclusions are derived.
1) Following stratification were observed during Geotechnical Investigation:
From existing depth to a depth varying upto 10.0m depth, Brownish, fine
to very fine grained, stiff to very stiff, silty clays of intermediate plasticity
with occational gravels is encountered, followed by sandwiched layers of
Brownish, fine to medium grained, dense to very dense, clayey sand with
occcational gravels upto about 17.0m depth. Last layer upto a depth
investigation consists of very hard, silty clays of intermediate plasticity
with gravels. The general stratification is uniform.
2) Ring wall type tank pad foundation is suggested. The safe bearing
capacity of tank pad various diameters at 2.0m depth, is
recommended in Appendix No. I. The safe bearing capacity of 15 t/m 2
is recommended. The minimum depth of foundation shall be 2.0m from
existing ground level. The total probable settlement at centre end from
the edge of tank pad is calculated and appended.
3) The excavated soil can be used for backfilling in the foundation
trenches, in plinth of the structure and in sub base of pavements. The
-1-
backfilling shall be done in layers with compacted thickness not
exceeding 150mm. The excavation may remain vertical only for short
duration during construction.
4) Drainage property of soil is poor in case of clays of in termediate
plasticity and fair in case of clayey sand.
5) Ground water table is encountered at 3.50m to 4.50m depth during
investigation.
6) The soil can be classified in class-I as per table no. 4 of clauses 8.2.2.4
and 9.1.2 of IS 456 2000. OPC, PSC or Portland pozzolona cement can
be used. All RCC shall be designed for moderate exposure condition with
minimum cement content not less than 300 kg/m 3 .
7) The comments given in this report and the opinion expressed are
based on the ground conditions encountered during site work and on
the results of tests made in field and in the laboratory. There may
however, special co nditions prevailing at the site which have not been
disclosed by the investigation and which have not been taken in to
account in the report. Any variation in stratification in any of the
foundation location shall be studied thoroughly before executing the
foundation work.
-2-
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS
(2 X 2000 M3) FOR ONGC AT BECHARAJI ETP MEHSANA ASSET
1.0 Introduction
For foundation analysis of the structure on the site, It is necessary
1. To determine the soil profile of the site
2. To know physical properties and strength characteristics of soil/rock
at various depths. For this purpose, the geotechnical investigation
was entrusted to us by Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Ltd Project
Division. The following points were decided .
1. No. Bore hole – 2.0
2. Depth of Borehole -20.0m
3. Undisturbed samples at every 3.0m interval.
4. Standard penetration tests are conducted at every 3.0m interval.
5. Collection of disturbed samples.
6. To find physical properties and strength characteristics of undisturbed
samples.
7. To find physical properties of disturbed samples.
8. To locate ground water table, if any.
9. Interpretation of results, Analysis.
10.Recommendations.
Based on the above points the detailed Geotechnical Investigatio n

Program included the follow ing :
(A) Field Investigation
1. Drilling of bore hole.
2. Collection of soil/rock samples ( Disturbed and Undisturbed )
3. Conducting Standard Penetration Test.
(B) Laboratory Investigation
1. Bulk Density and moisture content of soil
2. Grain size analysis
3. Index properties of soils
4. Shear strength of soils
5. Consolidation properties of soils
-3-
6. Free swell index and swelling pressure of soils
7. Chemical properties of soils
8. Permeability of soils
(c) Recommendations
Based on above investigations, the results are to be obtained. The
findings would be based on interpretation of Results, Analysis and
computations as per relevant Indian standards.
2.0 Field Investigation
2.1 Boring
The exploratory boreholes of 150mm diameter were drilled by rotary
drilling by mud circulation. The depth of the test bore at the proposed
location is as under:
Bore Hole No. Location Depth Investigated (m)
BH – 1 Becharaji ETP Mehsana 20.0 m
BH – 2 Asset 20.0 m
2.2 Sampling
2.2.1 Disturbed samples
Disturbed samples were collected during boring and from the split spoon
sampler. The samples recovered were logged, labeled and placed in
polyethylene bags and sent to laboratory for testing.
2.2.2 Undisturbed samples
Undisturbed soil samples were collected in thin walled Shelby tubes as
per IS 2132. The samples were sealed with wax, labeled and transported
to our laboratory at Gota, Ahmedabad for testing.
2.2.3 Standard penetration test
The standard penetration tests were conduct in accordance with IS:2131-
1981 in test bore at different intervals. The test gives N – Value, the blow
counts of last 30 cm penetration of split spoon sampler with 65 kg
hammer falling from 75 cm height.
-4-
3.0 Laboratory investigation
The following laboratory tests were conducted on undisturbed and
disturbed soil samples collected form various depths to find physical
properties and strength characteristics. Measurements of soil properties
in the laboratory the following table lists various laboratory tests, which
were conducted in the laboratory.
Tests Recom n d pr o c ed ur e T yp e S a m pl e s
1. Sample Preparation IS 2720 Pt I DS / UDS
2. Moisture Content IS 2720 Pt II DS / UDS
3. Dry Unit Weight LAMBE UDS
4. Specific Gravity IS 2720 Pt III DS
5. Liquid Limit IS 2720 DS
6. Plastic Limit IS 2720 Pt V DS
7. Grain Size Analysis IS 2720 Pt IV DS
8. Soil Classification IS 1498 DS / UDS
9. Consolidation IS 2720 Pt XV UDS
10. U.Comp. Strength IS 2720 Pt X UDS
11. Triaxial / Direct shear test IS 2720 Pt XI and Pt XIII UDS
4.0 Results
1) The location plan of Borelogs is given in fig. No.1
2) The bore log details of Bore hole are shown in fig No. 2 & 3
3) The results of laboratory permeability of Bore hole are given in
table no. 1
4) The results of chemical analysis of soil is given in table no.2 & 3
5) The Laboratory test results of Bore hole are appended in table no. 4
& 5
5.0 General stratification
-5-
From existing depth to a depth varying upto 10.0m depth, Brownish, fine
to very fine grained, stiff to very stiff, silty clays of intermediate plasticity
with occational gravels is encountered, followed by sandwiched layers of
Brownish, fine to medium grained, dense to very dense, clayey sand with
occcational gravels upto about 17.0m depth. Last layer upto a depth
investigation consists of very hard, silty clays of intermediate plasticity
with gravels. The general stratification is uniform.
6.0 Computation of Safe Bearing Capacity
Ring wall type tank pad foundation is suggested. The safe bearing
capacity of tank pad various diameters at 2.0m depth, is
recommended in Appendix No. I. The safe bearing capacity of 15 t/m 2
is recommended. The minimum depth of foundation shall be 2.0m from
existing ground level. The total probable settlement at centre end from
the edge of tank pad is calculated and appended.
7.0 Conclusions
1) General stratifications are as described in 5.0 and as shown in respective
borelogs.
2) The safe bearing capacity of tank pad various diameters at 2.0m
depth, is recommended in Appendix No. I.
3) The excavated soil can be used for backfilling in the foundation
trenches, in plinth of the structure and in sub base of pavements. The
backfilling shall be done in layers with compacted thickness not
exceeding 150mm. The excavation may remain vertical only for short
duration during construction.
4) Drainage property of soil is poor in case of clays of in termediate
plasticity and fair in case of clayey sand.
5) Ground water table is encountered at 3.50m to 4.50m depth during
investigation.
6) The soil can be classified in class-I as per table no. 4 of clauses 8.2.2.4
and 9.1.2 of IS 456 2000. OPC, PSC or Portland pozzolona cement can
be used. All RCC shall be designed for moderate exposure condition with
minimum cement content not less than 300 kg/m 3 .
-6-
7) The comments given in this report and the opinion expressed are
based on the ground conditions encountered during site work and on
the results of tests made in field and in the laboratory. There may
however, special co nditions prevailing at the site which have not been
disclosed by the investigation and which have not been taken in to
account in the report. Any variation in stratification in any of the
foundation location shall be studied thoroughly before executing the
foundation work.
-7-
APPENDIX - I
Calculation of net Safe Bearing Capacity Based on Shear Parameters C - phi
qu = 1 / FS [ 2 / 3 C Nc dc Sc ic + γd (Nq - 1) Sq dq iq Wq + 0.5 γ B Nγ Sγ dγ iγ Wγ ]
Project : Proposed tanks at ONGC Mehsana Asset at Bechraji ETP
Sr. Diameter of Depth of Shear Parameter Bearing Capacity Factors Shape Factors Depth Factors Inclination Factors Dry Density Water Table Safe
Bearing
Foundation Foundation
C φ Nc Nq - 1 Nγ Sc Sq Sγ dc dq dγ ic iq iγ γ 0.5 γ Correction Capacity
No. m m Kg/cm2 degree gm/cc Wq Wγ t / m2
1 15.00 2.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.03 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.55 15
2 18.00 2.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.02 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.54 15
3 20.00 2.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.02 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.54 15
4 25.00 2.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.02 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.53 16
5 15.00 2.50 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.04 1.02 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.53 15
6 18.00 2.50 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.03 1.02 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.53 16
7 20.00 2.50 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.03 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.53 16
8 25.00 2.50 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.02 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.52 16
9 15.00 3.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.04 1.02 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.52 16
10 18.00 3.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.04 1.02 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.51 16
11 20.00 3.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.03 1.02 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.51 16
12 25.00 3.00 0.50 10 7.05 0.83 0.67 1.30 1.20 0.60 1.03 1.01 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.68 0.84 1.00 0.51 16
Note :-
1) Factor of safety is 2.5
2) Depth of foundation shall be from E G L
-8-
Calculation of Settlement as per IS : 8009
Settlement SC = { ( CC H ) / ( 1 + e0 ) } log10 { ( P0 + ∆P ) / P0 }
Location Comp Depth of Width of H Voids Field d p0 ∆p (∆p+p0)/p0 λ factor Correction Consolidation Total
Index Cc Footing D Footing B Ratio e0 Density γ related to for depth Settlement Sc Settlement
pore
pressure
parameter
m m m gm / cc m T / m2 T / m2 mm mm
0.11 2.00 15.00 7.00 0.58 1.68 5.50 9.24 14.60 2.58 0.5 0.89 89.7
Centre of
0.04 2.00 15.00 6.00 0.47 1.79 10.00 14.61 8.10 1.55 0.3 0.81 7.6 101.7
Tank Pad
0.03 2.00 15.00 15.00 0.41 1.88 20.50 28.71 4.40 1.15 0.3 0.73 4.3
0.09 2.00 15.00 7.00 0.58 1.68 5.50 9.24 6.80 1.73 0.5 0.92 45.9
Edge of
0.03 2.00 15.00 6.00 0.47 1.79 10.00 14.61 4.50 1.31 0.3 0.80 3.4 51.2
Tank Pad
0.02 2.00 15.00 15.00 0.41 1.88 20.50 28.71 2.90 1.10 0.3 0.73 1.9
-9-
pore
pressure
parameter
0.11 2.00 18.00 7.00 0.58 1.68 5.50 9.24 14.90 2.61 0.5 0.91 92.0
Centre of
0.04 2.00 18.00 6.00 0.47 1.79 10.00 14.61 9.60 1.66 0.3 0.83 8.9 107.1
Tank Pad
0.03 2.00 18.00 15.00 0.41 1.88 20.50 28.71 6.50 1.23 0.3 0.73 6.2
0.09 2.00 18.00 7.00 0.58 1.68 5.50 9.24 6.89 1.75 0.5 0.93 44.9
Edge of
0.03 2.00 18.00 6.00 0.47 1.79 10.00 14.61 5.00 1.34 0.3 0.81 3.8 51.3
Tank Pad
0.02 2.00 18.00 15.00 0.41 1.88 20.50 28.71 3.90 1.14 0.3 0.73 2.6
- 10 -
pore
pressure
parameter
0.11 2.00 20.00 7.00 0.58 1.68 5.50 9.24 14.90 2.61 0.5 0.91 92.6
Centre of
0.04 2.00 20.00 6.00 0.47 1.79 10.00 14.61 10.50 1.72 0.3 0.84 9.7 108.4
Tank Pad
0.03 2.00 20.00 15.00 0.41 1.88 20.50 28.71 6.50 1.23 0.3 0.73 6.2
0.09 2.00 20.00 7.00 0.58 1.68 5.50 9.24 7.10 1.77 0.5 0.93 46.1
Edge of
0.03 2.00 20.00 6.00 0.47 1.79 10.00 14.61 5.10 1.35 0.3 0.82 3.9 52.6
Tank Pad
0.02 2.00 20.00 15.00 0.41 1.88 20.50 28.71 3.90 1.14 0.3 0.73 2.6
- 11 -
NOTATIONS
C Cohes i on
φ A n gl e of i nt e r na l f r i c t i o n o f s oi l
DS Dis t urbed Sample
UDS U nd i s t ur b e d S a m pl e
NMC Nat ural Mois t ure Content
NP Non Plastic S oils
G S pecif ic Grav it y
G G r av e l C on t e nt
M S ilt Cont ent
S Sand Content
C Clay Cont ent
LL Li qui d Li m it
PL P l ast ic L imi t
PI P l ast icit y I nd ex
Cc Compres sion I ndex
K Coeffic i ent of Perm eability
UCS Unc onf ined Compression
N SPT Value
BH B o re H o le
S uff i x T he Num ber of B or e Hol es
Nc, Nq, Nγ B ear i ng Capac it y F actor
Sc, S q, Sγ S hape Factors
γ Dens ity of S oil
D Dept h of f oundat i on
FS F act or o f Saf e t y
Cv Coef fic i ent of c ons ol idat i on
UU U nc ons o l i da t ed u nd r ai ne d t r i ax i al t es t
CU Cons olidated undrain ed triax ial test
CD C on s ol i da te d dr ai n ed t r iax i a l t es t
GC Clayey Grav els
GP P oor el y G raded G r avel s
GW Wel l G r ad e d G rav e ls
SC Clayey Sand
SM S ilt y S and
SW Wel G r a de d S an d
SP P oorl y G raded S and
CH Clays of High Plast ic it y
CI Cla ys of I nt e r m ediat e P l ast icit y
CL Clays of Low Plas t icity
MH S ilts of Hi gh P l ast ic it y
MI S ilts of I nt er m edi at e P l ast icit y
ML Silts of Low Plasticity
- 12 -
REFERENCE
I ndi an St andar ds IS 2720 Pt I I, I II, I V, V, X III ,

XXX I,X XV II, XXV IS 1498,IS 6403,IS 1904
M ur t h y V . N.S . Soil Mec hanics and Foundation

engi n e e ri n g
Dh a np at Rai a nd S o n s D el h i
L am be T . W. S oil t est ing f or E ngi neers

Wi l ey E as t e r Lt d., N ew Del hi
P eck, R.S. Hans on W.E. F ou nd at io n E n gi ne e ri n g

As ia Publ ishing Hous e
Nay ak , N.V. F ou nd at io n E n gi ne e ri n g M a nual

Dh a np at Rai & S o ns .
Kaniraj S.R. Des i gn A id s i n s oi l m ec h a ni c s a nd

F ou nd at io n E n gi ne e ri n g
T at a Mc G ra w Hi l l P u bl is hi n g Co. Lt d .
A l am S i n gh Modern G eot ec hnic al E ng.

IBT P ubl ishi ng & Distri but ors Del hi.
- 13 -
TABLE NO. – 1
RESULTS OF LABORATORY PERMEABILITY

Sr. Bore Depth (m ) Permeability (mm/ s)
No. Hol e
No.
-6
1. BH – 1 3.00 0.66 x 10
-6
1. BH – 2 6.00 0.61 x 10
- 14 -
TABLE NO. 2
RESULTS OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF SOIL
Result
Sr. No. Location
Depth(m) pH SO3 in 2:1 Water soil Extract (mg/l) Chloride
3.00 7.43 841 391
1 BH-1
3.00 7.58 838 304
1 BH-2
IS : 456-2000 Limits for class 1,

concrete exposed to sulphate >6 < 1000 mg/l Max. 500 mg/l
attack
TABLE NO. 3
RESULTS OF CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER
Result
Sr. No. Location Total Dissolved Solids

pH Sulphate (SO4) Chloride
Organic Inorganic
7.39 Nil 353 388 415
1 BH-1
7.48 Nil 415 365 472
1 BH-2
IS : 456-2000 Limits for class I,

Max. 200 Max. 3000
concrete exposed to sulphate >6 < 1000 mg/l Max. 500 mg/l
mg/l mg/l
attack
- 15 -
RESULTS OF LABORATORY TEST
Project :- Proposed tanks at ONGC Mehsana Asset at Bechraji ETP

BH No. :- 1
Specific Gravity
Porosity
Quality
SPT N Value
Void Ratio
Sr Depth Type of Field Dry Natural
Compression Index CC
Free Swell Index
Grain Size Analysis Consistancy limits Shear Parameter
Compression
Soil Classification
No Sample Density Moisture
Unconfined
Content
Designation
Test
Shrinkage
Plasticity
Pressure
Swelling
φ
Plastic
C
Gravel
Liquid
Index
Sand
Rock
Limit
Limit
Limit
Clay
Silt
m gm / cc % % % % % % % % % Kg/cm2 % Kg/cm2 Degree Kg/cm2 % %
1 0.00 DS - 9.43 - 0 30 39 31 35 24 11 - - - CI - - - - - - - -
2 1.50 SPT - - - 8 25 37 30 40 24 16 - - - CI - - - - 7 - - -
3 3.00 UDS 1.68 14.16 2.65 3 25 39 33 44 34 10 - - - CI 0.50 10 - 0.11 - - 0.58 36.6
4 4.50 SPT - - - 1 30 36 33 37 26 11 - - - CI - - - - 15 - - -
5 6.00 UDS 1.71 24.35 2.66 2 24 40 34 37 18 19 - - - CI 0.67 13 - 0.06 - - 0.55 35.6
6 7.50 SPT - - - 0 37 30 33 39 20 19 - - - CI - - - - 42 - - -
7 9.00 SPT - 25.13 - 7 48 27 18 25 16 9 - - - SC - - - - 20 - - -
8 10.50 UDS 1.79 22.16 2.64 0 36 34 30 37 20 17 - - - CI 0.88 15 - 0.04 - - 0.47 32.2
9 12.00 SPT - - - 3 50 28 19 23 14 9 - - - SC - - - - 33 - - -
10 13.50 UDS 1.88 22.68 2.65 4 26 39 31 38 24 14 - - - CI 0.66 14 - 0.03 - - 0.41 29.1
11 15.00 SPT - - - 12 21 37 30 41 26 15 - - - CI - - - - 69 - - -
12 16.50 UDS 1.86 23.16 2.67 11 17 39 33 36 25 11 - - - CI 0.59 20 - 0.02 - - 0.44 30.3
13 18.00 SPT - - - 0 31 36 33 40 21 19 - - - CI - - - - > 100 - - -
14 19.50 UDS 1.96 22.13 2.66 0 26 40 34 38 21 17 - - - CI 0.67 16 - 0.02 - - 0.36 26.2
Table No. -
( - 16 - )
RESULTS OF LABORATORY TEST
Project :- Proposed tanks at ONGC Mehsana Asset at Bechraji ETP

BH No. :- 2
Specific Gravity
Porosity
Quality
SPT N Value
Void Ratio
Sr Depth Type of Field Dry Natural
Compression Index CC
Free Swell Index
Grain Size Analysis Consistancy limits Shear Parameter
Compression
Soil Classification
No Sample Density Moisture
Unconfined
Content
Designation
Test
Shrinkage
Plasticity
Pressure
Swelling
φ
Plastic
C
Gravel
Liquid
Index
Sand
Rock
Limit
Limit
Limit
Clay
Silt
m gm / cc % % % % % % % % % Kg/cm2 % Kg/cm2 Degree Kg/cm2 % %
1 0.00 DS - 9.64 - 1 31 30 38 27 13 14 - - - CL - - - - - - - -
2 1.50 SPT - - - 0 39 31 30 44 27 17 - - - CI - - - - 16 - - -
3 3.00 UDS 1.68 12.48 2.62 1 27 38 34 43 32 11 - - - CI 0.58 13 - 0.05 - - 0.56 35.9
4 4.50 SPT - - - 5 22 39 34 39 21 18 - - - CI - - - - 23 - - -
5 6.00 UDS 1.72 25.49 2.65 3 36 31 30 42 29 13 - - - CI 0.72 14 - 0.03 - - 0.54 35.2
6 7.50 SPT - - - 1 35 34 30 43 32 11 - - - CI - - - - 34 - - -
7 9.00 UDS 1.74 24.13 2.64 6 31 31 32 36 19 17 - - - CI 0.56 16 - 0.04 - - 0.51 34.0
8 10.50 SPT - - - 1 58 22 19 25 17 8 - - - SC - - - - 27 - - -
9 12.00 UDS 1.73 23.85 2.65 0 34 36 30 35 18 17 - - - CI 0.53 16 - 0.04 - - 0.53 34.8
10 13.50 SPT - - - 4 26 37 33 35 22 13 - - - CI - - - - 55 - - -
11 15.00 UDS 1.82 21.34 2.62 2 37 31 30 35 24 11 - - - CI 0.76 15 - 0.02 - - 0.44 30.6
12 16.50 SPT - - - 8 50 24 18 28 19 9 - - - SC - - - - 65 - - -
13 18.00 UDS 1.79 22.13 2.63 1 26 39 34 43 29 14 - - - CI 0.78 18 - 0.02 - - 0.47 32.0
14 19.50 SPT - - - 4 35 31 30 38 24 14 - - - CI - - - - > 100 - - -
Table No. -
( )
- 17 -
- 18 -
Bore Hole No. : 1

Location : Consruction of Tanks (2 x 2000 M3) for ONGC at Becharaji ETP Mehsana Asset
Depth of Termination : 20.0 m
Bit Used : Soil Sawtooth
Diameter of Bore : 100 mm
Depth of Water Table : Encountered at 3.50 m depth during investigation
BORE LOG DATA SHEET
Depth of Drill Run
Notation
Casing
Method Depth Type of SPT N Value/Penetration of S.S.S
Soil Description Sample From To Remarks
of Boring Sample
m m m m N1 N2 N3 N
0.00 0.00 0.00 1.50 DS - - - -
Dark brownish, fine to very fine grained,
0.50 sandy clays of intermediate plasticity 0.00m
1.00 to 1.50m
1.50 1.50 1.50 3.00 SPT 2 3 4 7
2.00 Brownish, fine to very fine grained, silty clays
of intermediate plasticity with little gravels
2.50
1.50m to 3.60m
3.00 3.00 3.00 4.50 UDS - - - -
3.50
water table encountered at 3.50 m depth
4.00 during investigation
4.50 Brownish, fine to very fine grained, silty clays 4.50 4.50 6.00 SPT 4 7 8 15
of intermediate plasticity with occational
5.00
gravels 3.60m to 6.40m
5.50
6.00 6.00 6.00 7.50 UDS - - - -
6.50 Brownish, fine to very fine grained, sandy
clays of intermediate plasticity 6.40m to
7.00
7.80m
7.50 7.50 7.50 9.00 SPT 10 17 25 42
Rotary Drilling by mud circulation
8.00
8.50
Yellowish brown, fine to very fine grained,
9.00 clayye sand with little gravels 7.80m to 9.00 9.00 10.50 SPT 5 8 12 20
9.50 10.20m
Not Used
10.00
10.50 Dark brownish, fine to very fine grained, silty 10.50 10.50 12.00 UDS - - - -
11.00 clays of intermediate plasticity 10.20m to
11.60m
11.50
12.00 12.00 12.00 13.50 SPT 7 14 19 33
Yellowish brown, fine to very fine grained,
12.50 clayye sand with occational gravels 11.60m
13.00 to 13.20m
13.50 Brownish grey, fine to very fine grained, 13.50 13.50 15.00 UDS - - - -
sandy clays of intermediate plasticity with
14.00
occational gravels 13.20m to 14.50m
14.50
15.00 Reddish brown, fine to very fine grained, 15.00 15.00 16.50 SPT 18 30 39 69
15.50
some gravels 14.50m to 16.30m
16.00
16.50 Brownish grey, fine to very fine grained, 16.50 16.50 18.00 UDS - - - -
17.00
some gravels 16.30m to 17.40m
17.50
18.00 18.00 18.00 19.50 SPT 22 50 - >100
18.50 Brownish grey, fine to very fine grained, 9 cm
19.00 sandy clays of intermediate plasticity
19.50 19.50 19.50 20.00 UDS - - - -
20.00
17.40m to 20.0m
- 19 -
Fig. No.
( )
Project :Proposed tanks at ONGC Mehsana Asset at Bechraji ETP
Bore Hole No. : 2
Location : Consruction of Tanks (2 x 2000 M3) for ONGC at Becharaji ETP Mehsana Asset
Depth of Termination : 20.0 m
Bit Used : Soil Sawtooth
Diameter of Bore : 100 mm
Depth of Water Table : Encountered at 4.50 m depth during investigation
BORE LOG DATA SHEET
Depth of Drill Run
Notation
Casing
Method Depth Type of SPT N Value/Penetration of S.S.S

Soil Description Sample From To Remarks
of Boring Sample
m m m m N1 N2 N3 N
0.00 Brownish, fine to medium grained, silty clays
of low plasticity with occational gravels 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.50 DS - - - -
to 0.90m
0 50
1.00
Brownish, fine to very fine grained, sandy
1.50 clays of intermediate plasticity with occational 1.50 1.50 3.00 SPT 4 7 9 16
2.00 gravels 0.90m to 2.80m
2.50
3.00 3.00 3.00 4.50 UDS - - - -
3.50
4.00
4.50 4.50 4.50 6.00 SPT 7 10 13 23
5.00
water table encountered at 4.50 m depth
5.50
during investigation
6.00 Brownish, fine to very fine grained, silty clays 6.00 6.00 7.50 UDS - - - -
6.50
7.00
7.50 7.50 7.50 9.00 SPT 9 14 20 34
Rotary Drilling by mud circulation
8.00
8.50
9.00 9.00 9.00 10.50 UDS - - - -
Not Used
9.50
10.00
Brownish, fine to medium grained, clayey
10.50 sand with occational gravels 10.25m to 10.50 10.50 12.00 SPT 8 12 15 27
11.00 11.60m
11.50
12.00 12.00 12.00 13.50 UDS - - - -
12.50
13.00 Brownish, fine to very fine grained, sandy
clays of intermediate plasticity with occational
13.50 13.50 13.50 15.00 SPT 18 25 30 55
14.00
14.50
15.00 15.00 15.00 16.50 UDS - - - -
15.50
16.00 Reddish brown, fine to very grained, clayey
16.50 sand with little gravels 15.50m to 17.25m 16.50 16.50 18.00 SPT 20 25 40 65
17.00
17.50
18.00 18.00 18.00 19.50 UDS - - - -
18.50 Brownish, fine to very fine grained, silty clays
19.00
gravels
19.50 19.50 19.50 20.00 SPT 35 65 >100
20.00 7 CM
17.25m to 20.0m
- 20 -
Fig. No.
( )
DESIGN REPORT
FOR
REINFORCED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
ONGC DOCUMENT No.

PAGE 1 OF 8
REF. NO. F:\ONGC\ONGC-FINAL\VOL-II-DESIGN REPORT\FINAL DESIGN REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

SHEETS\CIVIL\CONCRETE.DOC
REVISION RECORD
0 08.07.2009 AU AK SS ISSUED FOR IDC

A 13.07.2009 AU AK SS ISSUED FOR APPROVAL
B 14.08.2009 AU AK SS ISSUED FOR SUBMISSION
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: DESIGN REPORT FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE PAGE 2 OF 8

STRUCTURES REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-2-
INDEX
SL.No. CONTENTS PAGE No.
1.0 INTRODUCTION 4
2.0 SITE CONDITIONS 4
3.0 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARD 4
4.0 MATERIALS 5
5.0 REINFORCEMENT STEEL 6
6.0 DESCRIPTION OF STRUCTURAL ARRAGEMENT 6
7.0 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN METHODOLOGY 6
8.0 LOADS 6
9.0 LOAD FACTORS FOR DESIGN CONSIDERATION 8
10.0 FACTOR OF SAFETY 8
11.0 DESIGN CALCULATIONS 8
12.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT

STORAGETANK - RINGWALL & FOUNDATION 9
13.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR DYKE WALL 16
14.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR STAIRCASE 20
15.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR VALVE SUMP 23
16.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 20m HIGH MAST FOUNDATION 68
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET

-3-
1. INTRODUCTION
This document covers the design calculation for all R.C.C works connected to 2 nos. of 2000 M3 capacity
fixed conical roof effluent storage tank at Bechraji ETP of Mehsana asset, ONGC.
2. SITE CONDITIONS
2.1. Site location and datum level
The Bechraji site is located approx 35 Kms from Mehsana.
Finished ground level (FGL) is considered as 49.6 m, as per the Geo-technical report
2.2. Ground water
The ground water table (GWT) was found between 3.5 m and 4 m, as per the Geotechnical Report
2.3. Soil Data
The following values will be used in the design calculation
Unit weight of soil (γs) : 18 KN/m³
Safe Allowable bearing capacity of soil (q) : 150 KN/m² at a depth of 2 m
Sub grade Modulus Reaction of soil : 3000 KN/m³
3. REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
The design shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards:
Codes and Standards
Loading
IS 875 – 2 - Code of practice for design loads (Imposed loads)
Concrete Works
IS 456 - 2000 - Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.
IS 3370-part-2 - Code of practice for concrete structure for storage liquids -

Reinforced concrete structures.
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET

-4-
IS 13920-1983 - Code of practice for ductile detailing of reinforced concrete
structures subjected to seismic forces.
IS1904-1978 - Code of practice for structural safety of building - Shallow foundations.
IS 8009 - Part-1 - Code of practice for calculation of settlement of foundations.
IS 2950 part-1 - 1981 - Code of practice for design and construction of raft foundations.
IS 1786-reaffirmed 1990 - Specification for high strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete
reinforcement.
SP - 24 - 2000 - Explanatory hand book on Indian standard code of practice for plain
and reinforced concrete.
SP - 16 - Design aids for reinforced concrete to IS 456.
SP – 34 -1987 - Hand book on concrete reinforcement and detailing.

Laboratory testing.

Field testing.
4. Materials
4.1 Concrete
Concrete grades to be used in RC structures shall conform to Indian standards
Usage Concrete Class Cube strength at 28 days
Plain Cement Concrete M7.5 7.5 N/mm²
Below ground concrete M30 30 N/mm²
Above ground concrete M30 30 N/mm²
Grade slab M30 30 N/mm²
Modulus of elasticity of concrete = 27386 N/mm²
4.2. Specification for Cover
Concrete cover for
Foundation = 75 mm
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET

-5-
Column = 40 mm
Beam = 40 mm
Slab = 25 mm
Walls = 25 mm
5. Reinforcement Steel
Reinforcing steel bars shall be of thermo mechanical treated bars (TMT) of Yield strength 415 N/mm².
Modulus of elasticity of Steel = 2.0E+08 KN/m².
6. Description of structural arrangement
Tanks:
3
Construction of 2 nos of fixed conical roof effluent storage tanks of 2000m capacity each at Bechraji ETP of
Mehsana Asset and to be tied up with the existing systems. This tank is constructed to take care of the
increased produced water load and to contain the effluent safely during exigencies.
Foundation system:
A ring wall foundation for a bearing capacity of 150 KN/m2 at a minimum depth of 2 m, below the finished
ground level is considered for the proposed storage tanks.
7. Analysis and design methodology
Pump room and sump is analyzed as 3-D structure and plate elements, using finite element method in
STAAD.pro. Fixed condition is considered at supports for 3-D structure, to carryout analysis for various load
combinations as per design basis.
Sub grade modulus reaction of soil considered is computed as:
= Allowable Bearing Pressure / Allowable settlements

2
= 150 (KN/m ) /0 .05 (m)
= 3000 KN/m3
8. Loads
8.1 Dead Loads
Earth : 18 KN/ m3
Water : 10 KN/ m3
Brick masonry wall with plaster / finishes on both faces

10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET

-6-
Plain Cement Concrete : 24 KN/ m3
Reinforced Cement Concrete : 25 KN/ m3
Plaster : 0.2 KN/m2 for every 10mm thickness
8.2 Imposed loads or live loads
Live Load on R.C.C Structure : 5 KN/m2
8.3 Wind load
8.4 Earthquake loads
Damping : 5% for Concrete Structure
8.5 Temperature loads
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET

-7-
Maximum temperature : 40 degree
Maximum recorded rainfall in 24 hrs/ 1hr : 270 mm/94.8 mm
9. Load factors for design consideration
For RC design:-
1.2 (Dead Load + Live Load + (Earthquake/Wind in X/Z –direction))
1.5 (Dead Load + Earthquake/Wind in X/Z -direction)
10. Factor of safety
The factor of safety against overturning and sliding and flotation will be as follows:
Against Overturning : 1.5
Against Sliding : 1.5
Against Flotation : 1.25
11. Design Calculations
The design calculations are prepared with STAAD.pro and in-house excel worksheet.
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET

-8-
12. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT
STORAGE TANK
RINGWALL & FOUNDATION
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 X 2000 M3) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT

PAGE 1 OF 7
STORAGE TANK - RINGWALL & FOUNDATION
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-9-
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF RING WALL Remark Reference
Diameter of Tank (INNER) D = 15.5 m

Height of Tank H = 12 m
Design Height of the Tank Hd = 10.6 m
Height of Ring Wall hrw = 2.75 m
Thickness of Ring Wall tw = 0.3 m
Outer Diameter of Ring Wall Dout = 15.8 m
Angle of Internal Friction φ = 30
Soil Lateral Pressure Coefficient K0 = 0.33
3
Density of Soil γd = 18 KN/m
3
Unit Weight of Concrete γ = 25 KN/m
3
Density of Liquid γliq = 10 KN/m
3
Density of Water γw = 10 KN/m
2
Grade of Concrete fck = 30 N/mm
2
Grade of Reinforcement Steel fy = 415 N/mm
Load Factor for Dead Load and Earth Pressure = 1.5
Calculation of Line Load on the Ring Wall
External Radius a = 7.9 m

Internal Radius αa = 7.6 m
Radius of the Shell βb = 7.75 m

α = 0.981
Ratio of Radius of the Shell β = 0.991
For Seismic Load
Moment of the Shell Mr = 42662.69 KNm

Line Load on the Shell R = 221.9 KN/m
Stress on Shell q = 1493.35 KN
For Wind Load
Moment of the Shell Mr = 1310.16 KNm

Line Load on the Shell R = 6.81 KN/m
2
Stress on Shell q = 45.86 KN/m
Lateral Pressure
I) Due to Surcharge of Water Storage
Pressure Due to Water P1 = 106.00 KN/m2
Force F1 = 96.20 KN/m
ii) Due to Surcharge of Soil
2
Pressure Due to Soil P2 = 16.34 KN/m
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT PAGE 2 OF 7

S O G TANK - RINGWALL
STORAGE G & FOUNDATION
O O
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 10 -
iii) Due to Wind Remark Reference
Shear Due to Wind P3 = 218.36 KN

iv) Total Shear Due To Seismic

Calculation for Seismic Factor
Seismic Shear V = 7832.01 KN

Weight of the Tank Shell Ws = 400 KN
Weight of the Roof Wr = 120 KN
Total Weight of the Tank Contents Wp = 20000 KN

It is Assumed that the Seismic Shear transferred to the Ring Wall is in Proportion to the Vertical Load Coming on it.
Factor {(Ws+Wr)/(Ws+Wr+Wp) = 0.03
Minimum Factor of Shear Considered for Design(10%) = 0.1
Factor of Shear Used for Design = 0.1
Factored Shear = 783.20 KN
Total Horizontal Force
1) (F1+F2+F3) F = 123.06 KN/m
2) (F1+F2+F4) F = 134.44 KN/m
Total Design Horizontal Force F = 134.44 KN/m
Case (i)
Hoop Tension for Serviceability Condition T = 1062.09 KN
Case (ii)
Hoop Tension for Factored Load 1.5 x(F1+F2) x Dout/2 T = 1406.07 KN
Case (iii)
Hoop Tension for Factored Load (1.2 x F1 + 0.6 x F2 + 1.2 x F3) x T = 1060.12 KN
Dout / 2
Case (iv)
Hoop Tension for Factored Load (1.2 x F1 + 0.6 x F2 + 1.2 x F4) x T = 1168.05 KN
Dout / 2
Design Hoop Tension Tmax = 1406.07 KN

2
Minimum Hoop Steel Area(0.25%) Ast(min) = 2062.5 mm [IS456-2000 cl-3.2.5c]
2
Area of Steel Required Ast(req) = 3894.39 mm
Diameter of the Bar Used = 12 mm
Number of Bars = 50 nos
2
Ast Provided = 5652 mm OK
CHECK FOR THICKNESS
0.5 2
Allowable Tensile Stress in Concrete (0.7x ( fck) ft = 3.83 N/mm
Thickness Required treq = 133.36 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 11 -
CHECK FOR BASE PRESSURE Remark Reference

Design Height of the Tank Hd = 10.6 m
Height of Ring Wall hrw = 2.75 m
Thickness of Ring Wall tw = 0.3 m
Outer Diameter of Ring Wall Dout = 15.80 m
Angle of Internal Friction φ = 30

Active Earh Pressure Coefficient Ka = 0.33
Passive Earh Pressure Coefficient Kp = 3.03
Density of Soil γd = 18 KN/m3
SBC of Soil SBC = 150 kN/m2

3
Unit Weight of Concrete γ = 25 KN/m
Density of Liquid γliq = 10 KN/m3
Grade of Concrete fck = 30 N/mm2
Grade of Reinforcement Steel fy = 415 N/mm2
Total Depth of Ring Wall = 3.15 m
Height of Soil hs = 2m
Width of the Foundation Bf = 2.5 m
Thickness of Foundation tf = 0.4 m
Case (i) (DL+LL)

Weight of Shell = 8.2 KN/m

Liquid Load = 106.0
Roof Load = 2.47 KN/m
Self Weight of Tank = 10.68 KN/m
Pressure Diagram
W6 10.7
W5 106.0
0.75
`
W1 W3 3.15
2 W4 P1
110.187
P2
P3
157.09 0.4 W2 29.47
130.9 A B 34.98 18.711

1.1 0.3 1.1
` 2.5
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 12 -
BASE PRESSURE CALCULATION Remark Reference
LOAD DISTANCE MOMENT

FROM 'B' ABOUT 'B'
W1 20.625 1.25 25.78
W2 25 1.25 31.25
W3 54.45 0.55 29.95
W4 39.6 1.95 77.22
W5 116.6 0.63 72.88
W6 10.7 1.25 13.36
P1 173.54
P2 30.94
P3 -125.67
∑W 246.3 ∑M 329.24
Eccentricity From 'A' = 1.34

Eccentricity e = 0.09
PRESSURE ON THE SOIL
3
Section Modulus z = 1.04 m
2 OK
P(max) = 119.01 KN/m
2
P(min) = 78.06 KN/m
Case (ii) (DL+LL+EQ)
The Base Pressure due to Seismic Moment Will Vary from Zero at Centre and gradually Increasing towards the Extreme
edge of the Ring Wall.So that Avarage Pressure on the Quadrant (at 45 0 on each Side from the Maximum Point) can be
taken for SBC Checking.
Seismic Vertical Load Per meter P = 221.88 KN/m

Inclined Length l = 6.0435 m
P1(right)
8.056
45°
P1(max)
8.056 45°
8.056
P1(left)
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 0 B
MEHSANA ASSET

REV
REV. B DATE 17/08/2009
- 13 -
Remark Reference
1 6 .1 1 2
= 8 .0 5 6
2
8 .0 5 6
6 7 .5 °
l
6 7 .5 °
45°
8 .0 5 6
l 8 .0 5 6
=
s in 4 5 ° s in 6 7 .5 °
l = 6 .1 1 6 m
Ratio (D/2 x l) ra = 1.31

2
P1(max) = 88.75 KN/m
o 2
Pressure Due to Seismic Moment (+/- 45 ) (P1(max) x ra) = 116.02 KN/m
o 2
Pressure Due to Seismic Moment (+/- 45 ) (P1(ses)) = 106.93 KN/m
2
Soil Pressure Due to Seismic(DL+LL+EQ) Pmax = 225.94 KN/m
2 OK
Allowable Soil Pressure = 235.5 KN/m
Case (iii) (DD+LL+WL)
Wind Vertical Load Per meter P = 6.81 KN/m

o 2
Pressure Due to Wind Moment (+/- 45 ) (P1(max) x ra) = 3.56 KN/m
o = 2
Pressure Due to Wind Moment (+/- 45 ) (P1(wind)) 3.28 KN/m
2
Soil Pressure Due to Wind(DL+LL+WL)
( ) Pmax = 122.29 KN/m
2 OK
Allowable Soil Pressure = 235.5 KN/m
Compute the Area of Reinforcement

Vertical Reinforcement
Effective Depth of Ring Wall d = 275 mm

H2/Dt = 1.626
Moment Coefficient Due to Triangular Loading = 0.0505 IS 3370
Moment Coefficient Due to Rectangular Loading = 0.0876 IS 3370
Moment M = 39.78 KN.m/m
Ultimate Moment Mu = 59.67 KN.m/m
Mu/(b x d2) = 0.79
Pt = 0.23 %
Pt(min) = 0.12 %
Pt(req) = 0.23 %
2
Ast(req) = 690 mm /m
Spacing of Bars = 125 mm
2 OK
Ast Provided = 904.32 mm
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 00 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 14 -
Bottom Reinforcement Remark Reference
Effective Depth d = 350 mm

2
Base Pressure = 225.94 KN/m
Cantilever Portion = 1.1 m
Factored Moment Mu = 205.04 KN.m/m
Mu/(b x d2) = 1.67
Pt = 0.53 %
Pt(min) = 0.12 %
Pt(req) = 0.53 %
2
Ast(req) = 2120 mm /m
Ast Provided = 2512.00 mm
2 OK
Check for One Way Shear
Maximum Soil Pressure = 225.94 kN/m2
Factored Shear Force 'd' from face = 148.00 kN/m
2
Shear Stress = τv = 0.42 N/mm
Ast Provided = 2
2512 mm
Pt = 0.72
2
τc = 0.59 N/mm OK
226 186
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
.
MEHSANA ASSET

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 15 -
13. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR DYKE WALL
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR DYKE WALL

PAGE 1 OF 4
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 16 -
DESIGN OF DYKE WALL(RCC) Remark
A.Design Parameters
3
Unit Weight of Soil = γ = 18 kN/m
3
Unit Weight of Liquid = γl = 9.81 kN/m
3
Unit Weight of Concrete = γc = 25 kN/m
Angle of Internal Frictoin = φ = 30o

co-efficient of active earth pressure = Ka = 0.333
co-efficient of passive earth pressure = Kp = 3.003
2
Soil Bearing Capacity = SBC = 150 kN/m
Coefficient of Friction = μ = 0.60
2
Allowable Tensile Stress = σst = 230 N/mm
2
Grade of Concrete = fck = 30 N/mm
2
Grade of Steel = fy = 415 N/mm
Value of J = 0.903
Value of Q = 1.3
Height of Wall
Height of theWall (Above Ground Level) = 2.00 m

Width of Base = Wb = 1.8 m
Depth of Base = D = 300 mm

Free board = 250 mm
Design of Stem
D th off Foundation
Depth F d ti Below
B l Ground
G d Level
L l = 1.05
1 05 m
Thickness of Stem = ts = 0.25 m
Effective Cantilever Span = 0.775 m

Moment at the Base = Mb = 25.5 kNm/m
Effective Depth of Stem required = 140 mm

Effective Depth = d = 225 mm OK
2
Area of Steel (required) = Ast(req) = 545 mm
2
Area of Steel (minimum) = Ast(min) = 300 mm
2
Area of Steel (maximum required) = Ast(max req) = 545 mm
Diameter of bar = 12 mm
spacing of bar = 150 mm
Area of Steel (provided) = Ast(pro) = 754 mm OK
Check for Shear
Maximum Shear Force = 8.66 kN

2
Maximum Shear Stress = τv = 0.04 N/mm
Pt = 0.335 %
2
= τc = 0.25 N/mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR DYKE WALL (RCC)

PAGE 2 OF 4
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 17 -
Pressure Calculation Remark
Magnitude Distance 0.25

Moment about 'A'
Load Due to of the Load from 'A'
Kn.m
KN m
Stem(W1) 17 1.175 20.20
Base(W2) 14 1.175 15.86 3.1
Water(W3) 19 0.3875 7.37

1.05
0.3
Soil above Slab(W4) 10.5 1.20 12.555
1.8
Moment Due to
25.5
Lateral Pressure(P1)
Moment Due to
-10.4
Lateral Pressure(P2)
ΣW= 61 ΣM= 71.0
Pressure Diagram
W1 W3
P1
0 78
0.78 0 25
0.25 0 78
0.78
P2 W4
0.30 W2
A 1.80
A B C D
63.7 kN/m
2 4.05
kN/m2
Distance of the Point of Application of the Resultant Force from th = Z = 1.16 m

Eccentricity Due to Load = e = 0.26 m
2
Pmax = 63.72 kN/m OK
2
Pmin = 4.05 kN/m OK
Check For Overturning Moment

Check for Overturning Moment
Over Turning Moment = Mo = 25.5 kNm/m

Restraining Moment = Mr = 66.96 kNm/m
Factor of Safety Against overturning = F = 2.63 OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
PROJECT PROJECT
: CONSTRUCTION : CONSTRUCTION
OF TANKS OF
(2 X 2000 M3) AT TANKS (2ETP
BECHRAJI X 2000 M3) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.
MEHSANA ASSET MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 3 OF 4
REV
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 18 -
Total Horizontal Pressure = Hp = 8.66 kN `
Total Vertical Load = V = 73.68 kN
Friction Force = 44.21 kN
Factor of Safety Against Sliding = 5.1
SHEAR KEY IS NOT REQUIRED
Design of Base Slab
2
Pressure acting below the Stem = P = 35.64 kN/m
Moment Acting on Slab = M = 16.33 kNm/m
Depth of Slab = 112.06 mm
Depth of Slab Provided = D = 300 mm
Effective Depth of Slab = d = 250 mm
2
Area of Steel(req) = Ast(req) = 314.42 mm
2
Area of Steel (minimum) Ast(min) = 360 mm
Diameter of bar = 10 mm
spacing of bar = 150 mm
2
Area of Steel (provided) = Ast(pro) = 523 mm OK
Check for Shear
Maximum Shear Force = 33.46 kN/m

2
Maximum Shear Stress = τv = 0.13 N/mm
Pt = 0.208 %
2
= τc = 0.21 N/mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 4 OF 4
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 19 -
14. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR STAIRCASE
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR STAIRCASE

PAGE 1 OF 3
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

- 20 -
DESIGN OF STAIRCASE (WAIST SLAB) Remark
Span of waist slab l = 3 m
Thickness of Slab t = 125 mm
Effective Depth of Slab d = 105 mm

3
Unit Weight of Concrete γc = 25 kN/m
2
2
Grade of Steel fy = 415 N/mm
2
Dead Load DL = 3 kN/m
2
Live Load LL = 5 kN/m
2
Self Weight of Slab = 3.13 kN/m
2
Total Load Acting on Slab W = 11.13 kN/m
2
Factored Load Wu = 16.69 kN/m
Factored Moment Mu = 18.77 kN.m/m
Factored Shear Vu = 25.03 kN.m/m
Mu/bd^2 = 1.70
Percentage of Steel Pt = 0.506 %
Min. Percentage of Steel Pt(min) = 0.12 %
Percentage of Steel(Reqd) Pt(Reqd) = 0.51 %

2
Area of Steel(Reqd) Ast(Reqd) = 632.5 mm /m
Diameter of Bar Φ = 10 mm
Spacing = 100 mm
2 OK
Area of Steel(Pro) Ast(Pro) = 785 mm /m
Check for Shear
2
Shear Force τv = 0.24 N/mm
100As/bd = 0.75 %
τc = 0.59 N/mm2 OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
.
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 2 OF 3
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 21 -
DESIGN OF STAIRCASE (CANTILEVER LANDING SLAB) Remark
Span of Cantilever l = 1.375 m

Thickness of Slab t = 150 mm
Effective Depth of Slab d = 130 mm
Unit Weight of Concrete γc = 25 kN/m3
2
2
2
Dead Load DL = 3 kN/m
2
Live Load LL = 5 kN/m
2
Self Weight of Slab = 3.75 kN/m
2
Total Load Acting on Slab W = 11.75 kN/m
2
Factored Load Wu = 17.63 kN/m
Factored Load from waist slab Ww = 25 kN
Width waist slab = 1000 mm

Factored Moment Mu = 38.54 kN.m/m
Factored Shear Vu = 49.23 kN.m/m
Mu/bd^2 = 2.28
Percentage of Steel Pt = 0.7 %
Min. Percentage of Steel Pt(min) = 0.12 %
Percentage of Steel(Reqd) Pt(Reqd) = 0.7 %
2
Area of Steel(Reqd) Ast(Reqd) = 1050 mm /m
Diameter of Bar Φ = 12 mm
Spacing = 100 mm
2 OK
Area of Steel(Pro) Ast(Pro) = 1130.4 mm /m
Check for Shear
2
Shear Force τv = 0.38 N/mm
100As/bd = 0.87 %
τc = 0.62 % OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
.
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 3 OF 3
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 22 -
15. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR VALVE SUMP
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR VALVE SUMP

PAGE 1 OF 10
REV
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 23 -
DESIGN OF VALVE SUMP
Length of Tank L = 3500 mm

Width of Tank W = 1800 mm
Depth of Tank D = 1600 mm
Thickness of Top Slab t = 100 mm
Unit Weight of Soil γs = 18 kN/m3
Unit Weight of Concrete γc = 25 kN/m3
Unit Weight of Water γw = 10 kN/m3
2
2
Allowable Crack Width 0.1 mm
σst 2
Allowable Tensile Stress = 150 N/mm
Value of Q = 1.67
Value of J = 0.87
2
Soil Bearing Capacity SBC = 150 kN/m
φ o
Angle of Internal Friction = 30
Ka = 0.33
Allowable Settlement = 20 mm
Sub Grade Modulus = 7500 kN/m.
2
Surcharge Load = 10 kN/m
Pressure Calculation
`
2
Pressure Due to Water = 16 kN/m
2
Pressure Due to Soil = 9 6 kN/m
9.6
2
Pressure Due to Surcharge = 3.33 kN/m
2
10 kN/m
1.6 m,
9.6 3.33 16
2 2 2
kN/m kN/m kN/m
Load on the Top Slab
2
Dead Load = 2.5 kN/m
2
Floor Finish = 1 kN/m
2
Live Load = 5 kN/m
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 2 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 24 -
DESIGN OF TOP SLAB Remark Reference
Thickness of top Plate D = 125 mm
Effective Thickness d = 105 mm
Maximum Moment on Longer Span from STAAD = 1.17 kN.m/m From STADD
Maximum Moment on Shorter Span from STAAD = 1.16 kN.m/m From STADD
Thickness Required = 26.36 mm OK

2
Econcrete = 28000 N/mm
2
Esteel = 200000 N/mm
Longer Span Reinforcement
2
Area of Steel For Longer Span Ast(req) = 85 mm /m
2
Minimum Steel Required = 250 mm /m
2
Longer Span Steel Required = 250 mm /m
Provided Diameter of Bar φ = 8 mm
Spacing of Bar = 150 mm
Longer Span Steel Provided =

2
335 mm /m OK
Shorter Span Reinforcement
2
Area of Steel For Shorter Span Ast(req) = 85 mm /m
2
2
Shorter Span Steel Required = 250 mm /m
Shorter Span Steel Provided =

2
335 mm /m OK
Crack Width
Steel Ratio Provided r = (Ast)Prov. / bd

0.0032
Modular Ratio ae = Es / (Ec/2)
= 14.29
ae * r = 0.046
x /d = ae*r {[(1+ (2 /ae*r)]0.5 - 1}
= 0.260
Depth of Neutral Axis x = 27.3 mm
Lever Arm Z = d - X/3
= 95.9 mm
Concrete Compressive Stress fcb = 2Ms / Z b x
= 0.89 N/mm2
Tensile Stress on Steel fs = Ms / Z As
= 36.1 N/mm2
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 3 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 25 -
Check for Stress Level Remark Reference
'
Allowable Comp. Stress in Concrete fcb = 0.45 fcu
= 13.5 N/mm
2
> fcb OK
Allowable Tensile Stress in Steel fs' = 0.8 fy

= 332.0 N/mm
2
> fs OK
Elastic Strain at Surface E1 = (D-x) * fs

(d-x) * Es
= 2.27E-04
Stiffening Effect of Concrete (For bending only) bt * (D - x) * (a' - x)
=
3*Es * As * (d - x)
= 6.11E-04
Em E1- Stiffening effect of concrete

=
= -3.844E-04
Acr = [(Spacing/2)2+(c+ Dia./2)2]0.5 - Dia /2
= 74.7 mm
Crack Width = 3 * Acr * Em
1+2[(Acr-Cmin.) / (D-x)]
= -0.0006 mm
< 0.1 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 4 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 26 -
DESIGN OF LONG WALL Remark Reference
Width of Long Wall W = 3.5 m
Depth of Long Wall D = 1.6 m
W/D = 2.1875
2
2
For Triangular Loading
Maximum Horizontal Coefficient = 0.06 IS 3370
Maximum Vertical Coefficient = 0.086 IS 3370
For Uniform Loading
Maximum Horizontal Moment Due to Water Pressure = 2.46 kN.m/m
Maximum Vertical Moment Due to Water Pressure = 3.52 kN.m/m
Maximum Horizontal Moment Due to Soil and Surcharge = 1.71 kN.m/m
Maximum Vertical Moment Due to Soil and Surcharge = 2.84 kN.m/m
From Staad
Maximum Horizontal Moment as per STAAD output = 0.8 kN.m/m
Maximum Vertical Moment as per STAAD output = 2.3 kN.m/m
Design Moment
Maximum Design Horizontal Moment = 2.46 kN.m/m
Maximum Design Vertical Moment = 3.52 kN.m/m
Depth Required = 45.93 mm
Design of Vertical Reinforcement
Provided Thickness D = 200 mm
Effective Depth d = 175 mm OK

2
Vertical Reinforcement Required Ast(req) = 154 mm /m
2
2
Vertical Steel Required = 400 mm /m
Vertical Steel Provided = 523 mm2/m OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 5 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 27 -
Design of Horizontal Reinforcement Remark Reference
2
Area of Steel Required Ast(req) = 108 mm /m
2
2
Horizontal Steel Required = 400 mm /m
Horizontal Steel Provided =

2
523.3 mm /m OK
Check for Crack Width

Steel Ratio Provided r = (As)Prov. / bd
0.0030
= 14.29
ae * r = 0.043
0.5
x /d = ae*r {[(1+ (2 /ae*r)] - 1}
= 0.253
= 160.3 mm
= 0.99 N/mm2
= 42.0 N/mm2
Check for Stress Level
'
= 13.5 N/mm
2
> fcb OK
'
Allowable Tensile Stress in Steel fs = 0.8 fy
2
= 332.0 N/mm
> fs OK

(d-x) * Es
= 2.50E-04
=
3*Es * As * (d - x)
= 5.91E-04

=
= -3.408E-04
= 75.8 mm
1+2[(Acr-Cmin.) / (D-x)]
= -0.0469 mm
< 0.1 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 6 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 28 -
DESIGN OF SHORT WALL Remark Reference
Width of Long Wall W = 1.8 m

Depth of Long Wall D = 1.6 m
W/D = 1.125
Econcrete = 28000 N/mm2
Esteel = 200000 N/mm2
For Triangular Loading
For Uniform Loading
Maximum Horizontal Moment Due to Water Pressure = 1.52 kN.m/m

Maximum Vertical Moment Due to Water Pressure = 1.93 kN.m/m
Maximum Horizontal Moment Due to Soil and Surcharge = 1.15 kN.m/m
Maximum Vertical Moment Due to Soil and Surcharge = 1.88 kN.m/m
From Staad
Maximum Horizontal Moment as per STAAD output = 0.627 kN.m/m

Maximum Vertical Moment as per STAAD output = 1.08 kN.m/m
Design Moment
Maximum Design Horizontal Moment = 1.52 kN.m/m

Depth Required = 33.95 mm
Design of Vertical Reinforcement

Provided Thickness D = 200 mm
Effective Depth d = 175 mm OK
2
Vertical Reinforcement Required Ast(req) = 84 mm /m
2
2
Vertical Steel Required = 400 mm /m

Vertical Steel Provided = 523 mm /m
2 OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 7 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 29 -
Design of Horizontal Reinforcement Remark Reference
2
Area of Steel Required Ast(req) = 66.4 mm /m
2
2
Horizontal Steel Required = 400 mm /m

Horizontal Steel Provided = 523 mm /m
2 OK
Check for Crack Width

0.0030
= 14.29
ae * r = 0.043
x /d = ae*r {[(1+ (2 /ae*r)]0.5 - 1}
= 0.253
= 160.3 mm
= 0.54 N/mm2
= 23.0 N/mm2
Allowable Comp. Stress in Concrete fcb' = 0.45 fcu

2
= 13.5 N/mm
> fcb OK
Allowable Tensile Stress in Steel fs' = 0.8 fy
2
= 332.0 N/mm
> fs OK
(d-x) * Es
= 1.37E-04
=
3*Es * As * (d - x)
= 5.91E-04

=
= -4.542E-04
= 75.8 mm
1+2[(Acr-Cmin.) / (D-x)]
= -0.06 mm
< 0.1 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 8 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 30 -
DESIGN OF BASE SLAB Remark Reference
Thickness of Bottom Plate D = 300 mm
Effective Thickness d = 275 mm
Maximum Moment on Longer Span from STAAD = 1.06 kN.m/m From STADD
Maximum Moment on Shorter Span from STAAD = 3.07 kN.m/m From STADD
Thickness Required = 42.88 mm OK

2
2
Longer Span Reinforcement
2
Area of Steel For Longer Span Ast(req) = 30 mm /m
2
2
Longer Span Steel Required = 600 mm /m
Longer Span Steel Provided =

2
628 mm /m OK
Shorter Span Reinforcement
2
Area of Steel For Shorter Span Ast(req) = 86 mm /m
2
2
Shorter Span Steel Required = 600 mm /m
Shorter Span Steel Provided =

2
628 mm /m OK
Check For Shear
V = 30.2 kN From STADD

Maximum Design Shear Force at a Distance 'd' from the
Face of Wall
2
Actual Design Shear Stress τv = 0.110 N/mm
Pt Provided = 0.23
Aloowable Shear τc = 0.22 N/mm
2 OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 9 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 31 -
Check For Crack Width Remark Reference

0.0023
= 14.29
ae * r = 0.033
0.5
x /d = ae*r {[(1+ (2 /ae*r)] - 1}
= 0.225
= 254.4 mm
= 0.39 N/mm2
= 19.2 N/mm2
'
= 13.5 N/mm
2
> fcb OK
'
Allowable Tensile Stress in Steel fs = 0.8 fy
2
= 332.0 N/mm
> fs OK

(d-x) * Es
= 1.07E-04
=
3*Es * As * (d - x)
= 7.06E-04

=
= -5.988E-04
= 64.3 mm
1+2[(Acr-Cmin.) / (D-x)]
= -0.0009 mm
< 0.1 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 10 OF 10
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 32 -
Thursday, July 16, 2009, 09:23 AM
PAGE NO. 1
****************************************************
* *
* STAAD.Pro *
* Version 2006 Bld 1002.US *
* Proprietary Program of *
* Research Engineers, Intl. *
* Date= JUL 16, 2009 *
* Time= 9:21:13 *
* *
* USER ID: TMI *
****************************************************
1. STAAD SPACE
INPUT FILE: ONGC-SUMP.STD
2. START JOB INFORMATION
3. ENGINEER DATE 18-JUN-09
4. JOB NAME VALVE-SUMP
5. JOB CLIENT ONGC-BECHRAJI
6. JOB NO 10908
7. JOB REV 0
8. ENGINEER NAME AK
9. CHECKER NAME SS
10. APPROVED NAME SS
11. END JOB INFORMATION
12. INPUT WIDTH 79
13. UNIT METER KN
14. JOINT COORDINATES
15. 1 0 0 0; 2 3.7 0 0; 3 0 0 2; 4 3.7 0 2; 5 0 0 0.5; 6 0.4625 0 0.5
16. 7 0.4625 0 0; 8 0 0 1; 9 0.4625 0 1; 10 0 0 1.5; 11 0.4625 0 1.5
17. 12 0.4625 0 2; 13 0.925 0 0.5; 14 0.925 0 0; 15 0.925 0 1; 16 0.925 0 1.5
18. 17 0.925 0 2; 18 1.3875 0 0.5; 19 1.3875 0 0; 20 1.3875 0 1; 21 1.3875 0 1.5
19. 22 1.3875 0 2; 23 1.85 0 0.5; 24 1.85 0 0; 25 1.85 0 1; 26 1.85 0 1.5
20. 27 1.85 0 2; 28 2.3125 0 0.5; 29 2.3125 0 0; 30 2.3125 0 1; 31 2.3125 0 1.5
21. 32 2.3125 0 2; 33 2.775 0 0.5; 34 2.775 0 0; 35 2.775 0 1; 36 2.775 0 1.5
22. 37 2.775 0 2; 38 3.2375 0 0.5; 39 3.2375 0 0; 40 3.2375 0 1; 41 3.2375 0 1.5
23. 42 3.2375 0 2; 43 3.7 0 0.5; 44 3.7 0 1; 45 3.7 0 1.5; 46 0 0 2.3
24. 47 0.4625 0 2.3; 48 0.925 0 2.3; 49 1.3875 0 2.3; 50 1.85 0 2.3
25. 51 2.3125 0 2.3; 52 2.775 0 2.3; 53 3.2375 0 2.3; 54 3.7 0 2.3; 55 0 0 -0.3
26. 56 0.4625 0 -0.3; 57 0.925 0 -0.3; 58 1.3875 0 -0.3; 59 1.85 0 -0.3
27. 60 2.3125 0 -0.3; 61 2.775 0 -0.3; 62 3.2375 0 -0.3; 63 3.7 0 -0.3
28. 64 -0.3025 0 0; 65 -0.3025 0 0.5; 66 -0.3025 0 1; 67 -0.3025 0 1.5
29. 68 -0.3025 0 2; 69 -0.3025 0 2.3; 70 -0.3025 0 -0.3; 71 4.0025 0 0.5
30. 72 4.0025 0 0; 73 4.0025 0 1; 74 4.0025 0 1.5; 75 4.0025 0 2; 76 4.0025 0 2.3
31. 77 4.0025 0 -0.3; 78 0 0.4 0; 79 3.7 0.4 0; 80 0 0.4 2; 81 3.7 0.4 2
32. 82 0 0.4 0.5; 83 0.4625 0.4 0; 84 0 0.4 1; 85 0 0.4 1.5; 86 0.4625 0.4 2
33. 87 0.925 0.4 0; 88 0.925 0.4 2; 89 1.3875 0.4 0; 90 1.3875 0.4 2
34. 91 1.85 0.4 0; 92 1.85 0.4 2; 93 2.3125 0.4 0; 94 2.3125 0.4 2; 95 2.775 0.4 0
35. 96 2.775 0.4 2; 97 3.2375 0.4 0; 98 3.2375 0.4 2; 99 3.7 0.4 0.5
36. 100 3.7 0.4 1; 101 3.7 0.4 1.5; 102 0 0.8 0; 103 3.7 0.8 0; 104 0 0.8 2
37. 105 3.7 0.8 2; 106 0 0.8 0.5; 107 0.4625 0.8 0; 108 0 0.8 1; 109 0 0.8 1.5
38. 110 0.4625 0.8 2; 111 0.925 0.8 0; 112 0.925 0.8 2; 113 1.3875 0.8 0
39. 114 1.3875 0.8 2; 115 1.85 0.8 0; 116 1.85 0.8 2; 117 2.3125 0.8 0
40. 118 2.3125 0.8 2; 119 2.775 0.8 0; 120 2.775 0.8 2; 121 3.2375 0.8 0
- 33 -
\\Tc007\e\PROJECT\ONGC\ongc-sstaad\ONGC-sump\ONGC-SUMP.anl Page 1 of 23
STAAD SPACE -- PAGE NO. 2
41. 122 3.2375 0.8 2; 123 3.7 0.8 0.5; 124 3.7 0.8 1; 125 3.7 0.8 1.5; 126 0 1.2 0
42. 127 3.7 1.2 0; 128 0 1.2 2; 129 3.7 1.2 2; 130 0 1.2 0.5; 131 0.4625 1.2 0
43. 132 0 1.2 1; 133 0 1.2 1.5; 134 0.4625 1.2 2; 135 0.925 1.2 0; 136 0.925 1.2 2
44. 137 1.3875 1.2 0; 138 1.3875 1.2 2; 139 1.85 1.2 0; 140 1.85 1.2 2
45. 141 2.3125 1.2 0; 142 2.3125 1.2 2; 143 2.775 1.2 0; 144 2.775 1.2 2
46. 145 3.2375 1.2 0; 146 3.2375 1.2 2; 147 3.7 1.2 0.5; 148 3.7 1.2 1
47. 149 3.7 1.2 1.5; 150 0 1.6 0; 151 3.7 1.6 0; 152 0 1.6 2; 153 3.7 1.6 2
48. 154 0 1.6 0.5; 155 0.4625 1.6 0; 156 0 1.6 1; 157 0 1.6 1.5; 158 0.4625 1.6 2
49. 159 0.925 1.6 0; 160 0.925 1.6 2; 161 1.3875 1.6 0; 162 1.3875 1.6 2
50. 163 1.85 1.6 0; 164 1.85 1.6 2; 165 2.3125 1.6 0; 166 2.3125 1.6 2
51. 167 2.775 1.6 0; 168 2.775 1.6 2; 169 3.2375 1.6 0; 170 3.2375 1.6 2
52. 171 3.7 1.6 0.5; 172 3.7 1.6 1; 173 3.7 1.6 1.5; 174 3.2375 1.6 0.5
53. 175 2.775 1.6 0.5; 176 2.3125 1.6 0.5; 177 1.85 1.6 0.5; 178 1.3875 1.6 0.5
54. 179 0.925 1.6 0.5; 180 0.4625 1.6 0.5; 181 3.2375 1.6 1; 182 2.475 1.6 1
55. 183 2.3125 1.6 1; 184 1.85 1.6 1; 185 1.3875 1.6 1; 186 0.925 1.6 1
56. 187 0.4625 1.6 1; 188 3.2375 1.6 1.75; 189 2.475 1.6 1.75; 190 2.3125 1.6 1.5
57. 191 1.85 1.6 1.5; 192 1.3875 1.6 1.5; 193 0.925 1.6 1.5; 194 0.4625 1.6 1.5
58. ELEMENT INCIDENCES SHELL
59. 1 1 5 6 7; 2 5 8 9 6; 3 8 10 11 9; 4 10 3 12 11; 5 7 6 13 14; 6 6 9 15 13
60. 7 9 11 16 15; 8 11 12 17 16; 9 14 13 18 19; 10 13 15 20 18; 11 15 16 21 20
61. 12 16 17 22 21; 13 19 18 23 24; 14 18 20 25 23; 15 20 21 26 25; 16 21 22 27 26
62. 17 24 23 28 29; 18 23 25 30 28; 19 25 26 31 30; 20 26 27 32 31; 21 29 28 33 34
63. 22 28 30 35 33; 23 30 31 36 35; 24 31 32 37 36; 25 34 33 38 39; 26 33 35 40 38
64. 27 35 36 41 40; 28 36 37 42 41; 29 39 38 43 2; 30 38 40 44 43; 31 40 41 45 44
65. 32 41 42 4 45; 33 3 46 47 12; 34 12 47 48 17; 35 17 48 49 22; 36 22 49 50 27
66. 37 27 50 51 32; 38 32 51 52 37; 39 37 52 53 42; 40 42 53 54 4; 41 55 1 7 56
67. 42 56 7 14 57; 43 57 14 19 58; 44 58 19 24 59; 45 59 24 29 60; 46 60 29 34 61
68. 47 61 34 39 62; 48 62 39 2 63; 49 64 65 5 1; 50 65 66 8 5; 51 66 67 10 8
69. 52 67 68 3 10; 53 68 69 46 3; 54 70 64 1 55; 55 2 43 71 72; 56 43 44 73 71
70. 57 44 45 74 73; 58 45 4 75 74; 59 4 54 76 75; 60 63 2 72 77; 61 86 80 3 12
71. 62 88 86 12 17; 63 90 88 17 22; 64 92 90 22 27; 65 94 92 27 32; 66 96 94 32 37
72. 67 98 96 37 42; 68 81 98 42 4; 69 101 81 4 45; 70 100 101 45 44
73. 71 99 100 44 43; 72 79 99 43 2; 73 97 79 2 39; 74 95 97 39 34; 75 93 95 34 29
74. 76 91 93 29 24; 77 89 91 24 19; 78 87 89 19 14; 79 83 87 14 7; 80 78 83 7 1
75. 81 82 78 1 5; 82 84 82 5 8; 83 85 84 8 10; 84 80 85 10 3; 85 110 104 80 86
76. 86 112 110 86 88; 87 114 112 88 90; 88 116 114 90 92; 89 118 116 92 94
77. 90 120 118 94 96; 91 122 120 96 98; 92 105 122 98 81; 93 125 105 81 101
78. 94 124 125 101 100; 95 123 124 100 99; 96 103 123 99 79; 97 121 103 79 97
79. 98 119 121 97 95; 99 117 119 95 93; 100 115 117 93 91; 101 113 115 91 89
80. 102 111 113 89 87; 103 107 111 87 83; 104 102 107 83 78; 105 106 102 78 82
81. 106 108 106 82 84; 107 109 108 84 85; 108 104 109 85 80; 109 134 128 104 110
82. 110 136 134 110 112; 111 138 136 112 114; 112 140 138 114 116
83. 113 142 140 116 118; 114 144 142 118 120; 115 146 144 120 122
84. 116 129 146 122 105; 117 149 129 105 125; 118 148 149 125 124
85. 119 147 148 124 123; 120 127 147 123 103; 121 145 127 103 121
86. 122 143 145 121 119; 123 141 143 119 117; 124 139 141 117 115
87. 125 137 139 115 113; 126 135 137 113 111; 127 131 135 111 107
88. 128 126 131 107 102; 129 130 126 102 106; 130 132 130 106 108
89. 131 133 132 108 109; 132 128 133 109 104; 133 158 152 128 134
90. 134 160 158 134 136; 135 162 160 136 138; 136 164 162 138 140
91. 137 166 164 140 142; 138 168 166 142 144; 139 170 168 144 146
92. 140 153 170 146 129; 141 173 153 129 149; 142 172 173 149 148
93. 143 171 172 148 147; 144 151 171 147 127; 145 169 151 127 145
94. 146 167 169 145 143; 147 165 167 143 141; 148 163 165 141 139
95. 149 161 163 139 137; 150 159 161 137 135; 151 155 159 135 131
96. 152 150 155 131 126; 153 154 150 126 130; 154 156 154 130 132
- 34 -
97. 155 157 156 132 133; 156 152 157 133 128; 157 151 169 174 171
98. 158 169 167 175 174; 159 167 165 176 175; 160 165 163 177 176
99. 161 163 161 178 177; 162 161 159 179 178; 163 159 155 180 179
100. 164 155 150 154 180; 165 171 174 181 172; 166 176 177 184 183
101. 167 177 178 185 184; 168 178 179 186 185; 169 179 180 187 186
102. 170 180 154 156 187; 171 183 184 191 190; 172 184 185 192 191
103. 173 185 186 193 192; 174 186 187 194 193; 175 187 156 157 194
104. 176 190 191 164 166; 177 191 192 162 164; 178 192 193 160 162
105. 179 193 194 158 160; 180 194 157 152 158; 181 175 182 181; 182 175 181 174
106. 183 188 173 181; 184 181 173 172; 185 168 188 189; 186 168 170 188
107. 187 189 166 168; 188 190 166 189; 189 190 189 182; 190 190 182 183
108. 191 183 182 176; 192 176 182 175; 193 188 170 153; 194 153 173 188
109. ELEMENT PROPERTY
110. 61 TO 156 THICKNESS 0.2
111. 1 TO 60 THICKNESS 0.3
112. 157 TO 194 THICKNESS 0.1
113. DEFINE MATERIAL START
114. ISOTROPIC CONCRETE
115. E 2.17185E+007
116. POISSON 0.17
117. DENSITY 23.5616
118. ALPHA 1E-005
119. DAMP 0.05
120. END DEFINE MATERIAL
121. CONSTANTS
122. MATERIAL CONCRETE ALL
123. SUPPORTS
124. 1 TO 60 PLATE MAT DIRECT Y SUBGRADE 7500 PRINT COMPRESSION
JOINT INFLUENCE AREA

----- --------------
1 0.153000
2 0.153000
3 0.153000
4 0.153000
5 0.191250
6 0.231250
7 0.185000
8 0.191250
9 0.231250
10 0.191250
11 0.231250
12 0.185000
13 0.231250
14 0.185000
15 0.231250
16 0.231250
17 0.185000
18 0.231250
19 0.185000
20 0.231250
21 0.231250
22 0.185000
23 0.231250
24 0.185000
- 35 -
25 0.231250
26 0.231250
27 0.185000
28 0.231250
29 0.185000
30 0.231250
31 0.231250
32 0.185000
33 0.231250
34 0.185000
35 0.231250
36 0.231250
37 0.185000
38 0.231250
39 0.185000
40 0.231250
41 0.231250
42 0.185000
43 0.191250
44 0.191250
45 0.191250
46 0.057375
47 0.069375
48 0.069375
49 0.069375
50 0.069375
51 0.069375
52 0.069375
53 0.069375
54 0.057375
55 0.057375
56 0.069375
57 0.069375
58 0.069375
59 0.069375
60 0.069375
61 0.069375
62 0.069375
63 0.057375
64 0.060500
65 0.075625
66 0.075625
67 0.075625
68 0.060500
69 0.022687
70 0.022688
71 0.075625
72 0.060500
73 0.075625
74 0.075625
75 0.060500
76 0.022688
77 0.022688
TOTAL 11.193003
125. LOAD 1 LOADTYPE DEAD TITLE DEAD LOAD
126. SELFWEIGHT Y -1
- 36 -
127. ELEMENT LOAD

128. 157 TO 194 PR -1.
129. LOAD 2 LOADTYPE LIVE TITLE LIVE LOAD
130. ELEMENT LOAD
131. 157 TO 194 PR -5
132. LOAD 3 LOADTYPE SOIL TITLE SOIL PRESSURE
133. ELEMENT LOAD
134. 61 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
135. 62 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
136. 63 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
137. 64 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
138. 65 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
139. 66 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
140. 67 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
141. 68 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
142. 69 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
143. 70 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
144. 71 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
145. 72 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
146. 73 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
147. 74 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
148. 75 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
149. 76 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
150. 77 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
151. 78 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
152. 79 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
153. 80 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
154. 81 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
155. 82 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
156. 83 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
157. 84 TRAP JT -10.5825 -10.5825 -13 -13
158. 85 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
159. 86 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
160. 87 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
161. 88 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
162. 89 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
163. 90 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
164. 91 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
165. 92 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
166. 93 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
167. 94 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
168. 95 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
169. 96 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
170. 97 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
171. 98 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
172. 99 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
173. 100 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
174. 101 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
175. 102 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
176. 103 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
177. 104 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
178. 105 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
179. 106 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
180. 107 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
181. 108 TRAP JT -8.165 -8.165 -10.5825 -10.5825
182. 109 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
- 37 -
183. 110 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165

184. 111 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
185. 112 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
186. 113 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
187. 114 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
188. 115 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
189. 116 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
190. 117 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
191. 118 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
192. 119 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
193. 120 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
194. 121 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
195. 122 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
196. 123 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
197. 124 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
198. 125 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
199. 126 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
200. 127 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
201. 128 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
202. 129 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
203. 130 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
204. 131 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
205. 132 TRAP JT -5.7475 -5.7475 -8.165 -8.165
206. 133 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
207. 134 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
208. 135 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
209. 136 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
210. 137 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
211. 138 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
212. 139 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
213. 140 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
214. 141 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
215. 142 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
216. 143 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
217. 144 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
218. 145 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
219. 146 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
220. 147 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
221. 148 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
222. 149 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
223. 150 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
224. 151 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
225. 152 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
226. 153 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
227. 154 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
228. 155 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
229. 156 TRAP JT -3.33 -3.33 -5.7475 -5.7475
230. LOAD 4 LOADTYPE FLUIDS TITLE WATER PRESSURE
231. ELEMENT LOAD
232. 62 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
233. 63 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
234. 64 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
235. 65 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
236. 66 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
237. 67 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
238. 68 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
- 38 -
239. 69 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
240. 70 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
241. 71 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
242. 72 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
243. 73 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
244. 74 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
245. 75 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
246. 76 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
247. 77 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
248. 78 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
249. 79 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
250. 80 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
251. 81 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
252. 82 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
253. 83 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
254. 84 TRAP JT 12 12 16 16
255. 85 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
256. 86 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
257. 87 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
258. 88 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
259. 89 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
260. 90 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
261. 91 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
262. 92 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
263. 93 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
264. 94 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
265. 95 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
266. 96 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
267. 97 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
268. 98 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
269. 99 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
270. 100 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
271. 101 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
272. 102 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
273. 103 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
274. 104 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
275. 105 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
276. 106 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
277. 107 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
278. 108 TRAP JT 8.00005 8.00005 12 12
279. 109 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
280. 110 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
281. 111 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
282. 112 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
283. 113 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
284. 114 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
285. 115 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
286. 116 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
287. 117 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
288. 118 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
289. 119 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
290. 120 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
291. 121 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
292. 122 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
293. 123 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
294. 124 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
- 39 -
295. 125 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005

296. 126 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
297. 127 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
298. 128 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
299. 129 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
300. 130 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
301. 131 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
302. 132 TRAP JT 4.00007 4.00007 8.00005 8.00005
303. 133 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
304. 134 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
305. 135 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
306. 136 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
307. 137 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
308. 138 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
309. 139 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
310. 140 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
311. 141 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
312. 142 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
313. 143 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
314. 144 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
315. 145 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
316. 146 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
317. 147 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
318. 148 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
319. 149 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
320. 150 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
321. 151 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
322. 152 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
323. 153 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
324. 154 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
325. 155 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
326. 156 TRAP JT 0.000100136 0.000100136 4.00007 4.00007
327. 1 TO 32 PR GY -16
328. LOAD COMB 5 DL+LL+SOIL
329. 1 1.0 2 1.0 3 1.0
330. LOAD COMB 6 DL+LL+WATER
331. 1 1.0 2 1.0 4 1.0
332. LOAD COMB 7 DL+LL
333. 1 1.0 2 1.0
334. PERFORM ANALYSIS
P R O B L E M S T A T I S T I C S
-----------------------------------
NUMBER OF JOINTS/MEMBER+ELEMENTS/SUPPORTS = 194/ 194/ 77

ORIGINAL/FINAL BAND-WIDTH= 97/ 28/ 174 DOF
TOTAL PRIMARY LOAD CASES = 4, TOTAL DEGREES OF FREEDOM = 1164
SIZE OF STIFFNESS MATRIX = 203 DOUBLE KILO-WORDS
REQRD/AVAIL. DISK SPACE = 15.2/ 0.0 MB
- 40 -
**** WARNING : AVAILABLE HARD DISK SPACE MAY NOT BE

ENOUGH TO COMPLETE EXECUTION. IF YOUR AVAILABLE HARD DISK
SPACE ON THE ANALYSIS DRIVE IS GREATER THAN 3GB THIS MESSAGE
MAY BE ERRONEOUS
**NOTE-Tension/Compression converged after 1 iterations, Case= 1
**START ITERATION NO. 2

***WARNING - INSTABILITY AT JOINT 124 DIRECTION = MX

PROBABLE CAUSE SINGULAR-ADDING WEAK SPRING
K-MATRIX DIAG= 7.9210852E+05 L-MATRIX DIAG= 1.0989606E-07 EQN NO 1162
***NOTE - VERY WEAK SPRING ADDED FOR STABILITY
**NOTE** STAAD DETECTS INSTABILITIES AS EXCESSIVE LOSS OF SIGNIFICANT DIGITS

DURING DECOMPOSITION. WHEN A DECOMPOSED DIAGONAL IS LESS THAN THE
BUILT-IN REDUCTION FACTOR TIMES THE ORIGINAL STIFFNESS MATRIX DIAGONAL,
STAAD PRINTS A SINGULARITY NOTICE. THE BUILT-IN REDUCTION FACTOR
IS 1.000E-09
THE ABOVE CONDITIONS COULD ALSO BE CAUSED BY VERY STIFF OR VERY WEAK
ELEMENTS AS WELL AS TRUE SINGULARITIES.

335. LOAD LIST 5 TO 7

336. START CONCRETE DESIGN
- 41 -
337. CODE INDIAN

338. UNIT MMS NEWTON
339. CLEAR 25 ALL
340. FC 30 ALL
341. FYMAIN 415 ALL
342. DESIGN ELEMENT 1 TO 194
- 42 -
ELEMENT DESIGN SUMMARY

----------------------
ELEMENT LONG. REINF MOM-X /LOAD TRANS. REINF MOM-Y /LOAD

(SQ.MM/ME) (KN-M/M) (SQ.MM/ME) (KN-M/M)
1 TOP : 324. 0.15 / 6 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.43 / 5 324. -0.63 / 5
2 TOP : 324. 0.68 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. -0.93 / 5
3 TOP : 324. 0.68 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. -0.92 / 5
4 TOP : 324. 0.12 / 6 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.42 / 5 324. -0.63 / 5
5 TOP : 324. 0.69 / 6 324. 0.37 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.52 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
6 TOP : 324. 1.90 / 7 324. 0.93 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
7 TOP : 324. 1.89 / 7 324. 0.93 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
8 TOP : 324. 0.65 / 6 324. 0.37 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.51 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
9 TOP : 324. 1.14 / 6 324. 0.49 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.62 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
10 TOP : 324. 2.70 / 7 324. 1.25 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
11 TOP : 324. 2.69 / 7 324. 1.24 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
12 TOP : 324. 1.11 / 6 324. 0.48 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.63 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
13 TOP : 324. 1.37 / 6 324. 0.50 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.65 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
14 TOP : 324. 3.07 / 7 324. 1.26 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
15 TOP : 324. 3.06 / 7 324. 1.26 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
16 TOP : 324. 1.35 / 6 324. 0.50 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.66 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
- 43 -
17 TOP : 324. 1.37 / 6 324. 0.50 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.65 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
18 TOP : 324. 3.05 / 7 324. 1.24 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
19 TOP : 324. 3.04 / 7 324. 1.24 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
20 TOP : 324. 1.35 / 6 324. 0.50 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.68 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
21 TOP : 324. 1.14 / 6 324. 0.47 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.63 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
22 TOP : 324. 2.66 / 7 324. 1.20 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
23 TOP : 324. 2.64 / 7 324. 1.20 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
24 TOP : 324. 1.12 / 6 324. 0.48 / 6

BOTT: 324. -0.66 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
25 TOP : 324. 0.69 / 6 324. 0.35 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.52 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
26 TOP : 324. 1.84 / 7 324. 0.88 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
27 TOP : 324. 1.83 / 7 324. 0.88 / 7

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0
28 TOP : 324. 0.68 / 6 324. 0.36 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.54 / 5 324. 0.00 / 0
29 TOP : 324. 0.16 / 6 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.42 / 5 324. -0.62 / 5
30 TOP : 324. 0.66 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. -0.93 / 5
31 TOP : 324. 0.65 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. 0.00 / 0 324. -0.92 / 5
32 TOP : 324. 0.16 / 6 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.43 / 5 324. -0.61 / 5
33 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.01 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.38 / 6 324. -0.31 / 5
34 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.05 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.57 / 6 324. -0.06 / 5
- 44 -
35 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.69 / 6 324. -0.15 / 6
36 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.70 / 6 324. -0.20 / 6
37 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.69 / 6 324. -0.19 / 6
38 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.67 / 6 324. -0.12 / 6
39 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.07 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.55 / 6 324. -0.04 / 5
40 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.03 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.36 / 6 324. -0.29 / 5
41 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.40 / 6 324. -0.32 / 5
42 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.05 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.60 / 6 324. -0.06 / 5
43 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.71 / 6 324. -0.14 / 6
44 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.72 / 6 324. -0.19 / 6
45 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.72 / 6 324. -0.20 / 6
46 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.69 / 6 324. -0.14 / 6
47 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.05 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.58 / 6 324. -0.06 / 5
48 TOP : 324. 0.00 / 0 324. 0.02 / 7

BOTT: 324. -0.38 / 6 324. -0.30 / 5
49 TOP : 324. 0.05 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.28 / 5 324. -0.54 / 6
50 TOP : 324. 0.07 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.01 / 6 324. -0.77 / 6
51 TOP : 324. 0.07 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.02 / 6 324. -0.77 / 6
52 TOP : 324. 0.06 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.26 / 5 324. -0.53 / 6
- 45 -
53 TOP : 324. 0.02 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.15 / 6 324. -0.20 / 6
54 TOP : 324. 0.01 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.16 / 6 324. -0.21 / 6
55 TOP : 324. 0.06 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.26 / 5 324. -0.51 / 6
56 TOP : 324. 0.07 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.01 / 6 324. -0.74 / 6
57 TOP : 324. 0.07 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.02 / 6 324. -0.73 / 6
58 TOP : 324. 0.07 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.26 / 5 324. -0.50 / 6
59 TOP : 324. 0.03 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.13 / 6 324. -0.19 / 6
60 TOP : 324. 0.02 / 7 324. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 324. -0.14 / 6 324. -0.20 / 6
61 TOP : 204. 0.09 / 5 204. 0.18 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.27 / 6 204. -0.15 / 6
62 TOP : 204. 0.07 / 7 204. 0.50 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.27 / 6
63 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 7 204. 0.75 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.46 / 6
64 TOP : 204. 0.17 / 5 204. 0.86 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.54 / 6
65 TOP : 204. 0.16 / 5 204. 0.88 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.53 / 6
66 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 7 204. 0.80 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.45 / 6
67 TOP : 204. 0.07 / 7 204. 0.55 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.25 / 6
68 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.19 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.26 / 6 204. -0.14 / 6
69 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.20 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.22 / 6 204. -0.12 / 6
70 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 6 204. 0.51 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.10 / 6
- 46 -
71 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 6 204. 0.50 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.11 / 6
72 TOP : 204. 0.09 / 5 204. 0.19 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.23 / 6 204. -0.13 / 6
73 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.18 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.27 / 6 204. -0.16 / 6
74 TOP : 204. 0.07 / 7 204. 0.50 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.28 / 6
75 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 7 204. 0.75 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.47 / 6
76 TOP : 204. 0.16 / 5 204. 0.85 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.55 / 6
77 TOP : 204. 0.16 / 5 204. 0.84 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.55 / 6
78 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 7 204. 0.75 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.47 / 6
79 TOP : 204. 0.07 / 7 204. 0.50 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.28 / 6
80 TOP : 204. 0.09 / 5 204. 0.17 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.27 / 6 204. -0.16 / 6
81 TOP : 204. 0.09 / 5 204. 0.18 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.24 / 6 204. -0.14 / 6
82 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 6 204. 0.49 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.13 / 6
83 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 6 204. 0.49 / 5

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.13 / 6
84 TOP : 204. 0.09 / 5 204. 0.19 / 5

BOTT: 204. -0.23 / 6 204. -0.14 / 6
85 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 5 204. 0.20 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.64 / 6 204. -0.12 / 5
86 TOP : 204. 0.33 / 6 204. 0.85 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.20 / 5 204. -0.37 / 5
87 TOP : 204. 0.54 / 6 204. 1.30 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.10 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
88 TOP : 204. 0.54 / 6 204. 1.49 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.02 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
- 47 -
89 TOP : 204. 0.53 / 6 204. 1.48 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.04 / 5 204. -0.47 / 5
90 TOP : 204. 0.50 / 6 204. 1.30 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.16 / 5 204. -0.47 / 5
91 TOP : 204. 0.33 / 6 204. 0.87 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.25 / 5 204. -0.37 / 5
92 TOP : 204. 0.19 / 5 204. 0.24 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.60 / 6 204. -0.11 / 5
93 TOP : 204. 0.17 / 5 204. 0.18 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.50 / 6 204. -0.15 / 5
94 TOP : 204. 0.53 / 6 204. 0.63 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.28 / 5 204. -0.45 / 5
95 TOP : 204. 0.54 / 6 204. 0.63 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.28 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
96 TOP : 204. 0.14 / 5 204. 0.17 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.52 / 6 204. -0.16 / 5
97 TOP : 204. 0.17 / 5 204. 0.24 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.61 / 6 204. -0.11 / 5
98 TOP : 204. 0.35 / 6 204. 0.88 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.21 / 5 204. -0.37 / 5
99 TOP : 204. 0.52 / 6 204. 1.32 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.13 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
100 TOP : 204. 0.53 / 6 204. 1.50 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.04 / 5 204. -0.45 / 5
101 TOP : 204. 0.53 / 6 204. 1.50 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.03 / 5 204. -0.45 / 5
102 TOP : 204. 0.53 / 6 204. 1.32 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.11 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
103 TOP : 204. 0.36 / 6 204. 0.89 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.20 / 5 204. -0.37 / 5
104 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 5 204. 0.24 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.63 / 6 204. -0.12 / 5
105 TOP : 204. 0.13 / 5 204. 0.17 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.53 / 6 204. -0.16 / 5
106 TOP : 204. 0.56 / 6 204. 0.64 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.26 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
- 48 -
107 TOP : 204. 0.56 / 6 204. 0.64 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.26 / 5 204. -0.46 / 5
108 TOP : 204. 0.13 / 5 204. 0.17 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.52 / 6 204. -0.16 / 5
109 TOP : 204. 0.16 / 5 204. 0.31 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.71 / 6 204. -0.02 / 5
110 TOP : 204. 0.40 / 6 204. 1.16 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.16 / 5 204. -0.18 / 5
111 TOP : 204. 0.68 / 6 204. 1.83 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.05 / 5 204. -0.21 / 5
112 TOP : 204. 0.70 / 6 204. 2.14 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.20 / 5
113 TOP : 204. 0.68 / 6 204. 2.10 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.24 / 5
114 TOP : 204. 0.61 / 6 204. 1.74 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.17 / 5 204. -0.30 / 5
115 TOP : 204. 0.35 / 6 204. 1.07 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.26 / 5 204. -0.27 / 5
116 TOP : 204. 0.22 / 5 204. 0.27 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.66 / 6 204. -0.06 / 5
117 TOP : 204. 0.19 / 5 204. 0.17 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.56 / 6 204. -0.09 / 5
118 TOP : 204. 0.56 / 6 204. 0.67 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.28 / 5 204. -0.35 / 5
119 TOP : 204. 0.61 / 6 204. 0.68 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.26 / 5 204. -0.34 / 5
120 TOP : 204. 0.15 / 5 204. 0.18 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.57 / 6 204. -0.08 / 5
121 TOP : 204. 0.18 / 5 204. 0.31 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.68 / 6 204. -0.02 / 5
122 TOP : 204. 0.40 / 6 204. 1.15 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.18 / 5 204. -0.19 / 5
123 TOP : 204. 0.66 / 6 204. 1.82 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.09 / 5 204. -0.22 / 5
124 TOP : 204. 0.68 / 6 204. 2.15 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.18 / 5
- 49 -
125 TOP : 204. 0.69 / 6 204. 2.16 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. -0.17 / 5
126 TOP : 204. 0.67 / 6 204. 1.84 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.06 / 5 204. -0.20 / 5
127 TOP : 204. 0.41 / 6 204. 1.17 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.17 / 5 204. -0.18 / 5
128 TOP : 204. 0.16 / 5 204. 0.31 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.70 / 6 204. -0.02 / 5
129 TOP : 204. 0.13 / 5 204. 0.20 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.59 / 6 204. -0.08 / 5
130 TOP : 204. 0.62 / 6 204. 0.73 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.23 / 5 204. -0.30 / 5
131 TOP : 204. 0.63 / 6 204. 0.73 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.23 / 5 204. -0.30 / 5
132 TOP : 204. 0.13 / 5 204. 0.20 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.57 / 6 204. -0.08 / 5
133 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.33 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.40 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
134 TOP : 204. 0.32 / 6 204. 1.24 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
135 TOP : 204. 0.56 / 6 204. 1.98 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
136 TOP : 204. 0.61 / 6 204. 2.30 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
137 TOP : 204. 0.57 / 6 204. 2.22 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
138 TOP : 204. 0.49 / 6 204. 1.68 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
139 TOP : 204. 0.25 / 6 204. 0.88 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.09 / 5 204. 0.00 / 0
140 TOP : 204. 0.16 / 5 204. 0.20 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.37 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
141 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 5 204. 0.17 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.31 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
142 TOP : 204. 0.35 / 6 204. 0.82 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.03 / 5 204. 0.00 / 0
- 50 -
143 TOP : 204. 0.46 / 6 204. 0.96 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.01 / 5 204. 0.00 / 0
144 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 5 204. 0.30 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.30 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
145 TOP : 204. 0.12 / 5 204. 0.30 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.39 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
146 TOP : 204. 0.31 / 6 204. 1.18 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
147 TOP : 204. 0.54 / 6 204. 1.92 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
148 TOP : 204. 0.58 / 6 204. 2.25 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
149 TOP : 204. 0.59 / 6 204. 2.27 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
150 TOP : 204. 0.56 / 6 204. 1.98 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
151 TOP : 204. 0.32 / 6 204. 1.24 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
152 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.32 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.40 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
153 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.34 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.31 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
154 TOP : 204. 0.48 / 6 204. 1.08 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
155 TOP : 204. 0.48 / 6 204. 1.08 / 6

BOTT: 204. 0.00 / 0 204. 0.00 / 0
156 TOP : 204. 0.10 / 5 204. 0.34 / 6

BOTT: 204. -0.31 / 6 204. 0.00 / 0
157 TOP : 84. 0.21 / 5 84. 0.17 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
158 TOP : 84. 0.01 / 5 84. 0.45 / 5

BOTT: 84. -0.02 / 6 84. 0.00 / 0
159 TOP : 84. 0.06 / 5 84. 0.74 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
160 TOP : 84. 0.10 / 5 84. 0.86 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
- 51 -
161 TOP : 84. 0.10 / 5 84. 0.87 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
162 TOP : 84. 0.05 / 5 84. 0.76 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
163 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.48 / 5

BOTT: 84. -0.03 / 6 84. 0.00 / 0
164 TOP : 84. 0.23 / 5 84. 0.19 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
165 TOP : 84. 0.51 / 5 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. -0.03 / 6
166 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.27 / 6 84. -1.05 / 6
167 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.38 / 6 84. -1.13 / 6
168 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.44 / 6 84. -1.01 / 6
169 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.35 / 6 84. -0.66 / 6
170 TOP : 84. 0.53 / 5 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. -0.11 / 6
171 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.27 / 6 84. -1.16 / 6
172 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.37 / 6 84. -1.15 / 6
173 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.44 / 6 84. -1.01 / 6
174 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.35 / 6 84. -0.66 / 6
175 TOP : 84. 0.53 / 5 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. -0.11 / 6
176 TOP : 84. 0.10 / 5 84. 0.86 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
177 TOP : 84. 0.11 / 5 84. 0.88 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
178 TOP : 84. 0.05 / 5 84. 0.76 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
- 52 -
179 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.48 / 5

BOTT: 84. -0.03 / 6 84. 0.00 / 0
180 TOP : 84. 0.23 / 5 84. 0.19 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
181 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.61 / 6 84. -0.63 / 6
182 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.13 / 5

BOTT: 84. -0.57 / 6 84. 0.00 / 0
183 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 5 84. 0.13 / 5

BOTT: 84. -0.08 / 6 84. 0.00 / 0
184 TOP : 84. 0.34 / 5 84. 0.45 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
185 TOP : 84. 0.17 / 5 84. 0.81 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
186 TOP : 84. 0.05 / 5 84. 0.23 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
187 TOP : 84. 0.69 / 5 84. 0.56 / 6

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
188 TOP : 84. 0.75 / 5 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. -0.17 / 6
189 TOP : 84. 0.16 / 5 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. -1.07 / 6
190 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -1.17 / 6 84. -0.38 / 6
191 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.36 / 6 84. -0.98 / 6
192 TOP : 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0

BOTT: 84. -0.79 / 6 84. -0.30 / 6
193 TOP : 84. 0.23 / 5 84. 0.05 / 5

BOTT: 84. 0.00 / 0 84. 0.00 / 0
194 TOP : 84. 0.01 / 5 84. 0.03 / 5

BOTT: 84. -0.01 / 6 84. 0.00 / 0
***************************END OF ELEMENT DESIGN***************************
343. END CONCRETE DESIGN

344. FINISH
- 53 -
*********** END OF THE STAAD.Pro RUN ***********
**** DATE= JUL 16,2009 TIME= 9:21:17 ****
************************************************************
* For questions on STAAD.Pro, please contact *
* Research Engineers Offices at the following locations *
* *
* Telephone Email *
* USA: +1 (714)974-2500 support@reiusa.com *
* CANADA +1 (905)632-4771 detech@odandetech.com *
* CANADA +1 (604)629 6087 staad@dowco.com *
* UK +44(1454)207-000 support@reel.co.uk *
* FRANCE +33(0)1 64551084 support@reel.co.uk *
* GERMANY +49/931/40468-71 info@reig.de *
* NORWAY +47 67 57 21 30 staad@edr.no *
* SINGAPORE +65 6225-6015/16 support@reiasia.net *
* INDIA +91(033)2357-3575 support@calcutta.reiusa.com *
* JAPAN +81(03)5952-6500 eng-eye@crc.co.jp *
* CHINA +86(411)363-1983 support@reiasia.net *
* THAILAND +66(0)2645-1018/19 support@thai.reiusa.com *
* *
* North America support@reiusa.com *
* Europe support@reel.co.uk *
* Asia support@reiasia.net *
************************************************************
- 54 -
Information about the key files in the current distribution
Modification Date CRC Size (Bytes) File Name

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07/18/2006 0x3881 13000704 SProStaad.exe
07/17/2006 0x100 05738496 SProStaadStl.exe
09/19/2003 0x2fc0 00081970 CMesh.dll
05/30/2006 0x3c0 02486272 dbSectionInterface.dll
01/23/2001 0x9b40 00073728 LoadGen.dll
09/25/2003 0x6340 00704512 MeshEngine.dll
09/22/2003 0xce00 00069632 QuadPlateEngine.dll
12/22/2005 0x4181 00094208 SurfMesh.dll
01/03/2006 0x81c1 00493568 aiscsections.mdb
06/13/2006 0xd4c1 01204224 AISCSectionsRCeco.mdb
01/05/2005 0x79c1 00319488 aiscsections_all_editions.mdb
01/05/2005 0x4b81 01810432 aiscsteeljoists.mdb
01/05/2005 0xcac1 03651584 aitctimbersections.mdb
01/27/2005 0xeb01 00552960 aluminumsections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xcd01 00163840 australiansections.mdb
01/05/2005 0x6a41 00229376 britishsections.mdb
07/08/2005 0x9d41 00434176 bscoldformedsections.mdb
06/28/2005 0x8201 00327680 butlercoldformedsections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xabc0 00262144 canadiansections.mdb
05/31/2005 0x9e81 00450560 canadiantimbersections.mdb
06/09/2006 0x1f81 00774144 ChineseSections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xd6c0 00600064 dutchsections.mdb
01/05/2005 0x1a00 00354304 europeansections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xd301 00202752 frenchsections.mdb
01/05/2005 0x11c1 00233472 germansections.mdb
01/05/2005 0x3c40 00264192 indiansections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xd540 00180224 iscoldformedsections.mdb
03/23/2006 0xa080 00200704 japanesesections.mdb
11/08/2005 0x9081 00376832 Kingspancoldformedsections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xb740 00174080 koreansections.mdb
02/03/2005 0xda00 00096256 lysaghtcoldformedsections.mdb
02/07/2005 0x9a00 00243712 mexicansteeltables.mdb
06/13/2006 0x3501 00421888 RCecoColdFormedSections.mdb
02/03/2005 0x9b40 00307200 russiansections.mdb
01/05/2005 0x9081 00206848 southafricansections.mdb
01/06/2005 0x9341 00194560 spanishsections.mdb
01/04/2006 0x8680 00223232 uscoldformedsections.mdb
01/05/2005 0xbac0 00149504 usersectionstemplate.mdb
01/19/2006 0x8e40 00159744 venezuelansections.mdb
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 55 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Software licensed to TMI
Job Title VALVE-SUMP Ref
By AK Date18-Jun-09 Chd SS
Client ONGC-BECHRAJI File ONGC-SUMP.std Date/Time 29-Jun-2009 15:02
- 56 -
2
2
2
2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 1
Print Time/Date: 29/06/2009 15:04 STAAD.Pro for Windows Release 2006 Print Run 1 of 1
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
MY (local)
kNm/m
<= -1.16
-1.04
-0.916
-0.795
-0.675
-0.554
-0.433
-0.313
-0.192
-0.071
- 57 -
0.049
0.170
0.291
0.411
0.532
0.653
>= 0.773
ROOF SLAB
Load 6
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
MX (local)
kNm/m
<= -1.17
-1.06
-0.944
-0.832
-0.719
-0.607
-0.494
-0.381
-0.269
-0.156
- 58 -
-0.044
0.069
0.182
0.294
0.407
0.519
>= 0.632
ROOF SLAB
Load 6
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
MY (local)
kNm/m
<= -0.549
-0.371
-0.193
-0.015
0.163
0.341
0.519
0.697
0.874
1.05
- 59 -
1.23
1.41
2
1.59 2
1.76 2 2
2
1.94 2
2
2.12 2
2
>= 2.3 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 2
2
Load 6
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
MX (local)
kNm/m
<= -0.709
-0.621
-0.533
-0.444
-0.356
-0.268
-0.180
-0.092
-0.003
0.085
- 60 -
0.173
0.261
2
0.349 2
0.438 2 2
2
0.526 2
2
0.614 2
2
>= 0.702 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 2
2
Load 6
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
SQX (local)
kN/m2
<= -29.9
-26.2
-22.4
-18.6
-14.9
-11.1
-7.38
2
-3.63 2
2
2 2
0.125
2 2 2
3.88 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
- 61 -
7.63 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
11.4
2 2 2 2
2
15.1 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
18.9 2
2 2 2 2 2
22.6 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
26.4 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
>= 30.2
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 5
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
MY (local)
kNm/m
<= -0.772
-0.658
-0.543
-0.429
-0.314
-0.199
-0.085
2
0.030 2
2
2 2
0.144
2 2 2
0.259 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
- 62 -
0.373 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
0.488
2 2 2 2
2
0.602 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
0.717 2
2 2 2 2 2
0.832 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
0.946 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
>= 1.06
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 6
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
MX (local)
kNm/m
<= -0.468
-0.247
-0.026
0.195
0.417
0.638
0.859
2
1.08 2
2
2 2
1.3
2 2 2
1.52 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
- 63 -
1.74 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
1.97
2 2 2 2
2
2.19 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2.41 2
2 2 2 2 2
2.63 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2.85 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2
>= 3.07
2 2 2
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 7
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Base
Pressure Y
kN/m2
<= 19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.6
19.7
19.8
19.9
20 2
- 64 -
2
20.1 2
2 2
20.3 2 2 2
2 2 2
20.4 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
20.5
2 2 2 2 2
20.6 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2
20.7 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
>= 20.8 2
2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 BASE PRESSURE
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 7
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Base
Pressure Y
kN/m2
<= 29.4
29.6
29.7
29.8
30
30.1
30.2
30.3
30.5
30.6 2
- 65 -
2
30.7 2
2 2
30.9 2 2 2
2 2 2
31 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
31.1
2 2 2 2 2
31.2 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2
31.4 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
>= 31.5 2
2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 BASE PRESSURE
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 6
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Base
Pressure Y
kN/m2
<= 19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.6
19.7
19.8
19.9
20 2
- 66 -
2
20.1 2
2 2
20.3 2 2 2
2 2 2
20.4 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
20.5
2 2 2 2 2
20.6 2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2
20.7 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
>= 20.8 2
2 2 2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 BASE PRESSURE
2 2 2
2 2
2
2
2
Load 5
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
SQY (local)
kN/m2
<= -61.1
-53
-44.9
-36.8
-28.7
-20.6
-12.5
-4.44
3.65
11.7
- 67 -
19.8
27.9
36
44.1
52.2
60.3
>= 68.4
ROOF SLAB
Load 5
16. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 20m HIGH MAST FOUNDATION
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 20m HIGH MAST FOUNDATION

PAGE 1 OF 5
REV
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 68 -
FOUNDATION DESIGN CALCULATON FOR 20m HIGH MAST Remark Reference
Design Parameters
2
Soil Bearing Capacity = SBC = 150 kN/m
Ground Water Table Low
Height of the Mast = Ht = 20.0 m
Basic Wind Speed = Vs = 39.0 m/s IS 875 part-3 1987
Shape Factor of Structure = Sf = 1.0

Probability Factor = K1 = 1.06
Terrain Category = Cat-Class-A
Terrain Height and Structure Factor = K2 = 1.05 IS 875 part-3 1987
Topography factor = K3 = 1.00

Design Wind Speed = Vd = 43.407 m/s
Grade of Concrete = M-30
Luminaire Weight of 1 with Brackets = 40.0 kg
2
Windage Area of Luminaire = Aw1 = 0.25 m
Maximum No.of Luminaires per Mast = N1 = 12.0
2
Total Projected Area of Fittings in Wind = Awt = 1.5 m
2
Characteristic Strength of Concrete = fck = 30 N/mm
2
Characteristic Strength of Steel = fy = 415 N/mm
Design Calculation
Weight of the Mast = Hw = 7.5 kN

Total Weight of Luminaire and Lantern Carriage = Lw = 4.8 kN
T t l Downward
Total D d Weight
W i ht = Dw
D = 12.3
12 3 kN
Diameter at the Top = d = 0.20 m
Diameter at the Bottom (D) = D = 0.45 m
2
Maximum Wind pressure = Wp = 1.13 kN/m
Total Wind Force on Luminaire = Wf1 = 1.7 kN
Unit Wind Pressure at Top of Mast = Wt = 0.23 kN/m
Unit Wind Pressure at Bottom of Mast = Wb = 0.51 kN/m
Net Wind Pressure on Complete Mast = Wnet = 7.35 kN
Total Horizontal Force on Complete Mast = Fh = 9.05 kN
Moment due to Wind Force on Luminaire = Mf1 = 34 kN.m
Moment due to Wind Pressure on Complete Mast = Mmast = 64.07 kN.m
Over Turning Moment at the Base of Mast due to Wind = M' = 98.07 kN.m
Net Moment at the Top of the Footing = M = 116.17 kN.m
Thus Various Forces acting on the Foundation are as follows:
Downward / Vertical load of the Mast system = Fv = 12.3 kN

Total Horizontal Force = Fh = 9.05 kN
Moment at the Top of Foundation = M = 116.17 kN.m
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 2 OF 5
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 69 -
Assume Foundation of Following Size Remark Reference
0.4
2.50
2.50 2.10
0.40
2.50 2.50
Length of Pedestal = L1 = 0.90 m

Breadth of Pedestal = B1 = 0.90 m
Height of Pedestal = H1 = 2.10 m
Height of Pedestal above ground level = h1 = 0.40 m
Length of Raft = L2 = 2.50 m
Breadth of Raft = B2 = 2.50 m
Thickness of Raft = H2 = 0.40 m
Total Depth of Foundation = 2.10 m
Check for Soil Pressure
3
Density of Concrete = γC = 25 kN/m
3
Density of Soil = γs = 18 kN/m
Weight of Pedestal = Wped = 42.53 kN
Weight of Raft = Wraft = 62.5 kN
Weight of Foundation = Wf = 105.03 kN
Weight of Soil Acting on Raft = Ws = 166.46 kN
Thus total vertical load acting on the soil below foundation is,
F'v = Weight of System + Weight of Foundation + Weight of Soi = F'v = 283.8 kN
The Design Verification for Safe Bearing Pressure as follows,

3
Section Modulus = Z = 2.6 m
2
Maximum Soil Pressure = Pmax = 90.09 kN/m
2
Minimum Soil Pressure = Pmin = 0.73 kN/m
Soil Pressure = = 90.09 OK
Check against Over Turning
Factor of Safety = Restoring Moment (due to D.L)/Over Turning moment.

Restoring Moment = 319.26 kN
Factor of Safety = 2 OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 3 OF 5
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 70 -
Check against Sliding Remark Reference
Sliding Force = 9.05 kN

Coefficient of Friction (tan ф) = 0.364
Frictional Capacity = 103.3 kN

Factor of Safety = 11.41 OK
Design of Pedestal
Pedestal Size = 900 x 900 mm

Load on Pedestal - P = 54.8 kN
Moment at the Bottom of Pedestal -M = 116.17 kN/m
Pu/fckbd = 0.0035
Mu/fckbd^2 = 0.009
d'/D Refer Design Aids of Concrete, Chart-44 = 0.044
P/fck = negligible
pt Required negligible %
Provide a minimum of 0.8% of steel

Diameter of Bar = 20 mm
No. of bars 20 Nos
Diameter of Ties = 8 mm
Spacing of Ties @ c/c = 150 mm
Pt(act) = 0.78 % OK
Provide 20 Tor 20 mm Steel as Longitudinal Reinforcement & 8mm ties @150c/c
Design of Raft
Pressure Diagram
(q2) (qs) (q1)

0.73 kN/m2 61.49 kN/m2 90.09 kN/m2
Effective Cantilever Span = 0.8 m

Soil Pressure at Critical Section = 61.49 kN/m2
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 4 OF 5
REV
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 71 -
Bottom Reinforcement Remark Reference
Moment at the base of the Raft = 15.99 kNm
Ultimate Moment = Mu = 24.0 kNm
Effective depth = d = 340 mm
Mu/fckbd^2 = 0.207
Pt = 0.084 %
Pt min = 0.12 %
Pt Required = 0.12 %
2
Ast(Required)/m = 408 mm /m
Consider Diameter of Bar = 12 mm
Ast(provided)/m 754 OK
Top Reinforcement
2
Soil Pressure from top = 30.6 kN/m
Maximum Cantilever Moment on Top = 9.79 kNm
Mu at Top = 15 kNm
2
Mu/bd = 0.127
Pt = 0.085 %
Pt min = 0.12 %
Pt Required = 0.12 %
2
Ast(Required)/m = 408 mm /m
Consider Diameter of Bar = 12 mm
2
Ast(provided)/m 754 mm /m
Ch k for
Check f One
O Way
W Shear
Sh
Critical Section is at 'd' from face of Column.

2
Soil Pressure at Critical Section = 73.65 kN/m
Shear Force at Critical Section = 37.66 kN/m
Factored Shear Force = 56.49 kN/m
2
Shear Stress = τv = 0.165 N/mm
2
Ast Provided = 1884 mm
Pt = 0.222
2
τc = 0.29 N/mm OK
Check for Two Way Shear
Critical Section is at 'd/2' from face of column

2
Maximum Soil Pressure = 90 kN/m
Maximum Shear Force = 425 kN
Factored Shear Force = 637 kN
Shear Stress = τv = 0.378 N/mm2
τc = 1.369 N/mm2 OK
10908 0 0 1 1 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 5 OF 5
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 72 -
DESIGN REPORT
FOR
STRUCTURAL STEEL
WORKS
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
ONGC DOCUMENT No.

PAGE 1 OF 7
REF. NO. F:\ONGC\ONGC-FINAL\VOL-II-DESIGN REPORT\FINAL DESIGN REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

SHEETS\CIVIL\STEEL.DOC
REVISION RECORD
0 10.07.2009 AU AK SS ISSUED FOR IDC

A 13.07.2009 AU AK SS ISSUED FOR APPROVAL
B 14.08.2009 AU AK SS ISSUED FOR SUBMISSION
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE: DESIGN REPORT FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS PAGE 2 OF 7
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-2-
INDEX
SL.No. CONTENTS PAGE No.
1.0 INTRODUCTION 4
2.0 SITE CONDITIONS 4
3.0 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS 4
4.0 MATERIALS 5
5.0 DESCRIPTION OF STRUCTURAL ARRAGEMENT 5
6.0 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN METHODOLOGY 5
7.0 LOADS 6
8.0 LOAD FACTORS FOR DESIGN CONSIDERATION 7
9.0 DESIGN CALCULATIONS 7

3
10.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M CAPACITY EFFLUENT
STORAGE TANK 8
11.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT

STORAGE TANK ROOF 19
12.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR SPIRAL STAIRCASE 78
13.0 DESIGN OF U-TUBE PLATFORM 81
14.0 DESIGN OF FOAM-PIPE PLATFORM 100
15.0 DESIGN OF VALVE ACCESS PLATFORM 115
16.0 DESIGN CALCULATION FOR PIPELINE 133
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-3-
1. INTRODUCTION
This document covers the design calculation for all steel structures connected to design of 2 nos. of
2000 M3 capacity fixed conical roof effluent storage tank at Bechraji ETP of Mehsana asset, ONGC.
2. SITE CONDITIONS
2.1. Site location and datum level
The Bechraji site is located approx 35 Kms from Mehsana.
Finished ground level (FGL) is considered as 49.6 m, as per the Geotechnical Report
2.2. Ground water
The ground water table (GWT) was found between 3.5 m and 4 m, as per the Geotechnical Report
2.3. Soil Data
The following values will be used in the design calculation
Unit weight of soil (γs) : 18 KN/m³
Safe Allowable bearing capacity of soil (q) : 150 KN/m² at a depth of 2 m
Sub grade Modulus Reaction of soil : 3000 KN/m³
3. Reference Codes and Standards
The design shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards:
Codes and Standards
Loading
IS 875 - 2 - Code of practice for design loads (Imposed loads)
Steel Works
IS 800 -1984 - Code of practice for general construction in Steel.
IS 2062 - Steel for general structural purposes – Specification.
IS 432 Part I & II - Specification for mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard –
Drawn steel wire for concrete reinforcement.
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-4-
IS 811 - Cold formed light gauge structural steel sections.
IS 803 - Code of practice for design, fabrication and erection of vertical mild steel
cylindrical welded oil storage tanks (First revision) (Amendment No.1).
API - Standard 650 - Welded Steel Tanks for oil storage.
API - 2350 - Overfill protection for storage tanks in petroleum facilities.
API - Standard 2000 - Venting atmospheric and low pressure storage tanks.
SP - 40 - Handbook on structures with steel portal frame.
4. Materials
Steel
Hot rolled structural steel shall confirm to latest IS: 226 (standard quality) and IS: 2062 (weld able quality).
Cooled formed light gauge structural steel shall confirm to IS: 811
Modulus of elasticity of steel = 200000 N/mm²
5. Description of structural arrangement
Tanks:
3
Construction of 2 nos of fixed conical roof effluent storage tanks of 2000 m capacity each at Bechraji ETP
of Mehsana Asset and to be tied up with the existing systems. This tank is constructed to take care of the
increased produced water load and to contain the effluent safely during exigencies.
6. Analysis and design methodology
Pump room, platforms and tank roof is analyzed as 3-D structure, using finite element method in
STAAD.pro. Fixed and hinged condition is considered at supports for 3-D structure, to carryout analysis for
various load combinations as per design basis.
Sub grade modulus reaction of soil considered is computed as:
= Allowable Bearing Pressure / Allowable settlements

2
= 150 (KN/m ) /0 .05 (m)
= 3000 KN/m3
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-5-
7. Loads
7.1 Dead Loads
Earth : 18 KN/ m3
Water : 10 KN/ m3
7.2 Imposed loads or live loads
a) L.L. on Pitched Roof : 0.75 KN/m2
b) Monorail : 100 KN
c) Live Load on Platform : 2 KN/m2
7.3 Wind load
7.4 Earthquake loads
Damping : 2% for Steel Structures
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-6-
7.5 Temperature loads
Maximum temperature : 40 degree
Maximum recorded rainfall in 24 hrs/ 1hr : 270 mm/94.8 mm
8. Load factors for design consideration
For steel design:-
1.0 (Dead Load + Live Load ± Earthquake/Wind in X/Z -direction)
9. Design Calculations
The design calculations are prepared with STAAD.pro and in-house excel worksheet.
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B

MEHSANA ASSET
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-7-
STORAGE TANK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
ONGC DOCUMENT No.

PROJECT : CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS (2 X 2000 M3) AT BECHRAJI ETP
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT

PAGE 1 OF 11
STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-8-
DESIGN CALCULATION FOR 2000 M3 CAPACITY EFFLUENT STORAGE TANKS Remark Reference
TANK DATA
Diameter of Tank (INNER) D = 15.5 m = 50.850 ft

Height of Tank H = 12.0 m = 39.368 ft
Design Height of Tank Hd = 10.6 m 34.775 ft
Specific Gravity G = 1.05
Corrosion Allowance Ca = 1.50 mm = 0.005 ft For Shell,Bottom&Roof
2
SBC of Soil SBC = 150 kN/m
Allowable Settlement As = 25.0 mm = 0.082 ft
Max.Tensile Stress ft = 410 N/mm 2
= 59450 psi [IS:2062, GR A/B upto 20 mm
thickness]
Max. Yield Stress fy = 250 N/mm2 = 36250 psi
Allowable Design Stress Sd = 164 N/mm2 = 23780 psi [cl.5.6.2.1 of API-650]
Allowable Hydrostatic Test Stress St = 176 N/mm 2

= 25479 psi [cl.5.6.2.2 of API-650]
Nominal Tank Radius r = 7750 mm = 25.425 ft

No. of Shell Course = 8 Nos
Height of Bottom Shell Course Hbs = 2000 mm = 6.56 ft (h1)
Height of Intermediate Shell Course HIs = 1500 mm = 4.92 ft (h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,h7)
Height of Top Shell Course Hts = 1000 mm = 3.28 ft (h8)
DESIGN OF BOTTOM PLATE
Thickness of Bottom Plate Provided tb = 8.00 mm

Mi i
Minimum Thi k
Thickness = 6.35
6 35 mm [ l 5.4.1
[cl 4 1 off API-650]
API 6 0]
Corrosion Allowance = 1.50 mm

Total Thickness = 7.85 mm OK
DESIGN OF ANNULAR PLATE
Thickness of Annular Plate ta = 10.00 mm

Nominal Thickness ta = 8.50 mm = 0.335 inch
Width of Plate Wa = 549 mm = 21.6 inch
Minimum Width of Plate = 600 mm [cl 5.5.2 of API-650]
Therefore provide 600 mm wide plate

Check for Thickness
Case (i)
Minimum Thickness of Annular Plate(Nominal) = 5.06 mm = 0.2 inch [cl 5.6.3.2 of API-650]
Minimum Thickness of Annular Plate (including 3mm
= 6.56 mm OK
corrosion allowance)
Case (ii)
Minimum Thickness of Annular Plate(Nominal) = 6.00 mm [cl 5.6.1.1 of API-650]
Minimum Thickness of Annular Plate = 7.50 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
-9-
DESIGN CALCULATION FOR SHELL PLATE Remark Reference
Height of Tank H = 12.0 m = 39.37 ft
Corrosion Allowance Ca = 1.50 mm = 0.059 ft
Allowable Design Stress Sd = 164 N/mm 2

= 23780 psi
Allowable Hydrostatic Test stress St = 176 N/mm2 = 25479 psi
Minimum Nominal Thickness = 6.0 mm [cl.5.6.1.1 of API-650]
Thickness due to
Shell Course Thickness due to Thickness Thickness
Sl.no Height from Top Allowable Design [cl.5.6.3.2 of API-650]
no. from Top Hydrostatic Stress(tt) Required Provided
Stress(td)
m ft inches mm inches mm mm mm
1 h8 1 3.28 0.072 1.84 0.012 0.30 1.84 6 OK
2 h7 2.5 8.20 0.101 2.57 0.037 0.95 2.57 6 OK
3 h6 4 13.12 0.130 3.30 0.063 1.60 3.30 6 OK
4 h5 5.5 18.04 0.159 4.03 0.088 2.25 4.03 6 OK
5 h4 7 22.96 0.187 4.76 0.114 2.89 4.76 8 OK
6 h3 8.5 27.89 0.216 5.49 0.140 3.54 5.49 8 OK
7 h2 10 32.81 0.245 6.22 0.165 4.19 6.22 8 OK
8 h1 12 39.37 0.283 7.19 0.199 5.06 7.19 10 OK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV B DATE 14/08/2009
- 10 -
DESIGN CALCULATION FOR WIND GIRDER Remark Reference
Wind Load Calculation
Basic Wind Speed , Vb Vb = 39 m/s [IS875 part -(iiii)]
Terrain Category = 2
Risk Coefficient k1 = 1.06
Terrain Height factor k2 = 1.07
Topography Factor k3 = 1
Design Wind Speed Vz = 44.2 m/s = 98.97 MPH
Design Wind Pressure Pz = 1174 N/m2
Top Curb Angle
Top Shell Thickness (Excluding t = 5 mm = 0.197 inches

Corrosion Allowance )

Height of Tank H = 12 m = 39.37 ft
Minimum Size of Curb Angle = 51 x 51 x 6.4 mm [cl.5.1.5.9 of API-650]
Provided Size of Curb Angle = 75 x 75 x 10 mm
Design of Primary Wind Girder
Position of Wind Girder From Top of Curb Angle = 2m

3 3
Minimum Section Modulus z = 113 cm = 6.92 inch [cl.5.9.6.1of API-650]
Section Details
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 11 -
Remark Reference
Size of Wind Girder = 150 x 150 x 12 mm
b1 = 150 mm
d1 = 150 mm
t1 = 12.0 mm
t2 = 5.0 mm
h1 = 172 mm
Y = 91 mm
4
Ixx = 15920978 mm
Zxx = 174.89 cm
3 OK
Design of Secondary Wind Girder
Maximum Height of Unstiffened Shell H1 = 12.7 m = 41.82 ft
Clear Height of Wind Girder from Bottom of Tank H2 = 10 m = 32.8 ft
Secondary Wind Girder is not Required
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
.
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 12 -
STABILITY CHECK FOR WIND LOAD Remark
Design Wind Pressure Pz = 1173.98 N/m2 = 1.174 KN/m2
Total Wind Force F = 218.36 KN
Assumed this Force to act at the Center of the Shell
Over Turning Moment Mo = 1310.16 KN.m
Total Weight Wt = 520 KN
Restoring Moment Mr = 4030 KN.m
2/3 x Mr = 2686.67 KN.m OK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 13 -
STABILITY CHECK FOR SEISMIC LOAD Remark Reference
Design Height of the Tank Hd = 10.6 m = 34.775 ft
Total Weight of the Tank Contents Wp = 20000000 N
Ratio of D/Hd D/Hd = 1.46
Effective Impulsive Portion of the Liquid Weight Wi = 13468899 N [cl.E.6.1.1 of API-650]
Effective Convective Portion of the Liquid Weight Wc = 6638115 N [cl.E.6.1.1 of API-650]
Height from Bottom of the Tank Shell to Center Of Action of

Lateral Seismic Force Related to the Impulsive Liquid Force Xi = 3.975 m [cl.E.6.1.2.1 of API-650]
for Ringwall Moment
Height from Bottom of the Tank Shell to Center Of Action of

Lateral Seismic Force Related to the Convective Liquid Xc = 7.01 m [cl.E.6.1.2.1 of API-650]
Force for Ringwall Moment
Total Weight of Tank Shell Ws = 400000 N = 88200 lbs
Total Weight of Tank Roof Wr = 120000 N
Height from Bottom of the Tank Shell to Shell's Center of

Xs = 5.5 m
Gravity
Height from Bottom of the Tank Shell to Roof and Roof

Xr = 12.4 m
Appurtenances Center of Gravity
Importance Factor I = 1 [cl.E.5.1.2 Table E- 5 of API-650]
Scaling Factor Q = 1 [cl.E.4.6.1 of API-650]
Force Reduction Factor for the Impulsive Mode Rwi = 3.5 [cl.E.5.1.1 Table E- 4 of API-650]
Force Reduction Factor for the Convective Mode Rwc = 2 [cl.E.5.1.1 Table E- 4 of API-650]
Ratio of Hd/D Hd/D = 0.68
[cl.E.4.6.2 of API-650]
The 5% Damped, Design Spectral Response Acceleration
Sa* = 1.5
Parameter at any Period
Coefficient to Adjust the Spectral Acceleration K = 1
Impulsive Design Response Spectrum Acceleration Coefficient Ai = 0.43
Convective Design Response Spectrum Acceleration C

Ac = 0.75
oefficient
Ring Wall Moment Mrw = 42662695 Nm = 3E+06 lbs ft
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 14 -
Resistance to Overturning Remark Reference
2
Characteristic Strength of Steel fy = 250 N/mm = 36250 psi
Thickness odf Bottom Plate Excluding Corrosion ta = 10.5 mm = 0.41 inches
Maximum Weight of Tank Content Close to the Well Which Resist the Overturning (Wa)
Case (i)
Wa = 1.28 x H d x D x G Wa = 2377 lb/ft [cl.E.6.2.1.1 of API-650]
Case (ii)
0.5
Wa = 7.9 x t a x (fy x Hd x G)^ Wa = 3757 lb/ft
Least of Wa Wa = 2377 lb/ft
Total Weight of Contents Acting as Resisting Load
Wt = W a x π x D Wt = 379467 lbs
Total Weight WT = 467667 lbs
Resisting Moment MR = 1E+07 lbs ft
ANCHORAGE NOT REQUIRED
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
.
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 15 -
CHECK FOR COMPRESSION ON SHELL Remark Reference
Design Height of the Tank Hd = 10.6 m 34.77 ft
Thickness of Bottom Shell (Excluding Corrosion) t = 10.5 mm = 0.41 inches
Weight of the Tank Shell Ws = 400 KN = 88200 lbs
Weight of the Roof Wr = 120 KN = 26460 lbs
Roof Load acting on Shell W rs = 165.72 lbs/ft
Tank and Roof Weight Acting on the Base Wt = 718.1 lbs/ft [cl.E.6.2.1.1.1 of API-650]
Ring Wall Moment Mrw = 4E+07 Nm = 2868026 lbs ft
[cl.E.6.2.2.1 of API-650]
Maximum Longitudinal Shell Compression Stress at
σc = 429.4 psi
the Bottom of the Shell
Maximum Allowable Compressive Stress(Fc)
(G x H x D2)/t2 = 625459 OK [cl.E.6.2.2.3-2b of API-650]
Fc = 6877.40 psi OK [cl.E.6.2.2.3-2b of API-650]
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 16 -
CHECK FOR SLIDING DUE TO SEISMIC LOAD Remark Reference
Thickness of Bottom Plate tb = 8 mm
Friction Coefficient μ = 0.6
Total Weight of Tank Shell Ws = 400 KN = 88.20 lbs
Total Weight of Tank Roof Wr = 120 KN
Effective Impulsive Portion of the Liquid Weight Wi = 13468.90 KN [cl.E.6.1.1 of API-650]
Effective Convective Portion of the Liquid Weight Wc = 6638.11 KN [cl.E.6.1.1 of API-650]
Impulsive Design Response Spectrum Acceleration Coefficient Ai = 0.43
Convective Design Response Spectrum Acceleration Coefficient Ac = 0.75
Total Weight of the Tank Contents Wp = 20000 KN
Weight of Tank Bottom Wf = 118.44 KN
Design Base Shear Due to Impulsive Component Vi = 6046.00 KN [cl.E.6.1 of API-650]
Design Base Shear Due to Convective Component Vc = 4978.59 KN [cl.E.6.1 of API-650]
Total Design Base Shear V = 7832.01 KN [cl.E.6.1 of API-650]
Average
g Shear Vs = 12383.06 KN OK [[cl.E.6.1 of API-650]]
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV
REV. B DATE 143/08/2009
- 17 -
DESIGN OF ROOF VENT WITH WEAK ROOF TO SHELL Remark Reference
3
Discharge of Tank Q = 100 m /hr
Inbreathing
3
Inbreathing due to Liquid Movement Out = 0.94 Nm /hr API-2000-Table-1B
3
Inbreathing due to Thermal = 337 Nm /hr API-2000-Table-2B
3
Total Inbreathing = 337.94 Nm /hr
Outbreathing
3
Outbreathing due to Liquid Movement In = 1.01 Nm /hr API-2000-Table-1B
3
Outbreathing due to Thermal = 202 Nm /hr API-2000-Table-2B
3
Total Outbreathing = 203.01 Nm /hr
3
Design Breathing = 337.94 Nm /hr
3
= 33.794 m /hr
3
Design Dischage of Tank Vent = 133.794 m /hr
Assuming an Air Velocity = 15 m/sec

2
Area of Venting Required A = 2478 mm
Diameter of Venting Provided Dv = 150 mm
No. of Venting Provided = 2 Nos.

2
Area of Venting Provided = 35325 mm OK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 18 -
STORAGE TANK ROOF
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK ROOF
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 19 -
DESIGN OF ROOF PLATE Reference
Diameter of Tank D = 15.50 mm
Type of Roof Plate = Fixed, Supported,

Cone.
Minimum Slope of the Roof Shell = 1 : 16 API-650-2007
-1
Minimum Angle Required = tan (1/16)
o
= 3.58
o
Slope of Conical Roof Angle (provided) = 10.24
Vertical Height of Conical Roof D/2 X tanθ = 1.4 m
Minimum Thickness of Roof Plate = 5.0 mm
Provided Thickness of Roof Plate = 6.0 mm
Load Calculation
2
Weight of Plate W = 0.471 kN/m
2
Live Load on Tank Roof Plate LL = 1.5 kN/m
2
Wind Load on Tank Roof Plate WL = 1.130 kN/m
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

STORAGE TANK ROOF
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 20 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
PAGE NO. 1
****************************************************
* *
* STAAD.Pro *
* Date= JUN 29, 2009 *
* Time= 14:10:47 *
* *
* USER ID: TMI *
****************************************************
1. STAAD SPACE
INPUT FILE: ROOF-FIXED.STD
3. ENGINEER DATE 18-APR-09
4. JOB NAME TANK ROOF
6. JOB NO 10908
7. JOB REV 0
8. ENGINEER NAME AK
9. CHECKER NAME SS
12. INPUT WIDTH 79
13. UNIT METER KN
15. 1 0.6 1.4 0; 2 3 0.93 0; 3 5.4 0.46 0; 4 7.75 0 0; 5 0.584957 1.4 -0.133513
16. 6 2.92478 0.93 -0.667563; 7 5.26461 0.46 -1.20161; 8 7.55569 0 -1.72454
17. 9 0.540581 1.4 -0.26033; 10 2.70291 0.93 -1.30165; 11 4.86523 0.46 -2.34297
18. 12 6.98251 0 -3.3626; 13 0.469099 1.4 -0.374094; 14 2.34549 0.93 -1.87047
19. 15 4.22189 0.46 -3.36684; 16 6.05919 0 -4.83205; 17 0.374094 1.4 -0.469099
20. 18 1.87047 0.93 -2.34549; 19 3.36684 0.46 -4.22189; 20 4.83205 0 -6.05919
21. 21 0.26033 1.4 -0.540581; 22 1.30165 0.93 -2.70291; 23 2.34297 0.46 -4.86523
22. 24 3.3626 0 -6.98251; 25 0.133513 1.4 -0.584957; 26 0.667563 0.93 -2.92478
23. 27 1.20161 0.46 -5.26461; 28 1.72454 0 -7.55569; 29 3.67382E-017 1.4 -0.6
24. 30 1.83691E-016 0.93 -3; 31 3.30644E-016 0.46 -5.4; 32 4.74535E-016 0 -7.75
25. 33 -0.133513 1.4 -0.584957; 34 -0.667563 0.93 -2.92478
26. 35 -1.20161 0.46 -5.26461; 36 -1.72454 0 -7.55569; 37 -0.26033 1.4 -0.540581
27. 38 -1.30165 0.93 -2.70291; 39 -2.34297 0.46 -4.86523; 40 -3.3626 0 -6.98251
28. 41 -0.374094 1.4 -0.469099; 42 -1.87047 0.93 -2.34549
29. 43 -3.36684 0.46 -4.22189; 44 -4.83205 0 -6.05919; 45 -0.469099 1.4 -0.374094
30. 46 -2.34549 0.93 -1.87047; 47 -4.22189 0.46 -3.36684; 48 -6.05919 0 -4.83205
31. 49 -0.540581 1.4 -0.26033; 50 -2.70291 0.93 -1.30165
32. 51 -4.86523 0.46 -2.34297; 52 -6.98251 0 -3.3626; 53 -0.584957 1.4 -0.133513
33. 54 -2.92478 0.93 -0.667563; 55 -5.26461 0.46 -1.20161; 56 -7.55569 0 -1.72454
34. 57 -0.6 1.4 -7.34764E-017; 58 -3 0.93 -3.67382E-016
35. 59 -5.4 0.46 -6.61287E-016; 60 -7.75 0 -9.4907E-016; 61 -0.584957 1.4 0.133513
36. 62 -2.92478 0.93 0.667563; 63 -5.26461 0.46 1.20161; 64 -7.55569 0 1.72454
37. 65 -0.540581 1.4 0.26033; 66 -2.70291 0.93 1.30165; 67 -4.86523 0.46 2.34297
38. 68 -6.98251 0 3.3626; 69 -0.469099 1.4 0.374094; 70 -2.34549 0.93 1.87047
39. 71 -4.22189 0.46 3.36684; 72 -6.05919 0 4.83205; 73 -0.374094 1.4 0.469099
40. 74 -1.87047 0.93 2.34549; 75 -3.36684 0.46 4.22189; 76 -4.83205 0 6.05919
E:\ONGC\ONGC-STAAD-ROOF-10.4.09\rafter\ROOF-FIXED.anl Page 1 of 49
- 21 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
41. 77 -0.26033 1.4 0.540581; 78 -1.30165 0.93 2.70291; 79 -2.34297 0.46 4.86523
42. 80 -3.3626 0 6.98251; 81 -0.133513 1.4 0.584957; 82 -0.667563 0.93 2.92478
43. 83 -1.20161 0.46 5.26461; 84 -1.72454 0 7.55569; 85 -1.10215E-016 1.4 0.6
44. 86 -5.51073E-016 0.93 3; 87 -9.91931E-016 0.46 5.4; 88 -1.4236E-015 0 7.75
45. 89 0.133513 1.4 0.584957; 90 0.667563 0.93 2.92478; 91 1.20161 0.46 5.26461
46. 92 1.72454 0 7.55569; 93 0.26033 1.4 0.540581; 94 1.30165 0.93 2.70291
47. 95 2.34297 0.46 4.86523; 96 3.3626 0 6.98251; 97 0.374094 1.4 0.469099
48. 98 1.87047 0.93 2.34549; 99 3.36684 0.46 4.22189; 100 4.83205 0 6.05919
49. 101 0.469099 1.4 0.374094; 102 2.34549 0.93 1.87047; 103 4.22189 0.46 3.36684
50. 104 6.05919 0 4.83205; 105 0.540581 1.4 0.26033; 106 2.70291 0.93 1.30165
51. 107 4.86523 0.46 2.34297; 108 6.98251 0 3.3626; 109 0.584957 1.4 0.133513
52. 110 2.92478 0.93 0.667563; 111 5.26461 0.46 1.20161; 112 7.55569 0 1.72454
53. MEMBER INCIDENCES
54. 1 1 2; 2 2 3; 3 3 4; 4 1 5; 5 2 6; 6 3 7; 7 4 8; 8 5 6; 9 6 7; 10 7 8; 11 5 9
55. 12 6 10; 13 7 11; 14 8 12; 15 9 10; 16 10 11; 17 11 12; 18 9 13; 19 10 14
56. 20 11 15; 21 12 16; 22 13 14; 23 14 15; 24 15 16; 25 13 17; 26 14 18; 27 15 19
57. 28 16 20; 29 17 18; 30 18 19; 31 19 20; 32 17 21; 33 18 22; 34 19 23; 35 20 24
58. 36 21 22; 37 22 23; 38 23 24; 39 21 25; 40 22 26; 41 23 27; 42 24 28; 43 25 26
59. 44 26 27; 45 27 28; 46 25 29; 47 26 30; 48 27 31; 49 28 32; 50 29 30; 51 30 31
60. 52 31 32; 53 29 33; 54 30 34; 55 31 35; 56 32 36; 57 33 34; 58 34 35; 59 35 36
61. 60 33 37; 61 34 38; 62 35 39; 63 36 40; 64 37 38; 65 38 39; 66 39 40; 67 37 41
62. 68 38 42; 69 39 43; 70 40 44; 71 41 42; 72 42 43; 73 43 44; 74 41 45; 75 42 46
63. 76 43 47; 77 44 48; 78 45 46; 79 46 47; 80 47 48; 81 45 49; 82 46 50; 83 47 51
64. 84 48 52; 85 49 50; 86 50 51; 87 51 52; 88 49 53; 89 50 54; 90 51 55; 91 52 56
65. 92 53 54; 93 54 55; 94 55 56; 95 53 57; 96 54 58; 97 55 59; 98 56 60; 99 57 58
66. 100 58 59; 101 59 60; 102 57 61; 103 58 62; 104 59 63; 105 60 64; 106 61 62
67. 107 62 63; 108 63 64; 109 61 65; 110 62 66; 111 63 67; 112 64 68; 113 65 66
68. 114 66 67; 115 67 68; 116 65 69; 117 66 70; 118 67 71; 119 68 72; 120 69 70
69. 121 70 71; 122 71 72; 123 69 73; 124 70 74; 125 71 75; 126 72 76; 127 73 74
70. 128 74 75; 129 75 76; 130 73 77; 131 74 78; 132 75 79; 133 76 80; 134 77 78
71. 135 78 79; 136 79 80; 137 77 81; 138 78 82; 139 79 83; 140 80 84; 141 81 82
72. 142 82 83; 143 83 84; 144 81 85; 145 82 86; 146 83 87; 147 84 88; 148 85 86
73. 149 86 87; 150 87 88; 151 85 89; 152 86 90; 153 87 91; 154 88 92; 155 89 90
74. 156 90 91; 157 91 92; 158 89 93; 159 90 94; 160 91 95; 161 92 96; 162 93 94
75. 163 94 95; 164 95 96; 165 93 97; 166 94 98; 167 95 99; 168 96 100; 169 97 98
76. 170 98 99; 171 99 100; 172 97 101; 173 98 102; 174 99 103; 175 100 104
77. 176 101 102; 177 102 103; 178 103 104; 179 101 105; 180 102 106; 181 103 107
78. 182 104 108; 183 105 106; 184 106 107; 185 107 108; 186 105 109; 187 106 110
79. 188 107 111; 189 108 112; 190 109 110; 191 110 111; 192 111 112; 193 109 1
80. 194 110 2; 195 111 3; 196 112 4
82. ISOTROPIC STEEL
83. E 2.05E+008
84. POISSON 0.3
85. DENSITY 76.8195
86. ALPHA 1.2E-005
87. DAMP 0.03
89. MEMBER PROPERTY INDIAN
90. 1 TO 4 8 TO 11 15 TO 18 22 TO 25 29 TO 32 36 TO 39 43 TO 46 50 TO 53 -
92. 113 TO 116 120 TO 123 127 TO 130 134 TO 137 141 TO 144 148 TO 151 -
93. 155 TO 158 162 TO 165 169 TO 172 176 TO 179 183 TO 186 190 TO 192 -
94. 193 TABLE ST ISMC150
- 22 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
97. 117 TO 119 124 TO 126 131 TO 133 138 TO 140 145 TO 147 152 TO 154 -
98. 159 TO 161 166 TO 168 173 TO 175 180 TO 182 187 TO 189 194 TO 195 -
99. 196 TABLE ST ISA75X75X6
100. CONSTANTS
101. BETA 45 MEMB 5 TO 7 12 TO 14 19 TO 21 26 TO 28 33 TO 35 40 TO 42 47 TO 49 -
103. 110 TO 112 117 TO 119 124 TO 126 131 TO 133 138 TO 140 145 TO 147 -
104. 152 TO 154 159 TO 161 166 TO 168 173 TO 175 180 TO 182 187 TO 189 -
105. 194 TO 196
106. MATERIAL STEEL ALL
107. MEMBER RELEASE
108. 5 6 12 13 19 20 26 27 33 34 40 41 47 48 54 55 61 62 68 69 75 76 82 83 89 90 -
109. 96 97 103 104 110 111 117 118 124 125 131 132 138 139 145 146 152 153 159 -
110. 160 166 167 173 174 180 181 187 188 194 195 START MX MY MZ
111. 5 6 12 13 19 20 26 27 33 34 40 41 47 48 54 55 61 62 68 69 75 76 82 83 89 90 -
112. 96 97 103 104 110 111 117 118 124 125 131 132 138 139 145 146 152 153 159 -
113. 160 166 167 173 174 180 181 187 188 194 195 END MX MY MZ
114. SUPPORTS
115. 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 80 84 88 92 96 100 -
116. 104 108 112 FIXED
118. SELFWEIGHT Y -1
119. MEMBER LOAD
120. 1 8 15 22 29 36 43 50 57 64 71 78 85 92 99 106 113 120 127 134 141 148 155 -
121. 162 169 176 183 190 TRAP GY -0.07 -0.32
122. 2 9 16 23 30 37 44 51 58 65 72 79 86 93 100 107 114 121 128 135 142 149 156 -
123. 163 170 177 184 191 TRAP GY -0.32 -0.57
124. 4 11 18 25 32 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 102 109 116 123 130 137 144 151 158 -
125. 165 172 179 186 193 UNI GY -0.5
126. 3 10 17 24 31 38 45 52 59 66 73 80 87 94 101 108 115 122 129 136 143 150 157 -
127. 164 171 178 185 192 TRAP GY -0.57 -0.82
129. MEMBER LOAD
130. 1 8 15 22 29 36 43 50 57 64 71 78 85 92 99 106 113 120 127 134 141 148 155 -
131. 162 169 176 183 190 TRAP GY -0.2 -1.02
132. 2 9 16 23 30 37 44 51 58 65 72 79 86 93 100 107 114 121 128 135 142 149 156 -
133. 163 170 177 184 191 TRAP GY -1.02 -1.82
134. 3 10 17 24 31 38 45 52 59 66 73 80 87 94 101 108 115 122 129 136 143 150 157 -
135. 171 178 185 192 TRAP PY -1.82 -2.72
136. 4 11 18 25 32 39 46 53 60 67 74 81 88 95 102 109 116 123 130 137 144 151 158 -
137. 165 172 179 186 193 UNI GY -0.5
138. LOAD 3 LOADTYPE WIND TITLE WIND LOAD
139. MEMBER LOAD
140. 1 8 15 22 29 36 43 50 57 64 71 78 85 92 99 106 113 120 127 134 141 148 155 -
141. 162 169 176 183 190 TRAP Y 0.15 0.76
142. 2 9 16 23 30 37 44 51 58 65 72 79 86 93 100 107 114 121 128 135 142 149 156 -
143. 163 170 177 184 191 TRAP Y 0.76 1.37
144. 3 10 17 24 31 38 45 52 59 66 73 80 87 94 101 108 115 122 129 136 143 150 157 -
145. 164 171 178 185 192 TRAP Y 1.37 1.97
147. 1 1.0 2 1.0
148. LOAD COMB 5 DL+WL
149. 1 1.0 3 1.0
- 23 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
-----------------------------------

151. LOAD LIST 4 5

152. PRINT MEMBER FORCES LIST 1 TO 196
- 24 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
MEMBER END FORCES STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE

-----------------
ALL UNITS ARE -- KN METE (LOCAL )
MEMBER LOAD JT AXIAL SHEAR-Y SHEAR-Z TORSION MOM-Y MOM-Z
1 4 1 11.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

2 -11.45 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 1 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
2 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
2 4 2 26.10 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

3 -27.05 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 2 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
3 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
3 4 3 34.51 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

4 -35.93 8.22 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -8.46
5 3 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
4 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
4 4 1 49.85 0.14 -0.01 0.00 0.00 5.67

5 -49.85 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 -5.67
5 1 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
5 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
5 4 2 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

6 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 2 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
6 4 3 33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

7 -33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 3 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
7 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
7 4 4 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

8 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 4 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
8 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
8 4 5 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

6 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 5 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
6 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
9 4 6 26.10 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

7 -27.05 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 6 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
7 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
- 25 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
10 4 7 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

8 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.46
5 7 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
8 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
11 4 5 49.86 0.13 -0.02 0.00 0.00 5.67

9 -49.86 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.66
5 5 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
9 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
12 4 6 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

10 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 6 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
10 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
13 4 7 33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

11 -33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 7 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
11 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
14 4 8 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

12 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 8 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
12 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
15 4 9 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

10 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 9 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
10 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
16 4 10 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

11 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 10 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
11 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
17 4 11 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

12 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 11 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
12 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
18 4 9 49.86 0.13 -0.02 0.00 0.00 5.66

13 -49.86 0.03 0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.65
5 9 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
13 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
19 4 10 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

14 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
- 26 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 10 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

14 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
20 4 11 33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

15 -33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 11 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
15 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
21 4 12 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

16 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 12 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
16 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
22 4 13 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

14 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 13 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
14 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
23 4 14 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

15 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 14 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
15 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
24 4 15 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

16 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 15 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
16 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
25 4 13 49.87 0.12 -0.02 0.00 0.00 5.65

17 -49.87 0.04 0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.65
5 13 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
17 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
26 4 14 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

18 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 14 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
18 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
27 4 15 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

19 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 15 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
19 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
28 4 16 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

20 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 16 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
20 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
- 27 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
29 4 17 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

18 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 17 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
18 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
30 4 18 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

19 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 18 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
19 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
31 4 19 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

20 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 19 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
20 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
32 4 17 49.87 0.11 -0.02 0.00 0.00 5.65

21 -49.87 0.05 0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 17 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
21 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
33 4 18 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

22 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 18 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
22 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
34 4 19 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

23 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 19 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
23 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
35 4 20 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

24 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 20 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
24 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
36 4 21 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

22 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 21 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
22 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
37 4 22 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

23 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 22 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
23 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
38 4 23 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

24 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
- 28 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 23 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50

24 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
39 4 21 49.88 0.10 -0.01 0.00 0.00 5.64

25 -49.88 0.05 0.01 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 21 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
25 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
40 4 22 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

26 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 22 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
26 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
41 4 23 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

27 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 23 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
27 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
42 4 24 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

28 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 24 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
28 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
43 4 25 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

26 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 25 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
26 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
44 4 26 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

27 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 26 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
27 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
45 4 27 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

28 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 27 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
28 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
46 4 25 49.88 0.10 -0.01 0.00 0.00 5.64

29 -49.88 0.06 0.01 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 25 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
29 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
47 4 26 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

30 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 26 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
30 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
- 29 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
48 4 27 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

31 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 27 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
31 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
49 4 28 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

32 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 28 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
32 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
50 4 29 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

30 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 29 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
30 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
51 4 30 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

31 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 30 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
31 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
52 4 31 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

32 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 31 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
32 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
53 4 29 49.88 0.09 -0.01 0.00 0.00 5.64

33 -49.88 0.07 0.01 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 29 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
33 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
54 4 30 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

34 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 30 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
34 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
55 4 31 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

35 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 31 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
35 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
56 4 32 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

36 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 32 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
36 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
57 4 33 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

34 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
- 30 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 33 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26

34 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
58 4 34 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

35 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 34 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
35 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
59 4 35 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

36 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 35 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
36 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
60 4 33 49.89 0.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.64

37 -49.89 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 33 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
37 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
61 4 34 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

38 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 34 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
38 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
62 4 35 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

39 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 35 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
39 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
63 4 36 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

40 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 36 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
40 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
64 4 37 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

38 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 37 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
38 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
65 4 38 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

39 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 38 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
39 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
66 4 39 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

40 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 39 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
40 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
- 31 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
67 4 37 49.89 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.64

41 -49.89 0.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 37 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
41 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
68 4 38 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

42 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 38 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
42 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
69 4 39 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

43 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 39 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
43 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
70 4 40 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

44 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 40 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
44 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
71 4 41 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

42 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 41 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
42 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
72 4 42 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

43 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 42 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
43 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
73 4 43 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

44 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 43 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
44 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
74 4 41 49.88 0.07 0.01 0.00 0.00 5.64

45 -49.88 0.09 -0.01 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 41 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
45 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
75 4 42 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

46 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 42 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
46 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
76 4 43 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

47 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
- 32 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 43 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

47 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
77 4 44 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

48 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 44 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
48 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
78 4 45 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

46 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 45 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
46 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
79 4 46 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

47 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 46 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
47 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
80 4 47 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

48 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 47 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
48 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
81 4 45 49.88 0.06 0.01 0.00 0.00 5.64

49 -49.88 0.10 -0.01 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 45 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
49 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
82 4 46 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

50 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 46 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
50 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
83 4 47 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

51 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 47 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
51 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
84 4 48 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

52 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 48 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
52 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
85 4 49 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

50 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 49 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
50 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
- 33 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
86 4 50 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

51 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 50 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
51 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
87 4 51 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

52 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 51 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
52 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
88 4 49 49.88 0.05 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.64

53 -49.88 0.10 -0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.64
5 49 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
53 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
89 4 50 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

54 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 50 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
54 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
90 4 51 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

55 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 51 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
55 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
91 4 52 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

56 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 52 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
56 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
92 4 53 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

54 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 53 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
54 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
93 4 54 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

55 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 54 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
55 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
94 4 55 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

56 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 55 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
56 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
95 4 53 49.87 0.05 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.64

57 -49.87 0.11 -0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.65
- 34 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 53 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14

57 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
96 4 54 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

58 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 54 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
58 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
97 4 55 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

59 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 55 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
59 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
98 4 56 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

60 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 56 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
60 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
99 4 57 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.26

58 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 57 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
58 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
100 4 58 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

59 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 58 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
59 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
101 4 59 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

60 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 59 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
60 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
102 4 57 49.87 0.04 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.65

61 -49.87 0.12 -0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.65
5 57 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
61 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
103 4 58 66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

62 -66.63 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 58 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
62 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
104 4 59 33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

63 -33.87 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 59 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
63 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
- 35 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
105 4 60 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

64 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 60 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
64 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
106 4 61 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

62 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 61 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
62 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
107 4 62 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

63 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 62 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
63 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
108 4 63 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

64 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 63 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
64 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
109 4 61 49.86 0.03 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.65

65 -49.86 0.13 -0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.66
5 61 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
65 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
110 4 62 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

66 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 62 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
66 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
111 4 63 33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

67 -33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 63 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
67 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
112 4 64 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

68 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 64 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
68 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
113 4 65 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

66 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 65 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
66 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
114 4 66 26.09 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

67 -27.04 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
- 36 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 66 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21

67 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
115 4 67 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

68 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.47
5 67 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
68 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
116 4 65 49.86 0.02 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.66

69 -49.86 0.13 -0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.67
5 65 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
69 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
117 4 66 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

70 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 66 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
70 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
118 4 67 33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

71 -33.86 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 67 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
71 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
119 4 68 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

72 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 68 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
72 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
120 4 69 10.99 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

70 -11.44 0.32 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 69 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
70 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
121 4 70 26.10 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

71 -27.05 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 70 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
71 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
122 4 71 34.50 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

72 -35.92 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -8.46
5 71 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
72 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
123 4 69 49.85 0.01 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.67

73 -49.85 0.14 -0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.67
5 69 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
73 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
- 37 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
124 4 70 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

74 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 70 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
74 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
125 4 71 33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

75 -33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 71 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
75 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
126 4 72 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

76 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 72 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
76 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
127 4 73 11.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

74 -11.45 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
5 73 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
74 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
128 4 74 26.10 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

75 -27.05 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 74 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
75 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
129 4 75 34.51 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

76 -35.93 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.01 -8.46
5 75 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
76 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
130 4 73 49.85 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.67

77 -49.85 0.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 -5.68
5 73 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
77 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
131 4 74 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

78 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 74 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
78 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
132 4 75 33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

79 -33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 75 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
79 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
133 4 76 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

80 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
- 38 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 76 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

80 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
134 4 77 11.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

78 -11.46 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31
5 77 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
78 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
135 4 78 26.11 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.31

79 -27.06 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 78 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
79 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
136 4 79 34.52 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

80 -35.94 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.01 -8.46
5 79 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
80 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
137 4 77 49.85 0.00 -0.02 0.00 0.01 5.68

81 -49.85 0.15 0.02 0.00 0.00 -5.69
5 77 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
81 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
138 4 78 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

82 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 78 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
82 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
139 4 79 33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

83 -33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 79 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
83 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
140 4 80 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

84 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 80 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
84 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
141 4 81 11.01 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

82 -11.47 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31
5 81 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
82 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
142 4 82 26.12 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.31

83 -27.07 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 82 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
83 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
- 39 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
143 4 83 34.52 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

84 -35.94 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.01 -8.46
5 83 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
84 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
144 4 81 49.86 0.00 -0.05 0.00 0.00 5.69

85 -49.86 0.16 0.05 0.00 0.00 -5.70
5 81 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
85 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
145 4 82 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

86 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 82 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
86 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
146 4 83 33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

87 -33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 83 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
87 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
147 4 84 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

88 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 84 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
88 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
148 4 85 11.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.28

86 -11.46 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31
5 85 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
86 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
149 4 86 26.11 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.31

87 -27.06 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 86 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
87 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
150 4 87 34.51 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

88 -35.93 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.01 -8.46
5 87 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
88 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
151 4 85 49.88 -0.01 -0.06 0.00 0.00 5.70

89 -49.88 0.17 0.06 0.00 0.01 -5.72
5 85 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
89 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
152 4 86 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

90 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
- 40 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 86 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

90 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
153 4 87 33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

91 -33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 87 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
91 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
154 4 88 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

92 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 88 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
92 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
155 4 89 10.95 2.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31

90 -11.40 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.30
5 89 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
90 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
156 4 90 26.06 2.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.30

91 -27.01 2.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.03
5 90 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
91 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
157 4 91 34.46 -0.97 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.03

92 -35.88 8.22 0.00 0.00 0.01 -8.44
5 91 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
92 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
158 4 89 49.89 -0.04 -0.02 0.03 -0.01 5.72

93 -49.89 0.19 0.02 -0.03 0.01 -5.74
5 89 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
93 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
159 4 90 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

94 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 90 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
94 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
160 4 91 33.83 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

95 -33.83 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 91 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
95 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
161 4 92 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

96 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 92 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
96 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
- 41 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
162 4 93 10.99 1.76 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.23

94 -11.44 0.56 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.76
5 93 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
94 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
163 4 94 26.10 2.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.76

95 -27.05 2.59 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.88
5 94 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
95 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
164 4 95 34.50 -1.22 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.88

96 -34.89 3.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 -4.33
5 95 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
96 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
165 4 93 49.89 0.19 0.02 -0.03 -0.01 5.74

97 -49.89 -0.04 -0.02 0.03 0.01 -5.72
5 93 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
97 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
166 4 94 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

98 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 94 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
98 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
167 4 95 33.83 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

99 -33.83 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 95 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
99 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
168 4 96 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

100 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 96 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
100 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
169 4 97 10.95 2.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31

98 -11.40 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.30
5 97 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
98 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
170 4 98 26.06 2.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.30

99 -27.01 2.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.03
5 98 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
99 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
171 4 99 34.46 -0.97 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.03

100 -35.88 8.22 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -8.44
- 42 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 99 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50

100 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
172 4 97 49.88 0.17 0.06 0.00 -0.01 5.72

101 -49.88 -0.01 -0.06 0.00 0.00 -5.70
5 97 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
101 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
173 4 98 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

102 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 98 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
102 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
174 4 99 33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

103 -33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 99 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
103 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
175 4 100 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

104 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 100 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
104 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
176 4 101 11.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.28

102 -11.46 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31
5 101 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
102 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
177 4 102 26.11 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.31

103 -27.06 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 102 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
103 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
178 4 103 34.51 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

104 -35.93 8.22 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -8.46
5 103 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
104 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
179 4 101 49.86 0.16 0.05 0.00 0.00 5.70

105 -49.86 0.00 -0.05 0.00 0.00 -5.69
5 101 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
105 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
180 4 102 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

106 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 102 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
106 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
- 43 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
181 4 103 33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

107 -33.84 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 103 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
107 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
182 4 104 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

108 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 104 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
108 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
183 4 105 11.01 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

106 -11.47 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.31
5 105 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26
106 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
184 4 106 26.12 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.31

107 -27.07 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 106 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
107 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
185 4 107 34.52 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

108 -35.94 8.22 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -8.46
5 107 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
108 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
186 4 105 49.85 0.15 0.02 0.00 0.00 5.69

109 -49.85 0.00 -0.02 0.00 -0.01 -5.68
5 105 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
109 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
187 4 106 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

110 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 106 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
110 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
188 4 107 33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

111 -33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 107 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
111 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
189 4 108 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

112 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 108 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
112 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
190 4 109 11.01 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.27

110 -11.46 0.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.32
- 44 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------
5 109 -0.79 -0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.26

110 0.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
191 4 110 26.11 2.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.32

111 -27.06 2.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.02
5 110 -3.63 -0.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21
111 3.35 -0.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.50
192 4 111 34.52 -0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.02

112 -35.93 8.22 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -8.46
5 111 -5.07 0.11 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50
112 4.67 -2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.98
193 4 109 49.85 0.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.68

1 -49.85 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -5.67
5 109 -3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 -1.14
1 3.69 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.14
194 4 110 66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00

2 -66.64 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 110 -13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 13.71 0.02 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
195 4 111 33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 -33.85 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 111 -7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 7.90 0.03 -0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00
196 4 112 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01

4 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
5 112 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 0.01 0.01
4 0.00 0.04 -0.04 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
************** END OF LATEST ANALYSIS RESULT **************
153. PARAMETER 1
154. CODE INDIAN
155. CHECK CODE ALL
- 45 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
STAAD.Pro CODE CHECKING - (ISA )

***********************
ALL UNITS ARE - KN METE (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
MEMBER TABLE RESULT/ CRITICAL COND/ RATIO/ LOADING/

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================
1 ST ISMC150 (INDIAN SECTIONS)

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.41 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.66 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.93 C 0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.492 4
49.85 C 0.00 5.67 0.00
5 ST ISA75X75X6 (INDIAN SECTIONS)
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.86 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.41 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
- 46 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.491 4
49.86 C 0.00 5.67 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.86 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.490 4
49.86 C 0.00 5.66 0.00
- 47 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.86 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.490 4
49.87 C 0.00 5.65 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
- 48 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.489 4
49.87 C 0.00 5.65 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
- 49 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.88 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
- 50 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.88 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.88 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
- 51 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.89 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
- 52 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.89 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
- 53 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.88 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.88 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
- 54 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.489 4
49.88 C 0.00 5.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
- 55 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.489 4
49.87 C 0.00 5.65 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
- 56 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.490 4
49.87 C 0.00 5.65 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.63 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.87 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
- 57 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.490 4
49.86 C 0.00 5.66 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.86 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.40 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.47 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.491 4
49.86 C 0.00 5.67 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
- 58 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.86 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.41 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.65 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.92 C 0.00 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.492 4
49.85 C 0.00 5.67 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.85 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
- 59 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.41 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.66 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.93 C -0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.492 4
49.85 C 0.00 5.68 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.85 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.42 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.67 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
- 60 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.94 C -0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.492 4
49.85 C 0.01 5.68 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.85 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.43 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.67 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.94 C -0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.493 4
49.86 C 0.00 5.69 0.00
- 61 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.84 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.42 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.67 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.93 C -0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.494 4
49.88 C -0.01 5.72 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.408 4
33.84 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
- 62 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.177 4
11.37 C 0.00 -1.33 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.388 4
26.61 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.743 4
35.88 C -0.01 8.44 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.496 4
49.89 C -0.01 5.74 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.408 4
33.83 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.166 4
10.99 C 0.00 1.23 0.00
- 63 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.345 4
26.57 C 0.00 -2.31 1.22
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.433 4
34.89 C 0.00 4.33 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.496 4
49.89 C -0.01 5.74 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.408 4
33.83 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.176 4
11.37 C 0.00 -1.33 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.388 4
26.61 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.744 4
35.88 C 0.01 8.44 2.39
- 64 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.494 4
49.88 C -0.01 5.72 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.408 4
33.84 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.42 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.66 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.93 C 0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.493 4
49.86 C 0.00 5.69 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
- 65 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.408 4
33.84 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.43 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.67 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.94 C 0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.492 4
49.85 C 0.01 5.68 0.13
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.85 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
- 66 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.178 4
11.42 C 0.00 -1.35 2.24
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.389 4
26.67 C 0.00 -3.19 1.43
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.745 4
35.93 C 0.01 8.46 2.39
PASS IS-7.1.1(B) 0.492 4
49.85 C 0.00 5.68 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.572 4
66.64 C 0.00 0.00 0.28
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.409 4
33.85 C -0.01 -0.01 0.60
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.018 4
0.00 T 0.01 0.01 0.00
************** END OF TABULATED RESULT OF DESIGN **************
156. FINISH
- 67 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM
**** DATE= JUN 29,2009 TIME= 14:10:48 ****
************************************************************
* *
* Telephone Email *
* *
************************************************************
- 68 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 02:11 PM

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07/18/2006 0x3881 13000704 SProStaad.exe
09/19/2003 0x2fc0 00081970 CMesh.dll
01/23/2001 0x9b40 00073728 LoadGen.dll
09/25/2003 0x6340 00704512 MeshEngine.dll
12/22/2005 0x4181 00094208 SurfMesh.dll
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- 69 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Job Title TANK ROOF Ref
By AK Date18-Apr-09 Chd SS
Client ONGC-BECHRAJI File ROOF-FIXED.std Date/Time 29-Jun-2009 13:52
- 70 -
Load 4
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 6.464 mmMax: 6.495 mmMax: 6.463 mm

Max: 6.496 mm
Max: 6.465 mm Max: 6.494 mm
Max: 6.461 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 6.497 mm
Max: 6.466 mm Max: 6.491 mm
Max: 8.520 mm Max: 8.517 mm Max: 6.458 mm
Max: 8.513 mm
Max: 6.489 mm
Max: 6.466 mm Max: 8.524 mm
Max: Max:
7.7547.754
mm Max: 7.750
mmMax: 7.750
mmmm Max: 8.508 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: Max:
7.7587.758
mm mm Max: 7.744 mm Max: 6.457 mm
Max: 6.498 mm Max: 7.761 mm
Max: 8.526 mm Max: 7.760 mm
Max: 7.737 mm
Max: 6.466 mm Max: 7.762 mm
Max: 8.525 mm Max: 6.454 mm
Max: 2.539
Max: mm
2.532 Max: 7.722 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 7.764 mm Max:
Max: 2.544
2.548 mm mm
Max: 2.524
Max:
mmmm
2.515 mm Max: 6.484 mm
Max: 2.550 mm Max: 2.505 mm
Max: 6.466 mm Max: 8.526 mm Max: 7.762 mm Max: 2.551 mm Max: 2.493 mm
Max: 2.550 mm Max: 2.480 mm
Max: 7.760 mm Max: 2.532 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 2.524
Max: mm
2.515 mm Max: 2.436 mm
Max: 8.525 mm Max: 2.505 Max:
mm
Max: 2.451
2.466 mmmm
- 71 -
Max: 7.761 mm Max: 2.493
Max: mm
2.480 mm Max: 7.703 mm Max: 6.481 mm
Max: 6.466 mm Max: 8.484 mm
Max: 7.757 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 6.497 mm Max: 8.522 mm
Max: 7.754 mm Max: 8.476 mm
Max: 6.465 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 8.520 mm Max: 7.749 mm
Max: 6.496 mm Max: 8.440 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 7.745 mm Max: 6.467 mm
Max: 7.649 mm
Max: 7.737 mm
Max: 7.691 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 6.495 mm Max: 7.722 mm Max: 7.713 mm
Max: 8.513 mm
Max: 8.440 mm
Max: 6.462 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 8.508 mm
Max: 8.475 mm Max: 4.020 mm
Max: 6.493 mm Max: 8.504 mm
Max: 8.484 mm
Max: 8.498 mm Max: 8.491 mm
Max: 6.461 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 6.425 mm
Max: 6.492 mm

Max: 6.489 mm Max: 6.444 mm
Max: 6.478 mm
Max: 6.456 mm
Max: 6.487 mm Max: 6.448 mm
Max: 6.481 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 6.454 mmMax: 6.484 mmMax: 6.450 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Load 4 : Displacement
Displacement - mm
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.030 mm

Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 0.029 mm

Max: 1.722 mm Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 1.722 mm Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.449 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.449 mm Max: 1.722 mm
0.295 Max: 1.449 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.295
Max: mmMax: mm
0.295
0.295
mmmm
Max: 0.295 mm Max: Max: 0.295 mm
Max: 0.295 mm
Max: 0.295 mm Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 0.295 mm Max: 0.295 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 0.295 Max: 0.295
mmMax: 0.295 mm mm
Max: 0.295 Max: 1.449 mm
- 72 -
Max: 1.722 mm Max: mm
0.295 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.449 mm Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 1.449 mm Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.449 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.722 mm Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.449 mm
Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 1.722 mm Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 1.722 mm Max: 1.722 mm
Max: 0.029 mm Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.391 mm Max: 0.030 mm

Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 1.391 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.029 mm
Max: 0.030 mm
Displacement - mm
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
8.469 kNm 8.468 kNm

8.470 kNm
8.467 kNm
8.470 kNm 0.012 kNm 0.012 kNm

0.012 kNm 8.465 kNm
0.012 kNm
8.471 kNm 0.012 kNm

0.012 kNm
0 kNm 8.464 kNm
0 kNm
0 kNm -2.018 kNm -2.018 kNm 0 kNm
0.012 kNm -2.017 kNm
-2.019 kNm
0 kNm
8.471 kNm -2.017 kNm 0 kNm 0.012 kNm
-2.019 kNm
0 kNm 8.462 kNm
-2.017 kNm 0 kNm 0 kNm
0 kNm -1.317 kNm -1.317 kNm 0 kNm 0 kNm
0.012 kNm -1.318 kNm
0 kNm -1.317 kNm -2.020 kNm
-1.318 kNm 0 kNm
-1.316 kNm 0.012 kNm
8.471 kNm 0 kNm 0 kNm
-2.017 kNm -1.318 kNm 5.644
5.641 kNmkNm
5.648 kNm
5.652
5.653 kNm 0 kNm
5.639
5.638 kNm
kNm 5.658
5.659 kNm -1.316 kNm 0 kNm
5.638 kNm 5.665
5.666 kNm
0 kNm 5.674 kNm -2.021 kNm
-1.318 kNm
5.638 kNm 1.264
1.263 kNm kNm
1.265 kNm
1.266 kNm5.683 kNm 8.460 kNm
5.639 kNm1.263 kNm 1.267 5.693 kNm
kNm 0 kNm
5.641 1.262
kNm kNm 1.269 kNm
5.705
5.704 kNm -1.315 kNm
0.012 kNm 1.262
5.644 kNmkNm
kNm 1.270
5.720
5.717 kNm
kNm
0 kNm 0 kNm 1.262
5.648 kNm 1.273
5.735 kNm
kNm
1.2635.653
5.652
kNmkNm 5.717
5.720 1.275
kNm kNm
-2.017 kNm -1.318 kNm 5.659
5.658
1.263 kNm kNm
5.666
5.665 kNm 5.704
5.705 kNm 0 kNm
5.693
kNm
5.683 kNmkNm 1.278 kNm 0 kNm
1.264 kNm 5.674 1.307 kNm -1.315 kNm
1.265 kNm 1.232 kNm 0.012 kNm
1.266 kNm 1.307 kNm -2.022 kNm
8.470 kNm 0 kNm 1.267 kNm
1.269 kNm 1.278 kNm
-1.318 kNm 1.270 1.275
kNm
1.272 kNmkNm
- 73 -
0 kNm
-1.314 kNm
0 kNm
8.458 kNm
-2.017 kNm 0 kNm
-1.318 kNm 0 kNm 0 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.313 kNm -2.023 kNm
0 kNm
-1.318 kNm 0 kNm 0.012 kNm
8.470 kNm 0 kNm -1.300 kNm
-2.017 kNm 0 kNm
-1.317 kNm 0 kNm
-0.762
0 kNm kNm
-2.024 kNm 8.455 kNm
0 kNm
0.012 kNm -1.317 kNm 0 kNm
0 kNm -1.300 kNm
0 kNm
-2.018 kNm -1.316 kNm 0 kNm
0 kNm -1.313 kNm 0 kNm 0.012 kNm
-1.316 kNm 0 kNm
8.469 kNm 0 kNm 0 kNm -1.315 kNm -2.025 kNm
-1.316 kNm -1.315 kNm
0 kNm 8.440 kNm

-2.018 kNm
0.012 kNm -0.876
0 kNmkNm
0 kNm 0.012 kNm

8.468 kNm -2.019 kNm 0 kNm
-2.025 kNm
0 kNm
0.012 kNm -2.019 kNm 0 kNm 4.335 kNm
-2.024 kNm
0 kNm
8.467 kNm -2.020 kNm 0 kNm 0.012 kNm
0 kNm 0 kNm -2.023 kNm
-2.021 kNm -2.022 kNm 8.440 kNm
0.012 kNm
8.465 kNm 0.012 kNm
8.455 kNm
0.012 kNm 8.464 kNm

8.458 kNm
0.012 kNm
8.462 kNm 8.460 kNm
0.012 kNm
0.012 kNm
0.012 kNm 0.012 kNm
Load 4 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
0.012 kNm 0.012 kNm

0.012 kNm -1.984 kNm -1.984 kNm
-1.984 kNm 0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm 0.012 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.499 -1.984 kNm
0 kNmkNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.499
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm 0.499
0 kNmkNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm 0.499
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm
-1.984 kNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm 0.012 kNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm -1.984 kNm
00.499
kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
-0.256 -0.256
-0.256
kNm kNm kNm
-0.256 kNm
-0.256 kNm
0.012 kNm 0.499 -0.256
-1.142 -1.142
-1.142
kNmkNm kNm kNm
-1.142 kNm
-0.256
-1.142 kNm kNm
0 kNmkNm 0.209 -1.142
-0.256 kNmkNm -0.256
-1.142 kNmkNm
0 kNmkNm kNm -1.142
-0.256 kNm
kNm
-1.984 kNm -0.256
-1.142kNm -1.142
-0.256kNmkNm
-0.256
-1.142kNmkNm -1.142
-0.256kNm
kNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm
-0.256
-1.142 kNm -0.256 kNm
-1.142 kNm 00.499
kNmkNm
-1.142
-0.256kNmkNm kNm 0.012 kNm
-1.142
-0.256kNmkNm -0.256
-1.142kNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm -1.142 kNm -0.256 kNm
-1.142kNm -1.984 kNm
-0.256
-0.256kNmkNm -1.142
-0.256 kNm
kNm
-1.142 kNm
-0.256 kNm -0.256
-1.142kNm kNm 0.209
- 74 -
-1.142 -0.256
kNm -0.256
kNm
-0.256 kNm kNm
-1.142 kNm 0 kNmkNm
0.499 -1.142 kNm
-1.142 -1.142
kNm
-1.142 kNm kNm
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm 00.499
kNmkNm
-1.984 kNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm 0.012 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm -1.984 kNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm 00.499
kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm
-1.984 kNm 0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm
0.209
0 kNmkNm 0.209 00.499
kNmkNm 0.012 kNm
0.209 0 kNmkNm
0 kNmkNm 0.209
0 kNmkNm -1.984 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm 00.499

kNmkNm
-1.984 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
00.499
kNmkNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm 0.499
0 kNmkNm
-1.984 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.012 kNm
0.499
0 kNmkNm 0.499 -1.984 kNm
0 kNmkNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm 0.012 kNm
0.012 kNm -1.984 kNm
0.012 kNm
-1.984 kNm -1.984 kNm
Load 5 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.041 kN

Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.224 kN Max: -8.224 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: -8.224 kN
Max: -8.224 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN 0.028 kN
Max: -0.028 kN
Max: -8.224 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: -8.223 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.224 kN Max: 2.507 kN Max: 2.507 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 2.506 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.507 kN Max: -8.223 kN
Max: 2.506 kN Max: 0.016 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 2.506 kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.508 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.224 kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 2.506 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.509 kN
Max:Max:Max:
2.000 2.000
Max:
2.000
kN kN
Max: kN
2.000
2.001
kN kN Max: -8.222 kN
Max: 2.000 Max:kN 0.102
Max: Max:
kN
0.110 2.001 kN
kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 2.506 kN Max: Max:Max:
1.999 0.088 kN
kN0.095 kN
Max:Max:Max:
0.117 2.002
kN
0.125 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max:Max:
2.0000.081
kN kN Max:
Max: 2.002
0.133
kNkN kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max:
Max: 2.003
0.141 kNkN Max: 2.509 kN
Max:
Max:2.000
-0.081kNkN Max:
Max:0.149 kN
2.003kN
Max:
Max:2.000
-0.088kN kN Max:
Max: 2.004
0.155 kN
kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 2.000 kN
Max: -0.095 Max:
Max: 2.010
0.160 kN
kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.506 kN Max: 2.000kN
Max:-0.102 kN
kN Max:
Max: 1.760
0.168kNkN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.224 kN Max:
Max: 2.001
-0.110 kN Max: 2.010
0.193 kN
Max: 2.001
kNkN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: Max:
-0.117
Max:2.001
kN kN
Max:
2.002Max: Max:
2.004
2.003
kN -0.193
kN kNkN kN Max: 2.510 kN
Max: Max:
-0.125 kN 2.002
Max:
Max: kN -0.168 kN
Max: -0.133
Max:kN -0.155 Max: 0.016 kN
- 75 -
Max: -0.141
Max: kN-0.160
-0.149 kN kN kN
Max: 0.028
-0.028kN
kN Max: 2.507 kN Max: -8.222 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.511 kN
Max: 2.507 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.517 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 0.016 kN 0.028 kN
Max: -0.028 kN
Max: -8.221 kN
Max: 2.507 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.517 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: 2.508 kN
Max: 0.016 kN Max: 2.509 kN Max: 2.510 kN Max: 0.016 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: -8.221 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.028 kN

Max: -2.594 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.041 kN

Max: -8.224 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: -8.215 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.041 kN

Max: -8.224 kN Max: 0.028
-0.028kN
kN Max: 0.028 kN Max: -3.230 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.224 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: -8.215 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.223 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: -8.221 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: -8.223 kN
Max: -8.222 kN
Max: -8.222 kN Max: -8.222 kN
Load 4 : Shear Y
Force - kN
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 2.102 kN Max: 2.102 kN

Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN 0.028 kN
Max: -0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN
Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN 0.016 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max:
Max: -0.620 kN
Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN
Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN
Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: Max: -0.264
Max: -0.264 kN kN
Max: -0.264 kN
Max: -0.264 kN
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.264 kN
Max: 0.044 kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max: -0.264 kN Max: Max:
0.044 0.044
kN
Max: 0.044
kN kN
-0.044 Max: -0.264 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: -0.264 kNMax: -0.044 kN Max: Max:-0.044kNkN
-0.044 kNMax: -0.264 kN
Max: Max: -0.044 kN
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max: -0.264 kNMax: 0.044
-0.044kNkN Max: 0.044 kNMax: -0.264 kN
Max: -0.620 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max: -0.264 kNMax: 0.044 kN Max: 0.044 kN Max: -0.264 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 0.044 kN 0.044 kN
Max: -0.044 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.044 kN Max: -0.264 kN
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max: -0.044 kN Max: -0.044 kN
Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.044
Max: kN
0.044
-0.044 kN
Max: 0.044 0.016 kN
- 76 -
Max: 0.044
Max: kNkN
0.044 kN kN Max: -0.264 kN Max:
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 0.028
-0.028kN
kN Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.264 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.264 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.264 kN 0.016 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: -0.264 kN Max: -0.264 kN Max:
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: -0.264 kN
Max: -0.264 kN
Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max: 2.102 kN
0.016 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max:
Max: -0.620 kN
Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN
0.016 kN 0.028 kN
Max: -0.028 kN
Max:
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN 0.016 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max:
Max: -0.620 kN
Max:
Max: 0.016
-0.620kN
kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN Max: 0.016 kN
Max: -0.620 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max: 0.028 kN

Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.028 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 0.028
-0.028kN
kN Max: 0.028 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN
Max: 2.102 kN Max: 2.102 kN
Max: 0.041 kN Max: 0.041 kN
Load 5 : Shear Y
Force - kN
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
0.0183
0.0183
0.0183
0.0183 0.745 0.745 0.0183
0.744
0.745
0.0183 0.744 0.409 0.409
0.409
0.409 0.745 0.0183
0.409
0.389 0.389
0.744 0.409 0.389 0.389
0.0183
0.389 0.409 0.745
0.572 0.389 0.0183
0.572 0.572
0.409 0.389 0.572 0.572
0.744 0.572 0.389 0.409
0.572
0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.745
0.0183 0.389 0.572 0.178 0.178
0.409 0.178 0.572 0.389
0.178
0.572 0.178 0.489
0.489
0.489 0.49 0.0183
0.489 0.49
0.491 0.178 0.409
0.744 0.389 0.489
0.489 0.492 0.572
0.178 0.489 0.492
- 77 -
0.489 0.492 0.178 0.389
0.572 0.178 0.489 0.493 0.745
0.409 0.489 0.494
0.496 0.178 0.572
0.0183 0.49
0.49 0.496
0.389 0.178 0.491
0.492 0.494
0.493
0.492
0.492
0.572 0.178 0.409
0.178 0.572 0.389 0.0183
0.744 0.176
0.409 0.572 0.178 0.166
0.389 0.178 0.572 0.745
0.177 0.389 0.408
0.572 0.178
0.0183 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178
0.572
0.744 0.389
0.409 0.572
0.572 0.388 0.0183
0.572 0.408 0.745
0.389 0.572
0.572 0.572
0.572 0.345
0.0183 0.409 0.572 0.572
0.744 0.389 0.408
0.388 0.0183
0.744
0.409 0.389
0.389
0.389 0.389 0.408
0.744 0.389 0.389
0.0183
0.409 0.433
0.408 0.0183
0.744 0.409
0.409
0.409 0.409 0.743
0.0183 0.409
0.744 0.0183
0.744
0.0183 0.744
0.744
0.744 0.744 0.0183
0.0183
0.0183
0.0183
0.0183
0.0183
Load 3
12. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR SPIRAL STAIRCASE
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR SPIRAL STAIRCASE

PAGE 1 OF 3
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 78 -
DESIGN OF SPIRAL STAIRCASE Remark
Span l = 800 mm
Width of Stair w = 800 mm
Width of Thread = 250 mm
Height of Riser = 200 mm
Dead Load Acting on Stair DL = 1 kN/m
Live Load Acting on Stair LL = 2 kN
Design of Bracket
Dead Load Acting on Support DL = 0.10 kN/m

Live Load Acting on Support LL = 2 kN
Self Weight of Hand Rail = 0.4 kN
Total Load Acting on Support = 2.50 kN
Load Acting on Bracket = 3.54 kN
Try ISA 35 x 35 x 5 mm
2
Area = 327 mm
Minimum Radius of Gyration rmin = 6.7 mm
Effective Length leff = 1131 mm
Slenderness Ratio (l eff/rmin) λ = 169 OK
Allowable Compressive Stress σall = 37 N/mm2

Actual Shear Stress τc = 10.81 N/mm2 OK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 2 OF 3
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 79 -
DESIGN OF PLATFORM Remark
2
Live Load = 2 kN/m
2
Dead Load Acting on Platform DL = 1 kN/m
Span l = 0.8 m
2
Yield Stress fy = 250 N/mm
2
Permissible Bending Stress f = 165 N/mm
2
Modulus of Elasticity E = 200000 N/mm
Design of Edge Beam
Span l = 1.2 m
Self Weight of Beam = 0.1 kN/m
Self Weight of Hand Rail = 0.4 kN/m
Load Acting on Beam = 1.2 kN/m
Total Load Acting on Edge Beam = 1.70 kN

Moment Acting on Edge Beam Mact = 0.31 kN.m
Try ISMC-100
Depth h = 100 mm
Thickness of Web tw = 4.7 mm
3
Setional Modulus along X-Axis Zxx = 37300 mm
4
Moment of Inertia Ixx = 1867000 mm
Allowable Moment Mall = 6.15 kN.m OK
Check for Deflection
Actual Deflection δ(act) = 0.12 mm
Allowable Deflection δ(all) = 3.69 mm OK
Check for Shear
Shear Stress τv = 3.62 N/mm2
Permissible Stress τva = 100 N/mm2 OK
Design of Bracket Connection
Vertical Load on the Bracket Junction = 1.70 kN
Load on the Bracket = 2.40 kN
Try ISA 50 x 50 x 6 mm
2
Area = 568 mm
Minimum Radius of Gyration rmin = 9.6 mm
Effective Length leff = 1131 mm
Slenderness Ratio (leff/rmin) λ = 118 OK
2
Allowable Compressive Stress σall = 64 N/mm
Actual Shear Stress τc = 4.23 N/mm2 OK
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET

PAGE 3 OF 3
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 80 -
13. DESIGN OF U-TUBE PLATFORM
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN OF U-TUBE PLATFORM PAGE 1 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 81 -
DESIGN OF U-TUBE PLATFORM Remark Reference
2
Self Weight of Checker Plate = 0.25 kN/m
2
Live Load LL = 2.00 kN/m
2
Self Weight of Handrail = 0.20 kN/m
Width of Platform = 3600 mm
Length of Platform = 2750 mm
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN OF U-TUBE PLATFORM

PAGE 2 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

- 82 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM
PAGE NO. 1
****************************************************
* *
* STAAD.Pro *
* Date= JUL 17, 2009 *
* Time= 16:17:26 *
* *
* USER ID: TMI *
****************************************************
1. STAAD SPACE
INPUT FILE: U-TUBE FLATFORM.STD
4. JOB NAME U-TUBE FLATFORM
6. JOB NO 10908
7. JOB REV 0
8. ENGINEER NAME AK
9. CHECKER NAME SS
12. INPUT WIDTH 79
13. UNIT METER KN
15. 1 -0.5 0 -0.3; 2 3 0 -0.3; 4 -0.5 0 2.3; 5 3 0 2.3; 9 2.125 0 -0.3
16. 10 2.125 0 2.3; 11 1.25 0 2.3; 12 1.25 0 -0.3; 15 3 -2.5 -0.3; 16 3 -5 -0.3
17. 17 3 -7.5 -0.3; 18 3 -10 -0.3; 19 3 -2.5 2.3; 20 3 -5 2.3; 21 3 -7.5 2.3
18. 22 3 -10 2.3; 25 3 -3.75 1; 26 3 -1.25 1; 27 0.375 0 2.3; 28 0.375 0 -0.3
20. 1 1 28; 2 9 12; 4 4 27; 5 10 11; 7 5 2; 8 4 1; 10 9 2; 11 10 5; 12 10 9
21. 15 11 12; 16 2 15; 17 5 19; 18 15 16; 19 16 17; 20 17 18; 22 19 20; 23 15 19
22. 24 20 21; 25 16 20; 26 21 22; 27 17 21; 30 16 25; 31 19 26; 32 5 26; 33 15 25
23. 38 25 19; 39 26 2; 40 26 15; 41 25 20; 42 27 11; 43 28 12; 44 27 28
25. ISOTROPIC STEEL
26. E 2.05E+008
27. POISSON 0.3
28. DENSITY 76.8195
29. ALPHA 1.2E-005
30. DAMP 0.03
33. 1 2 4 5 7 10 TO 12 15 TO 20 22 24 26 27 42 TO 44 TABLE ST ISMC150
34. 8 23 25 30 TO 33 38 TO 41 TABLE ST ISA65X65X6
35. CONSTANTS
37. SUPPORTS
38. 1 4 18 22 FIXED
40. MEMBER LOAD
\\Tc007\e\PROJECT\ONGC\ongc-sstaad\platform design\U-TUBE FLATFORM.anl Page 1 of 12

- 83 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM
41. 1 2 4 5 7 10 11 42 43 UNI GY -0.4

42. ONEWAY LOAD
43. YRANGE 0 0 ONE -0.5 GY
44. SELFWEIGHT Y -1
45. MEMBER LOAD
46. 12 UNI GY -1.5
47. 27 UNI GY -2.5
49. ONEWAY LOAD
50. YRANGE 0 0 ONE -2 GY TOWARDS 7
52. 1 1.0 2 1.0
-----------------------------------


MAY BE ERRONEOUS
54. LOAD LIST 3

55. PRINT SUPPORT REACTION LIST 1 4 18 22

- 84 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM
SUPPORT REACTIONS -UNIT KN METE STRUCTURE TYPE = SPACE

-----------------
JOINT LOAD FORCE-X FORCE-Y FORCE-Z MOM-X MOM-Y MOM Z
1 3 0.19 8.93 0.00 -0.65 0.00 6.10

4 3 0.19 8.93 0.00 0.65 0.00 6.10
18 3 -0.19 13.41 0.16 0.13 0.00 0.62
22 3 -0.19 13.41 -0.16 -0.13 0.00 0.62
56. PRINT MEMBER FORCES LIST 1 2 4 5 7 8 10 TO 12 15 TO 20 22 TO 27 30 TO 33 38 -

57. 39 TO 44

- 85 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

-----------------
1 3 1 0.19 7.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.10

28 -0.19 -6.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19
2 3 9 0.19 0.14 -0.01 0.00 0.01 -3.47

12 -0.19 0.35 0.01 0.00 0.00 3.38
4 3 4 0.19 7.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.10

27 -0.19 -6.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.19
5 3 10 0.19 0.14 0.01 0.00 -0.01 -3.47

11 -0.19 0.35 -0.01 0.00 0.00 3.38
7 3 5 -0.40 2.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.21

2 0.40 2.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.21
8 3 4 0.00 1.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.65

1 0.00 1.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.65
10 3 9 0.19 -5.14 0.04 0.00 -0.01 -3.47

2 -0.19 5.63 -0.04 0.00 -0.03 -1.24
11 3 10 0.19 -5.14 -0.04 0.00 0.01 -3.47

5 -0.19 5.63 0.04 0.00 0.03 -1.24
12 3 10 -0.05 5.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01

9 0.05 5.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.01
15 3 11 0.01 3.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

12 -0.01 3.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
16 3 2 7.27 0.18 -0.11 0.00 0.19 1.22

15 -7.67 -0.18 0.11 0.00 0.09 -0.77
17 3 5 7.27 0.18 0.11 0.00 -0.19 1.22

19 -7.67 -0.18 -0.11 0.00 -0.09 -0.77
18 3 15 7.95 0.19 0.03 0.00 -0.03 0.77

16 -8.35 -0.19 -0.03 0.00 -0.04 -0.31
19 3 16 9.15 0.19 -0.14 0.00 0.09 0.31

17 -9.55 -0.19 0.14 0.00 0.25 0.15
20 3 17 13.01 0.19 -0.16 0.00 0.27 -0.15

18 -13.41 -0.19 0.16 0.00 0.13 0.62

- 86 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

-----------------
22 3 19 7.95 0.19 -0.03 0.00 0.03 0.77

20 -8.35 -0.19 0.03 0.00 0.04 -0.31
23 3 15 -1.42 0.07 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.03

19 1.42 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.01 -0.03
24 3 20 9.15 0.19 0.14 0.00 -0.09 0.31

21 -9.55 -0.19 -0.14 0.00 -0.25 0.15
25 3 16 -0.52 0.07 0.00 0.00 -0.01 0.03

20 0.52 0.07 0.00 0.00 0.01 -0.03
26 3 21 13.01 0.19 0.16 0.00 -0.27 -0.15

22 -13.41 -0.19 -0.16 0.00 -0.13 0.62
27 3 17 0.02 3.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.52

21 -0.02 3.46 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.52
30 3 16 1.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.02

25 -0.93 0.03 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
31 3 19 1.00 0.04 -0.01 0.00 -0.01 0.01

26 -0.92 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.03 -0.01
32 3 5 0.75 0.01 0.01 0.00 -0.04 -0.02

26 -0.82 0.06 -0.01 0.00 0.03 -0.03
33 3 15 0.78 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01

25 -0.85 0.04 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
38 3 25 0.85 0.04 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01

19 -0.78 0.04 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -0.01
39 3 26 0.82 0.06 -0.01 0.00 -0.03 0.03

2 -0.75 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.04 0.02
40 3 26 0.92 0.03 0.01 0.00 -0.03 0.01

15 -1.00 0.04 -0.01 0.00 0.01 -0.01
41 3 25 0.93 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01

20 -1.00 0.04 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -0.02
42 3 27 0.19 3.89 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.19

11 -0.19 -3.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.38
43 3 28 0.19 3.89 0.00 0.00 0.00 -0.19

12 -0.19 -3.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.38

- 87 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

-----------------
44 3 27 0.00 3.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

28 0.00 3.05 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
58. PARAMETER 1
59. CODE INDIAN
60. CHECK CODE MEMB 1 2 4 5 7 10 TO 12 15 TO 20 22 TO 27 30 TO 33 38 TO 44

- 88 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

***********************

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.368 3
0.19 C 0.00 6.10 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.212 3
0.19 C 0.00 -3.49 0.15
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.368 3
0.19 C 0.00 6.10 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.211 3
0.19 C 0.00 -3.49 0.15
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.071 3
0.40 T 0.00 -1.19 1.30
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.211 3
0.19 C -0.01 -3.47 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.212 3
0.19 C 0.01 -3.47 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.190 3
0.05 T 0.00 -3.24 1.30
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.153 3
0.01 C 0.00 -1.99 1.30

- 89 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.198 3
7.27 C 0.19 1.22 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.171 3
7.27 C -0.19 1.22 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.117 3
7.95 C -0.03 0.77 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.115 3
9.15 C 0.09 0.31 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.180 3
13.01 C 0.27 -0.15 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.121 3
7.95 C 0.03 0.77 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.055 3
1.42 T -0.01 0.03 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.151 3
9.55 C 0.25 -0.15 2.50
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.049 3
0.52 T -0.01 0.03 0.00

- 90 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.179 3
13.41 C 0.13 -0.62 2.50
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.133 3
0.02 C 0.00 -1.73 1.30
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.059 3
1.00 C 0.01 0.02 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.053 3
0.92 C -0.03 0.01 1.80
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.076 3
0.82 C -0.03 0.03 1.80
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.046 3
0.85 C 0.01 0.01 1.80
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.046 3
0.85 C 0.01 0.01 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.076 3
0.82 C -0.03 0.03 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.053 3
0.92 C -0.03 0.01 0.00

- 91 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.059 3
1.00 C 0.01 0.02 1.80
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.204 3
0.19 C 0.00 -3.38 0.88
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.204 3
0.19 C 0.00 -3.38 0.88
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.115 3
0.00 T 0.00 -1.98 1.30
61. FINISH
**** DATE= JUL 17,2009 TIME= 16:17:26 ****

- 92 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM
************************************************************
* *
* Telephone Email *
* *
************************************************************

- 93 -
Friday, July 17, 2009, 04:18 PM

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07/18/2006 0x3881 13000704 SProStaad.exe
09/19/2003 0x2fc0 00081970 CMesh.dll
01/23/2001 0x9b40 00073728 LoadGen.dll
09/25/2003 0x6340 00704512 MeshEngine.dll
12/22/2005 0x4181 00094208 SurfMesh.dll
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- 94 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Job Title U-TUBE FLATFORM Ref
Client ONGC-BECHRAJI File U-TUBE FLATFORM.std Date/Time 17-Jul-2009 15:56
Y
X
Z
Load 1
- 95 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 1.892 mm
Max: 2.275 mm
Max: 2.190 mm
Max: 0.727 mm
Max: 1.049 mm
Max: 3.313 mm
Max: 3.061 mm
Max: 1.916 mm
Max: 1.892 mm
Max: 5.499 mm Max: 2.275 mm
Max: 2.190 mm
Max: 1.782 mm
Max: 1.049 mm
Max: 2.716 mm
Max: 2.863 mm
Max: 2.777 mm
Max: 2.716 mm
Max: 2.777 mm
Max: 2.741 mm
Max: 2.863 mm
Max: 2.421 mm
Y
Max: 2.421 mm
X
Z
Max: 0.914 mm
Max: 1.205 mm
Max: 0.914 mm
Displacement - mm
- 96 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 1.215 kNm
Max:
Max: -3.471
-3.488 kNmkNm
Max: 6.101 kNm Max: -3.380 kNm Max: -1.192 kNm
Max: -3.244 kNm

Max: -1.987 kNm Max: 1.215 kNm
Max: -1.980 kNm
Max:
Max: -3.471
-3.488 kNmkNm
Max: 0.027 kNm
Max: -3.380 kNm
Max: 6.101 kNm
Max: 0.648 kNm
Max: 0.033
Max: 0.771 kNm
0.014 kNm
Max:0.014
Max: 0.771kNm
kNm
Max: 0.012 kNm
0.313 kNm
Max: 0.034
0.018
Y
0.313 kNm
Max: 0.018
X
Z Max: -1.732 kNm
Max: -0.617 kNm
Load 3 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm
Max: -0.617 kNm
- 97 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 0.177 kN
Max: -2.150 kN
Max: -5.634 kN
Max: -0.349 Max:
Max: 3.892 kN kN -5.002 kN
Max: 7.434 kN Max: -3.052 kN
Max: -3.052 kN
Max: -1.496 kN
Max: 0.177 kN
Max: -5.634 kN
Max: -0.349 kN
Max: 3.892 kN 0.064 kN
Max: 7.434 kN Max: -0.064 kN
Max: 0.074
0.185 kN
-0.040 kN
0.185 kN
Max: 0.040
Max: 0.037
-0.037kN
kN
0.074
Max: 0.043
0.186 kN
Y
0.186 kN
Max: -0.043 kN
X Max: 3.459 kN
Z
Max: 0.186 kN
Max: 0.186 kN
Load 3 : Shear Y
Force - kN
- 98 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
0.211
0.212
0.204 0.0715
0.368 0.19 0.0765
0.153
0.198
0.115 0.212
0.211 0.0765
0.204
0.368 0.0531
0.171
0.0531
0.0552
0.0462
0.117
0.0462
0.0589
0.121
0.0589
0.0493
0.115
Y
X
Z
0.151
0.133
0.18
0.179
Load 3
- 99 -
14. DESIGN OF FOAM-PIPE PLATFORM
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN OF FOAM

FOAM-PIPE
PIPE PLATFORM
PAGE 1 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 100 -
DESIGN OF FOAM-PIPE PLATFORM Remark Reference
2
Self Weight of Checker Plate = 0.25 kN/m
2
2
Width of Platform = 1500 mm
Length of Platform = 2000 mm
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN OF FOAM-PIPE PLATFORM

PAGE 2 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 101 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM
PAGE NO. 1
****************************************************
* *
* STAAD.Pro *
* Date= JUN 29, 2009 *
* Time= 17:49:31 *
* *
* USER ID: TMI *
****************************************************
1. STAAD SPACE
INPUT FILE: FORM PLATFORM.STD
5. INPUT WIDTH 79
6. UNIT METER KN
8. 1 0 0 0; 2 1.5 0 0; 3 0 0 2; 4 1.5 0 2; 5 0 -1.5 0; 6 0 -1.5 2
9. 7 1.5 0 0.666667; 8 1.5 0 1.33333; 9 0 0 0.666667; 10 0 0 1.33333
11. 1 1 2; 2 5 2; 3 2 7; 4 1 9; 5 7 9; 6 7 8; 7 9 10; 8 8 10; 9 8 4; 10 10 3
12. 11 4 3; 12 6 4
14. ISOTROPIC STEEL
15. E 2.05E+008
16. POISSON 0.3
17. DENSITY 76.8195
18. ALPHA 1.2E-005
19. DAMP 0.03
21. CONSTANTS
24. 1 TO 3 6 9 11 12 TABLE ST ISMC100
25. 4 5 7 8 10 TABLE ST ISA65X65X6
26. SUPPORTS
27. 1 3 5 6 9 10 FIXED
29. ONEWAY LOAD
30. YRANGE 0 0 ONE -0.5 GY
31. MEMBER LOAD
32. 1 3 6 9 11 UNI GY -0.4
33. SELFWEIGHT Y -1
35. ONEWAY LOAD
\\Tc007\E\PROJECT\ONGC\ongc-sstaad\platform design\FORM PLATFORM.anl Page 1 of 8

- 102 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM
36. YRANGE 0 0 ONE -2 GY TOWARDS 1

38. 1 1.0 2 1.0
-----------------------------------


MAY BE ERRONEOUS
40. LOAD LIST 3

41. PRINT SUPPORT REACTION LIST 1 3 5 6

- 103 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM

-----------------
1 3 -2.15 1.20 -0.02 0.00 0.01 0.36

3 3 -2.15 1.20 0.02 0.00 -0.01 0.36
5 3 2.23 2.45 0.06 0.03 -0.03 0.09
6 3 2.23 2.45 -0.06 -0.03 0.03 0.09
42. PRINT MEMBER FORCES LIST 1 TO 12

- 104 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM

-----------------
1 3 1 -2.15 1.18 -0.02 0.00 0.01 0.36

2 2.15 0.81 0.02 0.00 0.02 -0.08
2 3 5 3.31 0.15 0.06 0.00 -0.04 0.09

2 -3.17 -0.02 -0.06 0.00 -0.09 0.09
3 3 2 0.04 1.45 -0.09 -0.01 0.04 0.06

7 -0.04 -1.12 0.09 0.01 0.02 0.79
4 3 1 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

9 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
5 3 7 -0.09 0.96 0.01 0.00 -0.01 0.01

9 0.09 1.63 -0.01 0.00 0.00 -0.51
6 3 7 0.05 0.16 0.00 0.00 -0.01 -0.79

8 -0.05 0.16 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.79
7 3 9 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
8 3 8 -0.09 0.96 -0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01

10 0.09 1.63 0.01 0.00 0.00 -0.51
9 3 8 0.04 -1.12 0.09 0.01 -0.02 -0.79

4 -0.04 1.45 -0.09 -0.01 -0.04 -0.06
10 3 10 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 0.00 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
11 3 4 -2.15 0.81 0.02 0.00 -0.02 0.08

3 2.15 1.18 -0.02 0.00 -0.01 -0.36
12 3 6 3.31 0.15 -0.06 0.00 0.04 0.09

4 -3.17 -0.02 0.06 0.00 0.09 0.09
43. PARAMETER 1
44. CODE INDIAN

- 105 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM
45. CHECK CODE MEMB 1 TO 3 5 6 8 9 11 12

- 106 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM

***********************

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.2 0.074 3
2.15 T 0.01 0.36 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.142 3
3.17 C 0.09 -0.09 2.12
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.141 3
0.04 C -0.02 -0.79 0.67
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.659 3
0.09 T 0.00 0.51 1.50
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.141 3
0.05 C -0.01 -0.82 0.33
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.659 3
0.09 T 0.00 0.51 1.50
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.141 3
0.04 C -0.02 -0.79 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.074 3
2.15 T 0.01 0.36 1.50
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.111 3
3.31 C 0.04 0.09 0.00

- 107 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM
46. FINISH
**** DATE= JUN 29,2009 TIME= 17:49:31 ****
************************************************************
* *
* Telephone Email *
* *
************************************************************

- 108 -
Monday, June 29, 2009, 05:51 PM

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07/18/2006 0x3881 13000704 SProStaad.exe
09/19/2003 0x2fc0 00081970 CMesh.dll
01/23/2001 0x9b40 00073728 LoadGen.dll
09/25/2003 0x6340 00704512 MeshEngine.dll
12/22/2005 0x4181 00094208 SurfMesh.dll
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- 109 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
1
Part
Job Title Ref
By Date24-Jun-09 Chd
Client File FORM PLATFORM.std Date/Time 29-Jun-2009 17:49
- 110 -
Load 1
Job No Sheet No Rev
1
Part
Job Title Ref
Max: 0.106 mm
Max: 0.854 mm
Max: 0.972 mm
Max: 2.254 mm
Max: 0.001 mm
Max: 0.288 mm
Max: 0.854 mm
Max: 2.254 mm
Max: 0.001 mm
Max: 0.106 mm
- 111 -
Max: 0.001 mm
Max: 0.288 mm
Displacement - mm
Job No Sheet No Rev
1
Part
Job Title Ref
0.077 kNm
0.064
-0.085 kNm
0.008 kNm
Max: 0.357 kNm
Max: 0.002 kNm

Max: -0.794
-0.794 kNm kNm
Max: -0.821 kNm

0.008 kNm
Max: 0.507 kNm
0.002 0.002
Max: kNm kNm
-0.794-0.794
Max: kNm kNm
0.077
0.064 kNm
Max: 0.507 kNm -0.085 kNm
0.002 0.002
Max: kNm kNm
- 112 -
Max: 0.357 kNm
0.002 kNm
Max: 0.089 kNm
Load 3 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm
Max: 0.089 kNm
Job No Sheet No Rev
1
Part
Job Title Ref
Max: 1.450 kN
0.015 kN
-0.806 kN
kN
1.123 kN
0.960
Max: 0.163 kN
Max: 1.179 kN
Max: 0.019 kN
0.960 kN
-0.163 kN
-1.123 kN
Max:
-0.0190.019
kN kN
Max: -1.626 kN
0.806 kN
0.015 kN
Max: -1.450 kN
Max:
-0.0190.019
kN kN
Max: -1.626 kN
- 113 -
-0.019 kN
Max: -1.179 kN
Max: 0.150 kN
Load 3 : Shear Y
Force - kN
Max: 0.150 kN
Job No Sheet No Rev
1
Part
Job Title Ref
0.141
0.0738
0.141
0.659
0.141
0.659
0.142
- 114 -
0.0738
0.111
Load 3
15. DESIGN OF VALVE ACCESS PLATFORM
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN OF VALVE ACCESS PLATFORM PAGE 1 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 115 -
DESIGN OF VALVE ACCESS PLATFORM
Width of Platform = 1.0 m
2
Self Weight of Plate = 0.25 kN/m
2
10908 0 0 1 3 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN OF VALVE ACCESS PLATFORM PAGE 2 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 116 -
Wednesday, July 15, 2009, 03:35 PM
PAGE NO. 1
****************************************************
* *
* STAAD.Pro *
* Date= JUL 15, 2009 *
* Time= 15:32:24 *
* *
* USER ID: TMI *
****************************************************
1. STAAD SPACE
INPUT FILE: VALVE CONTROL PLATFORM.STD
4. JOB NAME VALVE CONTROL FLATFORM
6. JOB NO 10908
7. JOB REV 0
8. ENGINEER NAME AK
9. CHECKER NAME SS
12. INPUT WIDTH 79
13. UNIT METER KN
15. 4 -0.5 1.25 0; 5 2 1.25 0; 7 -1.75 0 0; 9 3.25 0 0; 10 -0.5 1.25 0.9
16. 11 2 1.25 0.9; 13 -1.75 0 0.9; 15 3.25 0 0.9; 16 -1.46716 0.282843 0.9
17. 17 -0.916667 0.833333 0; 18 2.96716 0.282841 0.9; 19 2.28284 0.967157 0
18. 20 0.3 1.25 0; 21 1.2 1.25 0; 22 0.3 1.25 -3.6; 23 1.2 1.25 -3.6
19. 24 0.3 1.25 -1.8; 25 1.2 1.25 -1.8; 26 0.75 1.25 0.9; 27 0.75 1.25 0
21. 1 7 17; 2 4 20; 3 13 16; 4 10 26; 5 11 18; 6 5 19; 7 11 5; 8 10 4; 9 16 10
22. 10 17 4; 11 16 17; 12 18 15; 13 19 9; 14 18 19; 16 20 27; 17 21 5; 18 20 24
23. 19 21 25; 20 22 23; 21 24 22; 22 25 23; 23 24 25; 24 20 25; 25 25 22; 26 26 11
24. 27 27 21; 28 26 27; 29 10 27; 30 27 11
26. ISOTROPIC STEEL
27. E 2.05E+008
28. POISSON 0.3
29. DENSITY 76.8195
30. ALPHA 1.2E-005
31. DAMP 0.03
34. 1 TO 10 12 13 16 TO 19 21 22 26 27 TABLE ST ISMC150
35. 11 14 20 23 TO 25 28 TO 30 TABLE ST ISA65X65X6
36. CONSTANTS
38. MEMBER RELEASE
39. 11 14 23 TO 25 28 TO 30 START MX MY MZ
40. 11 14 23 TO 25 28 TO 30 END MX MY MZ
\\Tc007\e\PROJECT\ONGC\ongc-sstaad\platform design\VALVE CONTROL PLATFORM.anl Page 1 of 11

- 117 -
41. SUPPORTS
42. 7 9 13 15 22 23 PINNED
44. MEMBER LOAD
45. 1 TO 6 9 10 12 13 16 TO 19 21 22 26 27 UNI GY -0.425
46. SELFWEIGHT Y -1
48. MEMBER LOAD
49. 1 TO 6 9 10 12 13 16 TO 19 21 22 26 27 UNI GY -0.9
51. 1 1.0 2 1.0
-----------------------------------


MAY BE ERRONEOUS
53. LOAD LIST 3

54. PRINT SUPPORT REACTION LIST 7 9 13 15 22 23

- 118 -

-----------------
7 3 7.35 7.34 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

9 3 -7.31 7.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
13 3 3.87 4.70 -0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00
15 3 -3.90 4.73 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
22 3 -0.01 2.77 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00
23 3 0.00 2.77 0.13 0.00 0.00 0.00
55. PRINT MEMBER FORCES LIST 1 TO 14 16 TO 27

- 119 -

-----------------
1 3 7 10.39 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

17 -9.15 1.24 -0.01 0.00 -0.01 -0.73
2 3 4 7.38 4.67 0.03 0.01 -0.02 1.66

20 -7.38 -3.48 -0.03 -0.01 0.00 1.60
3 3 13 6.06 0.58 -0.05 0.00 0.00 0.00

16 -5.64 -0.16 0.05 0.00 0.02 0.15
4 3 10 3.72 1.87 0.01 0.00 -0.01 0.64

26 -3.72 -0.01 -0.01 0.00 -0.01 0.54
5 3 11 4.12 1.30 -0.02 0.00 0.00 0.64

18 -5.56 0.14 0.02 0.00 0.03 0.15
6 3 5 8.55 1.88 0.08 0.00 -0.03 1.64

19 -8.97 -1.46 -0.08 0.00 -0.01 -0.98
7 3 11 -0.10 0.08 0.01 0.00 -0.01 0.00

5 0.10 0.06 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
8 3 10 -0.09 0.09 -0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00

4 0.09 0.06 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01
9 3 16 5.56 0.14 0.01 0.00 -0.02 -0.15

10 -4.12 1.30 -0.01 0.00 0.00 -0.64
10 3 17 9.18 -1.26 -0.06 0.00 0.01 0.73

4 -8.56 1.88 0.06 0.00 0.03 -1.66
11 3 16 0.10 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

17 -0.07 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
12 3 18 5.68 -0.16 0.07 0.00 -0.03 -0.15

15 -6.10 0.58 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00
13 3 19 8.90 1.43 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.98

9 -10.34 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
14 3 18 0.15 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

19 -0.11 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
16 3 20 7.36 0.73 0.07 0.00 -0.01 -1.60

27 -7.36 -0.06 -0.07 0.00 -0.03 1.78

- 120 -

-----------------
17 3 21 7.36 -3.46 -0.01 -0.01 -0.01 -1.60

5 -7.36 4.65 0.01 0.01 0.02 -1.64
18 3 20 0.00 2.69 -0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01

24 0.00 -0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.43
19 3 21 0.06 2.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01

25 -0.06 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.53
20 3 22 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

23 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
21 3 24 0.00 -0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.43

22 0.00 2.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22 3 25 0.13 -0.07 0.00 0.00 0.00 -2.53

23 -0.13 2.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
23 3 24 -0.01 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

25 0.01 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24 3 20 0.04 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

25 -0.04 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
25 3 25 -0.03 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

22 0.03 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26 3 26 3.72 -0.01 -0.01 0.00 0.01 -0.54

11 -3.72 1.87 0.01 0.00 0.01 -0.64
27 3 27 7.36 -0.05 -0.08 0.00 0.03 -1.78

21 -7.36 0.72 0.08 0.00 0.01 1.60
56. PARAMETER 1
57. CODE INDIAN
58. CHECK CODE ALL

- 121 -

***********************

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.082 3
9.15 C 0.01 0.73 1.18
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.127 3
7.38 C -0.02 1.66 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.030 3
5.64 C -0.02 -0.15 0.40
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.056 3
3.72 C -0.01 0.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.059 3
4.12 C 0.00 0.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.128 3
8.55 C -0.03 1.64 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.004 3
0.10 T -0.01 -0.01 0.08
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.002 3
0.09 T 0.00 -0.02 0.38
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.057 3
4.12 C 0.00 0.64 1.37

- 122 -

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.130 3
8.56 C -0.03 1.66 0.59
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.017 3
0.09 C 0.00 -0.01 0.59
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.031 3
5.68 C -0.03 -0.15 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.099 3
8.90 C 0.01 0.98 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.021 3
0.13 C 0.00 -0.01 0.66
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.136 3
7.36 C 0.03 -1.78 0.45
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.126 3
7.36 C -0.02 1.64 0.80
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.165 3
0.00 C 0.00 -2.43 1.80
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.172 3
0.06 C 0.00 -2.53 1.80

- 123 -

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.010 3
0.00 T 0.00 -0.01 0.45
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.165 3
0.00 C 0.00 -2.43 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.172 3
0.13 C 0.00 -2.53 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.006 3
0.01 T 0.00 -0.01 0.45
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.058 3
0.04 C 0.00 -0.03 1.01
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.029 3
0.03 T 0.00 -0.03 1.01
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.055 3
3.72 C -0.01 0.64 1.25
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.136 3
7.36 C 0.03 -1.78 0.00
PASS IS-7.1.2 0.006 3
0.03 T 0.00 -0.01 0.45

- 124 -

FX MY MZ LOCATION
=======================================================================

PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.034 3
0.15 C 0.00 -0.02 0.77
PASS IS-7.1.1(A) 0.034 3
0.15 C 0.00 -0.02 0.77
59. FINISH
**** DATE= JUL 15,2009 TIME= 15:32:25 ****

- 125 -
************************************************************
* *
* Telephone Email *
* *
************************************************************

- 126 -

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07/18/2006 0x3881 13000704 SProStaad.exe
09/19/2003 0x2fc0 00081970 CMesh.dll
01/23/2001 0x9b40 00073728 LoadGen.dll
09/25/2003 0x6340 00704512 MeshEngine.dll
12/22/2005 0x4181 00094208 SurfMesh.dll
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- 127 -
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Job Title VALVE CONTROL FLATFORM Ref
Client ONGC-BECHRAJI File VALVE CONTROL PLATF Date/Time 03-Jul-2009 10:18
- 128 -
Load 1
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: 0.022 mm
Max: 2.472 mm
Max: 2.477 mm
Max: 2.399 mm
Max: 2.405 mm
Max: 0.084 mm
- 129 -
Max: 0.634 mm
Max: 0.746 mm Max: 0.081 mm

Max: 0.041 mm
Max: 0.631 mm
Max: 0.076 mm
Max: 0.076 mm
Max: 0.224 mm
Max: 0.032 mm
Max: 0.044 mm
Max: 0.082 mm
Max: 0.086 mm
Max: 0.032 mm
Displacement - mm
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: -0.006 kNm
Max: -0.029 kNm
Max: -0.006 kNm Max: -2.529 kNm
Max: -2.426 kNm
Max: -0.029 kNm

Max: 1.644
Max: kNm
1.643 kNm
- 130 -
Max: 0.975 kNm
Max: -0.024 kNm
Max: -1.775 kNm Max: -0.017 kNm

Max:
Max:0.642
0.644kNm
kNm
Max: 1.661 kNm Max: -0.006 kNm
Max: 1.659 kNm
Max: -0.017 kNm Max: -0.011 kNm
Max: -0.023 kNm
Max:
Max:0.641 kNm
0.640kNm
Max: 0.732 kNm
Max: -0.150 kNm
Max: -0.009 kNm
Max: -0.150 kNm
Load 3 : Bending Z
Moment - kNm
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
Max: -0.026 kN
Max: -2.742 kN
Max: -0.058 kN
Max: -2.685 kN
Max: -0.058 kN
Max: 0.026 kN
Max: 1.878 kN
Max: 2.746 kN
- 131 -
Max: 1.431 kN
Max: -0.719 kN Max: -4.653 kN
Max: 2.689 kN
Max: 0.044 kN
Max: 4.666 kN Max: 0.732 kN
Max: 1.299 kN
Max: 0.081 kN
Max: -1.871 kN
Max: -1.883 kN
Max: 0.026 kN
Max: 1.869 kN
Max: 0.087
0.044 kN
Max: -1.297 kN
Max: -1.240 kN
Max: 0.032 kN
Max: -0.585 kN
Max: 0.030 kN
Load 3 : Shear Y
Force - kN
Max: 0.584 kN
Job No Sheet No Rev
10908 1 0
Part
0.0102
0.172
0.0288
0.165
0.00578
0.172
0.0576
0.165
- 132 -
0.126 0.128
0.136 0.00366
0.136
0.0339
0.127
0.00595
0.0993
0.0555
0.0339 0.0209
0.00222 0.0587
0.13
0.0556
0.031
0.0817
0.0573
0.0168
0.03
Load 3
16. DESIGN CALCULATION FOR PIPELINE
10908 0 0 2 6 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR PIPELINE

PAGE 1 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/2009
- 133 -
RECEIPT PIPELINE FOR TANK NO - 3 Remark Reference
PIPE DATA
Height of Tank H = 12.0 m

Specific Gravity of liquid G = 1.012
Size of Pipeline = 200 mm
Length of Pipeline l = 130 m
o
Total No. of 90 Elbow = 12 Nos.
o
Total No. of 45 Elbow = 1 Nos.
Total No. of Gate Valves = 3 Nos.
Discharge Rate = 1000 lpm = 60.00 cum/hr
Viscosity of Product = 1.05 centipoise = 1.038 centistokes
EQUIVALENT LENGTH CALCULATION
Unit Equivalent
Pipeline Size No. of Pipe Equivalent Length
Pipe Specification length
Φ mm Fittings & Valve m
m
o 200 12 6.40 76.8

90 Elbow
o 200 1 3.05 3.05

45 Elbow
Gate Valve 200 3 1.37 4.11
Total Equivalent
83.96
Length
Total Length of Pieline = 213.96 m
Friction Loss for Discharge of 1000 lpm and Viscosity of

= 1.65 m
1.038 centistokes for 1000 m Pipeline length
Friction Loss for 213.96 m Pipeline length = 0.35 m

Tota Head = 12.35 m
2
= 1.24 Kg/cm
Pressure at the TAPOFF point should be greater than
10908 0 0 2 6 3 1 0 0 1 B
MEHSANA ASSET
DOCUMENT TITLE : DESIGN CALCULATION FOR PIPELINE

PAGE 2 OF 2
REV. B DATE 14/08/09
- 134 -

Part II PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part II PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ONSHORE

Process Description, scope of Volume Vol. III-B Part-II

Vol. III B Part-II

Vol III Part B Part-II Functional Specification and other details

CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS

Project No. Sub. Document No. Rev.

ONGC DOCUMENT No.

REF. NO. D:\PROJECTS\ONGOING\ONGC\TECHNICAL BID PACKAGE\FINAL AS ON REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

REV. DATE ORIGINATOR REVIEWED APPROVED DESCRIPTION

0 13.07.2009 AU SS SP ISSUED FOR IDC

Project No. Sub. Document No. Rev.

PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ( 2 x 2000 M3 ) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.

DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS PAGE 2 OF 65

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

S.No. CONTENTS PAGE

1.0 CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS 8

1.2.2 Reinforcement steel 8

1.4 DESIGN LOADS 8

1.4.1 Dead loads 8

1.4.2 Imposed loads or live loads 9

1.4.3 Wind load 9

1.4.4 Earthquake loads 9

1.4.5 Temperature loads 9

1.6 FACTOR OF SAFETY 10

1.8 CODES AND STANDARDS 10

2.0 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CIVIL / STRUCTURAL WORKS 11

2.1 EARTHWORK AND SITE LEVELLING 11

2.2 EARTHWORK IN FOUNDATION, BASEMENTS, DRAINS ETC., 12

3.0 CONCRETE AND ALLIED WORKS 14

3.1 APPLICABLE CODES 14

Project No. Sub. Document No. Rev.

PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ( 2 x 2000 M3 ) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.

DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS PAGE 3 OF 65

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.3.3 Machine made sand 18

3.3.4 Coarse aggregate 19

3.3.6 Reinforcement steel 22

3.4 FREQUENCY OF TESTS 22

3.5 MIX DESIGN 25

3.6 PRELIMINARY TEST 26

3.7 PROPORTIONING CONSISTENCY, BATCHING AND MIXING 28

3.7.2 Slumps for various types of construction 29

3.7.3 Sampling and testing concrete in the field 29

3.8.1 Air entraining agents 30

3.8.2 Water reducing admixtures 30

3.8.3 Retarding admixtures 31

3.8.4 Water proofing agent 31

3.9 OPTIONAL TESTS 31

3.9.1 Load test on members or any other tests 31

3.9.2 Concrete in alkali soils and alkaline water 32

3.11 PROCEDURE FOR PLACING OF CONCRETE 33

3.12 CURING, PROTECTING, REPAIRING AND FINISHING 36

Project No. Sub. Document No. Rev.

PROJECT: CONSTRUCTION OF TANKS ( 2 x 2000 M3 ) AT BECHRAJI ETP ONGC DOCUMENT No.

DOCUMENT TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS FOR CIVIL CONCRETE WORKS PAGE 4 OF 65

REV. B DATE 14/08/2009

3.13 DESIGN OF FORM WORK 39

3.13.1 Type of formwork 39

3.13.2 Formwork requirements 40

3.13.3 Formwork for slope surfaces 40

3.13.4 Formwork for curved surfaces 41

3.13.5 Formwork for exposed concrete surfaces 41

3.13.6 Bracings struts and props 42